1514976612DSR SERIES MANUAL 3.04 EN WW
User Manual: DLINK DSR-500 pdf | FreeUserManuals.com
Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 337
Download | |
Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
Wireless Services Router User Manual DSR-150/150N/250/250N/500/1000/500AC/1000AC Version 3.04 | May 26, 2016 Preface Preface The information in this document is subject to change without notice. The manufacturer makes no representations or warranties with respect to the contents hereof and specifically disclaim any implied warranties of merchantability or fitness for any particular purpose. The manufacturer reserves the right to revise this publication and to make changes from time to time in the content hereof without obligation of the manufacturer to notify any person of such revision or changes. Manual Revisions Revision Date Description 2.00 July 31, 2014 2.01 November 17, 2014 2.02 January 28, 2015 3.02 May 06, 2015 • Added new DSR series models DSR-500AC and DSR-1000AC 3.04 May 26, 2016 • Updated regulatory statements, removed DSR-500N and DSR-1000N • DSR Products with firmware version 2.00 • Added License Update section • DSR Products with firmware version 2.02 Trademarks/Copyright Notice D-Link and the D-Link logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of D-Link Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States or other countries. All other company or product names mentioned herein are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies. © 2016 D-Link Corporation, All Rights Reserved This publication, including all photographs, illustrations and software, is protected under international copyright laws, with all rights reserved. Neither this manual, nor any of the material contained herein, may be reproduced without written consent of the author. Limitations of Liability UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL D-LINK OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR DAMAGES OF ANY CHARACTER (E.G. DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF PROFIT, SOFTWARE RESTORATION, WORK STOPPAGE, LOSS OF SAVED DATA OR ANY OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES) RESULTING FROM THE APPLICATION OR IMPROPER USE OF THE D-LINK PRODUCT OR FAILURE OF THE PRODUCT, EVEN IF D-LINK IS INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. FURTHERMORE, DLINK WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR THIRD-PARTY CLAIMS AGAINST CUSTOMER FOR LOSSES OR DAMAGES. D-LINK WILL IN NO EVENT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES IN EXCESS OF THE AMOUNT D-LINK RECEIVED FROM THE END-USER FOR THE PRODUCT. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual i Preface Safety Instructions Use the following safety guidelines to ensure your own personal safety and to help protect your system from potential damage. Safety Cautions To reduce the risk of bodily injury, electrical shock, fire, and damage to the equipment, observe the following precautions: • Observe and follow service markings. • Do not service any product except as explained in your system documentation. • Opening or removing covers that are marked with the triangular symbol with a lightning bolt may expose you to electrical shock. • Only a trained service technician should service components inside these compartments. • If any of the following conditions occur, unplug the product from the electrical outlet and replace the part or contact your trained service provider: • The power cable, extension cable, or plug is damaged. • An object has fallen into the product. • The product has been exposed to water. • The product has been dropped or damaged. • The product does not operate correctly when you follow the operating instructions. • Keep your system away from radiators and heat sources. Also, do not block cooling vents. • Do not spill food or liquids on your system components, and never operate the product in a wet environment. If the system gets wet, see the appropriate section in your troubleshooting guide or contact your trained service provider. • Do not push any objects into the openings of your system. Doing so can cause fire or electric shock by shorting out interior components. • Use the product only with approved equipment. • Allow the product to cool before removing covers or touching internal components. • Operate the product only from the type of external power source indicated on the electrical ratings label. If you are not sure of the type of power source required, consult your service provider or local power company. • Also, be sure that attached devices are electrically rated to operate with the power available in your location. • Use only approved power cable(s). If you have not been provided with a power cable for your system or for any AC powered option intended for your system, purchase a power cable that is approved for use in your country. The power cable must be rated for the product and for the voltage and current marked on the product’s electrical ratings label. The voltage and current rating of the cable should be greater than the ratings marked on the product. • To help prevent electric shock, plug the system and peripheral power cables into properly grounded electrical outlets. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual ii Preface • These cables are equipped with three-prong plugs to help ensure proper grounding. Do not use adapter plugs or remove the grounding prong from a cable. If you must use an extension cable, use a 3-wire cable with properly grounded plugs. • Observe extension cable and power strip ratings. Make sure that the total ampere rating of all products plugged into the extension cable or power strip does not exceed 80 percent of the ampere ratings limit for the extension cable or power strip. • To help protect your system from sudden, transient increases and decreases in electrical power, use a surge suppressor, line conditioner, or uninterruptible power supply (UPS). • Position system cables and power cables carefully; route cables so that they cannot be stepped on or tripped over. Be sure that nothing rests on any cables. • Do not modify power cables or plugs. Consult a licensed electrician or your power company for site modifications. • Always follow your local/national wiring rules. • When connecting or disconnecting power to hot-pluggable power supplies, if offered with your system, observe the following guidelines: • Install the power supply before connecting the power cable to the power supply. • Unplug the power cable before removing the power supply. • If the system has multiple sources of power, disconnect power from the system by unplugging all power cables from the power supplies. • Move products with care; ensure that all casters and/or stabilizers are firmly connected to the system. Avoid sudden stops and uneven surfaces. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual iii Preface Protecting Against Electrostatic Discharge Static electricity can harm delicate components inside your system. To prevent static damage, discharge static electricity from your body before you touch any of the electronic components, such as the microprocessor. You can do so by periodically touching an unpainted metal surface on the chassis. You can also take the following steps to prevent damage from electrostatic discharge (ESD): 1. When unpacking a static-sensitive component from its shipping carton, do not remove the component from the antistatic packing material until you are ready to install the component in your system. Just before unwrapping the antistatic packaging, be sure to discharge static electricity from your body. 2. When transporting a sensitive component, first place it in an antistatic container or package. 3. Handle all sensitive components in a static-safe area. If possible, use antistatic floor pads, workbench pads and an antistatic grounding strap. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual iv Power Usage All Models This device is an Energy Related Product (ErP) with High Network Availability (HiNA), and automatically switches to a power-saving Network Standby mode within 1 minute of no packets being transmitted. It can also be turned off through a power switch to save energy when it is not needed. DSR-150 Network Standby: 6.91 watts Switched Off: 0.13 watts DSR-500 Network Standby: 6.93 watts Switched Off: 0.08 watts DSR-150N Network Standby: 7.86 watts Switched Off: 0.13 watts DSR-1000 Network Standby: 7.12 watts Switched Off: 0.07 watts DSR-250 Network Standby: 7.86 watts Switched Off: 0.13 watts DSR-500AC Network Standby: 6.68 watts Switched Off: 0.07 watts DSR-250N Network Standby: 6.23 watts Switched Off: 0.13 watts DSR-1000AC Network Standby: 7.96 watts Switched Off: 0.07 watts DSR-500/DSR-1000/DSR-500AC/DSR-1000AC EU Battery & WEEE Directives Disposal and Recycling This product may contain a battery. Recycle or dispose of batteries in accordance with the battery manufacturer’s instructions and local/national disposal and recycling regulations. For more information, please refer to the warranty guide. Table of Contents Table of Contents Preface............................................................................................................................................................ i Manual Revisions.........................................................................................................................................................................i Trademarks/Copyright Notice................................................................................................................................................i Limitations of Liability...............................................................................................................................................................i Safety Instructions.....................................................................................................................................................................ii Safety Cautions..................................................................................................................................................................ii Protecting Against Electrostatic Discharge........................................................................................................... iv Power Usage................................................................................................................................................................................v Introduction.................................................................................................................................................. 1 Installation.................................................................................................................................................... 3 Before you Begin....................................................................................................................................................................... 3 Connect to your Network....................................................................................................................................................... 3 Basic Configuration...................................................................................................................................... 4 #1 Log in to the Web UI........................................................................................................................................................... 5 #2 Change LAN IP Address..................................................................................................................................................... 6 #3 Configure DHCP Server..................................................................................................................................................... 7 #4 Set Time and Date............................................................................................................................................................... 8 #5 Internet Connection Setup.............................................................................................................................................. 9 #6 Wireless Network Setup..................................................................................................................................................12 #7 Create Users........................................................................................................................................................................13 #8 Security/VPN Wizard........................................................................................................................................................14 #9 Dynamic DNS Wizard.......................................................................................................................................................16 LAN Configuration...................................................................................................................................... 17 LAN Settings.............................................................................................................................................................................18 DHCP Server.....................................................................................................................................................................19 DHCP Relay.......................................................................................................................................................................20 DHCP Reserved IPs........................................................................................................................................................21 IGMP Setup................................................................................................................................................................................22 UPnP Setup................................................................................................................................................................................23 Jumbo Frames..........................................................................................................................................................................24 VLAN............................................................................................................................................................................................25 VLAN Settings..................................................................................................................................................................25 Captive Portal...........................................................................................................................................................27 Port/Wireless VLAN........................................................................................................................................................28 Connect to the Internet.............................................................................................................................. 30 Dynamic IP........................................................................................................................................................................30 D-Link DSR-Series User Manual vi Table of Contents Static IP..............................................................................................................................................................................31 PPPoE..................................................................................................................................................................................32 PPTP....................................................................................................................................................................................33 L2TP.....................................................................................................................................................................................34 Japanese PPPoE..............................................................................................................................................................35 Russian PPPoE.................................................................................................................................................................36 Russian PPTP....................................................................................................................................................................37 Russian L2TP....................................................................................................................................................................38 WAN2 Settings.........................................................................................................................................................................39 WAN....................................................................................................................................................................................39 DMZ....................................................................................................................................................................................40 WAN3 (3G Internet)................................................................................................................................................................41 WAN Mode.................................................................................................................................................................................42 Single WAN Port..............................................................................................................................................................42 Auto-Rollover using WAN IP.......................................................................................................................................43 Load Balancing................................................................................................................................................................44 Round Robin.............................................................................................................................................................45 Spillover......................................................................................................................................................................46 Routing Mode.................................................................................................................................................................47 NAT or Classical........................................................................................................................................................47 Transparent...............................................................................................................................................................48 Bridge..........................................................................................................................................................................49 IP Aliasing..........................................................................................................................................................................50 DMZ Settings...................................................................................................................................................................51 DMZ LAN DHCP Reserved IPs.............................................................................................................................52 Dynamic DNS Settings.................................................................................................................................................53 Traffic Management......................................................................................................................................................54 Bandwidth Profiles..................................................................................................................................................54 Traffic Shaping..........................................................................................................................................................56 Routing.......................................................................................................................................................................................57 Static Routes....................................................................................................................................................................57 RIP........................................................................................................................................................................................59 OSPF....................................................................................................................................................................................60 Protocol Binding.............................................................................................................................................................62 IPv6...............................................................................................................................................................................................63 IP Mode..............................................................................................................................................................................63 WAN Settings...................................................................................................................................................................64 Dynamic IP.................................................................................................................................................................64 Static IP.......................................................................................................................................................................65 PPPoE...........................................................................................................................................................................66 Static Routing..................................................................................................................................................................67 OSPFv3...............................................................................................................................................................................69 6 to 4 Tunneling..............................................................................................................................................................71 D-Link DSR-Series User Manual vii Table of Contents ISATAP.................................................................................................................................................................................72 LAN Settings....................................................................................................................................................................73 DHCPv6 Server.........................................................................................................................................................73 IPv6 Address Pools..................................................................................................................................................75 IPv6 Prefix Length...................................................................................................................................................76 Router Advertisement...........................................................................................................................................77 Advertisement Prefixes.........................................................................................................................................78 IPv6 Tunnels Status.................................................................................................................................................79 Wireless Settings........................................................................................................................................ 80 Access Points.............................................................................................................................................................................80 Profiles.........................................................................................................................................................................................82 Radio Settings..........................................................................................................................................................................84 802.11AC Configuration.......................................................................................................................................85 WMM Settings..........................................................................................................................................................................86 WDS..............................................................................................................................................................................................87 Advanced Settings..................................................................................................................................................................88 WPS..............................................................................................................................................................................................89 VPN.............................................................................................................................................................. 91 IPSec VPN...................................................................................................................................................................................92 Policies...............................................................................................................................................................................92 Tunnel Mode....................................................................................................................................................................96 Split DNS Names.............................................................................................................................................................97 DHCP Range.....................................................................................................................................................................98 Certificates........................................................................................................................................................................99 Trusted Certificates.................................................................................................................................................99 Active Self Certificates.........................................................................................................................................100 Self Certificate Requests.....................................................................................................................................101 Easy VPN Setup.............................................................................................................................................................102 PPTP VPN..................................................................................................................................................................................103 Server...............................................................................................................................................................................103 Client................................................................................................................................................................................104 PPTP Active Users List..........................................................................................................................................105 L2TP VPN..................................................................................................................................................................................106 Server...............................................................................................................................................................................106 Client................................................................................................................................................................................107 L2TP Active Users List..........................................................................................................................................108 SSL VPN.....................................................................................................................................................................................109 Server Policies...............................................................................................................................................................109 Portal Layouts................................................................................................................................................................111 Resources........................................................................................................................................................................113 Add New Resource...............................................................................................................................................113 Port Forwarding.....................................................................................................................................................115 D-Link DSR-Series User Manual viii Table of Contents Client................................................................................................................................................................................116 Client Routes..................................................................................................................................................................117 Open VPN.................................................................................................................................................................................118 Settings............................................................................................................................................................................118 Server.........................................................................................................................................................................118 Client..........................................................................................................................................................................119 Access Server Client.............................................................................................................................................120 OmniSSL Configuration......................................................................................................................................121 Local Networks..............................................................................................................................................................122 Remote Networks........................................................................................................................................................123 Authentication..............................................................................................................................................................124 GRE.............................................................................................................................................................................................125 Security..................................................................................................................................................... 127 Groups.......................................................................................................................................................................................127 Login Policies.................................................................................................................................................................128 Browser Policies............................................................................................................................................................129 IP Policies........................................................................................................................................................................130 Users..........................................................................................................................................................................................131 User Management.......................................................................................................................................................131 Import User Database................................................................................................................................................132 Create a User Database (CSV File)..........................................................................................................................133 External Authentication Servers......................................................................................................................................134 RADIUS Server...............................................................................................................................................................134 POP3 Server...................................................................................................................................................................135 POP3 Trusted Server....................................................................................................................................................136 LDAP Server...................................................................................................................................................................137 AD Server........................................................................................................................................................................138 NT Domain Server........................................................................................................................................................140 Login Profiles..........................................................................................................................................................................141 Web Content Filtering.........................................................................................................................................................144 Static Filtering...............................................................................................................................................................144 Approved URLs.............................................................................................................................................................145 Blocked Keywords........................................................................................................................................................146 Dynamic Filtering.........................................................................................................................................................147 Firewall......................................................................................................................................................................................148 Firewall Rules.................................................................................................................................................................148 Schedules........................................................................................................................................................................150 Custom Services...........................................................................................................................................................151 ALGs..................................................................................................................................................................................152 SMTP ALGs...............................................................................................................................................................153 Approved Mail IDs.................................................................................................................................................154 Blocked Mail IDs.....................................................................................................................................................155 Mail Filtering...........................................................................................................................................................156 D-Link DSR-Series User Manual ix Table of Contents VPN Passthrough..........................................................................................................................................................157 Dynamic Port Forwarding.........................................................................................................................................158 Application Rules..................................................................................................................................................158 Attack Checks................................................................................................................................................................160 Intel® AMT.......................................................................................................................................................................161 IPS......................................................................................................................................................................................162 Maintenance............................................................................................................................................. 163 System Settings.....................................................................................................................................................................163 Date and Time........................................................................................................................................................................164 Session Settings.....................................................................................................................................................................165 License Updates.....................................................................................................................................................................166 USB Share Ports......................................................................................................................................................................167 SMS Service.............................................................................................................................................................................168 Inbox.................................................................................................................................................................................168 Create SMS......................................................................................................................................................................169 Package Manager..................................................................................................................................................................170 Set Language..........................................................................................................................................................................172 Web GUI Management........................................................................................................................................................173 Remote Management..........................................................................................................................................................174 SNMP.........................................................................................................................................................................................175 SNMP User List..............................................................................................................................................................175 SNMP Trap List...............................................................................................................................................................176 Access Control...............................................................................................................................................................177 SNMP System Info........................................................................................................................................................178 Diagnostics..............................................................................................................................................................................179 Ping an IP Address/Domain Name.........................................................................................................................179 Using Traceroute..........................................................................................................................................................180 Performing DNS Lookups..........................................................................................................................................181 Capture Packets............................................................................................................................................................182 System Check................................................................................................................................................................183 Power Saving.................................................................................................................................................................184 Firmware Upgrade................................................................................................................................................................185 Check Update................................................................................................................................................................185 Using PC..........................................................................................................................................................................186 Using USB........................................................................................................................................................................187 Configuration Files......................................................................................................................................................188 Backup.......................................................................................................................................................................188 Restore......................................................................................................................................................................189 Configuration Settings........................................................................................................................................190 Soft Reboot....................................................................................................................................................................191 Reset to Factory Default Settings...........................................................................................................................192 Log Settings............................................................................................................................................................................193 D-Link DSR-Series User Manual x Defining What to Log..................................................................................................................................................193 Routing Logs..................................................................................................................................................................195 System Logs...................................................................................................................................................................196 Remote Logs..................................................................................................................................................................197 Syslog Server.................................................................................................................................................................199 Event Logs......................................................................................................................................................................200 IPv6 Logs.........................................................................................................................................................................201 SMS Logging..................................................................................................................................................................202 Status and Statistics................................................................................................................................. 203 Dashboard...............................................................................................................................................................................203 Manage Dashboard.....................................................................................................................................................204 System.......................................................................................................................................................................................205 LAN Info....................................................................................................................................................................................206 WAN1.........................................................................................................................................................................................207 WAN2.........................................................................................................................................................................................208 WAN3.........................................................................................................................................................................................209 Wireless.....................................................................................................................................................................................210 All Logs......................................................................................................................................................................................211 Current Logs...................................................................................................................................................................211 Firewall Logs..................................................................................................................................................................212 IPSec VPN Logs..............................................................................................................................................................213 SSL VPN Logs.................................................................................................................................................................214 USB Status................................................................................................................................................................................215 Network Information...........................................................................................................................................................216 DHCP Leased Clients...................................................................................................................................................216 Active Sessions..............................................................................................................................................................217 Active VPNs....................................................................................................................................................................218 Interface Statistics........................................................................................................................................................219 View Wireless Clients..................................................................................................................................................220 Device Stats....................................................................................................................................................................221 Wireless Statistics.........................................................................................................................................................222 View LAN Clients..........................................................................................................................................................223 Troubleshooting....................................................................................................................................... 224 Internet Connection.............................................................................................................................................................224 Date and time.........................................................................................................................................................................226 Pinging to Test LAN Connectivity....................................................................................................................................227 Testing the LAN path from your PC to your router .........................................................................................227 Testing the LAN path from your PC to a remote device.................................................................................228 Restoring factory-default configuration settings......................................................................................................229 Appendix A - Glossary.............................................................................................................................. 230 D-Link DSR-Series User Manual xi Appendix B - Factory Default Settings.................................................................................................... 232 Appendix C - Standard Services for Port Forwarding & Firewall Configuration ................................. 233 Appendix D - Log Output Reference....................................................................................................... 234 Appendix E - RJ-45 Pin-outs .................................................................................................................... 297 Appendix F - New Wi Fi Frequency table ( New appendix section ) ..................................................... 298 Appendix G - Product Statement ............................................................................................................ 301 D-Link DSR-Series User Manual xii Section 1 - Introduction Introduction D-Link Services Routers offer a secure, high performance networking solution to address the growing needs of small and medium businesses. Integrated high-speed IEEE 802.11n/ac and 3G wireless technologies offer comparable performance to traditional wired networks, but with fewer limitations. Optimal network security is provided via features such as virtual private network (VPN) tunnels, IP Security (IPsec), Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP), Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol (L2TP), and Secure Sockets Layer (SSL). Empower your road warriors with clientless remote access anywhere and anytime using SSL VPN tunnels. With the D-Link Services Router you are able to experience a diverse set of benefits: • Comprehensive Management Capabilities The DSR-500, DSR-1000, DSR-500AC, and DSR-1000AC include dual-WAN Gigabit Ethernet which provides policy-based service management ensuring maximum productivity for your business operations. The failover feature maintains data traffic without disconnecting when a landline connection is lost. The Outbound Load Balancing feature adjusts outgoing traffic across two WAN interfaces and optimizes the system performance resulting in high availability. The solution supports configuring a port as a dedicated DMZ port allowing you to isolate servers from your LAN. Note: DSR-150/150N/250/250N product have a single WAN interface, and thus it does not support Auto Failover and Load Balancing scenarios. • Superior Wireless Performance Next generation wireless performance is available on the DSR-500AC and DSR-1000AC, which introduce 802.11AC support to the family. Available on the 5 GHz band, the combination of wider RF bandwidths and up to 8 MIMO streams take data rates available to supporting AC clients to the next level. Note: DSR-150N and DSR-250N support the 2.4GHz radio band only. • Flexible Deployment Options The DSR series supports Third Generation (3G) Networks via an extendable USB 3G dongle. This 3G network capability offers an additional secure data connection for networks that provide critical services. The product can be configured to automatically switch to a 3G network whenever a physical link is lost. • Robust VPN features A fully featured virtual private network (VPN) provides your mobile workers and branch offices with a secure link to your network. The DSR products are capable of simultaneously managing 5, 5, 10, 20 Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) VPN tunnels respectively, empowering your mobile users by providing remote access to a central corporate database. Site-to-site VPN tunnels use IP Security (IPsec) Protocol, Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP), or Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol (L2TP) to facilitate branch office connectivity through encrypted virtual links. The DSR-150/150N, DSR-250/250N, DSR-500/500N and DSR-1000/1000N support 10, 25, 35 and 100 simultaneous IPsec VPN tunnels respectively. The DSR-500AC and DSR-1000AC support 35 and 100 simultaneous IPsec VPN tunnels respectively. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 1 Section 1 - Introduction • Efficient D-Link Green Technology As a concerned member of the global community, D-Link is devoted to providing eco-friendly products. D-Link Green Wi-Fi and D-Link Green Ethernet save power and prevent waste. The D-Link Green WLAN scheduler reduces wireless power automatically during off-peak hours. Likewise the D-Link Green Ethernet program adjusts power usage based on the detected cable length and link status. In addition, compliance with RoHS (Restriction of Hazardous Substances) and WEEE (Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment) directives make D-Link Green certified devices the environmentally responsible choice. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 2 Section 2 - Installation Installation This section provides information and steps on how to connect your DSR router to your network. Before you Begin Observe the following precautions to help prevent shutdowns, equipment failures, and injuries: • Ensure that the room in which you operate the device has adequate air circulation and that the room temperature does NOT exceed 40˚C (104˚F). • Allow 1 meter (3 feet) of clear space to the front and back of the device. • Do NOT place the device in an equipment rack frame that blocks the air vents on the sides of the chassis. Ensure that enclosed racks have fans and louvered sides. • Before installation, please correct these hazardous conditions: moist or wet floors, leaks, ungrounded or frayed power cables, or missing safety grounds. Connect to your Network This section provides basic information about physically connecting the DSR-250 to a network. 1. Connect an Ethernet cable from the port labeled WAN to the external router or modem. The port WAN is pre-allocated to the WAN network segment. 2. Connect an Ethernet cable from one of the LAN ports to a switch or a computer in the LAN network segment. 3. Connect an RJ45-to-DB9 cable from the console port for CLI (Command Line Interface) management access (optional). Note: Refer to the Quick Installation Guide included with your router for more information on network connectivity, port, and LED information. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 3 Section 3 - Basic Configuration Basic Configuration After you install the router, perform the basic configuration instructions described in this section which includes: • • • • • • • • • “#1 Log in to the Web UI” on page 5 “#2 Change LAN IP Address” on page 6 “#3 Configure DHCP Server” on page 7 “#4 Set Time and Date” on page 8 “#5 Internet Connection Setup” on page 9 “#6 Wireless Network Setup” on page 12 “#7 Create Users” on page 13 “#8 Security/VPN Wizard” on page 14 “#9 Dynamic DNS Wizard” on page 16 D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 4 Section 3 - Basic Configuration #1 Log in to the Web UI The LAN connection may be through the wired Ethernet ports available on the router, or once the initial setup is complete, the DSR may also be managed through its wireless interface. Access the router’s Web user interface (Web UI) for management by using any web browser, such as Internet Explorer, Firefox, Chrome, or Safari. Note: The workstation from which you manage the router must be in the same subnet as the router (192.169.10.0/24). To access the device with the Web UI: 1. Connect your workstation to an available LAN port on the router. 2. Ensure your workstation has DHCP enabled or is assigned a static IP address within the 192.168.10.0/24 subnet. Note: Disable pop-up blocking software or add the management IP address http://192.168.10.1 to your pop-up blocker’s allow list. 3. Launch a browser, enter the IP address for the LAN interface (default = http://192.168.10.1), and then press Enter. 4. Enter your username (default = admin) and your password (default = admin), then click Login. 5. The web management interface opens with the Status > Dashboard page. This page displays general, LAN, and WLAN status information. You can return to this page at any time by clicking Status > Dashboard. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 5 Section 3 - Basic Configuration #2 Change LAN IP Address To change the LAN IP address of the router, follow the steps below: 1. Log in to the router. 2. Click Network > LAN > LAN Settings. The LAN Settings page will appear. 3. Under IP Address Setup, enter a new IP address for the router. 4. Enter a new subnet mask if needed. 5. Click Save at the bottom of the page. Note: If you change the IP address and click Save, the Web UI will not respond. Open a new connection to the new IP address and log in again. Be sure the LAN host (the machine used to manage the router) has obtained an IP address from newly assigned pool (or has a static IP address in the router’s LAN subnet) before accessing the router via changed IP address. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 6 Section 3 - Basic Configuration #3 Configure DHCP Server To change the DHCP settings of the router, follow the steps below: 1. Log in to the router. 2. Click Network > LAN > LAN Settings. The LAN Settings page will appear. 3. From the DHCP Mode drop-down menu under DHCP Setup, select None (disable), DHCP Server (enable), or DHCP Relay. Note: DHCP Relay will allow DHCP clients on the LAN to receive IP address leases and corresponding information from a DHCP server on a different subnet. When LAN clients make a DHCP request it will be passed along to the server accessible via the Relay Gateway IP address you enter. 4. If enabled, fill in the following fields: Field Description Starting IP Address Enter the starting IP address in the DHCP address pool. Any new DHCP client joining the LAN is assigned an IP address within the starting and ending IP address range. Starting and ending IP addresses should be in the same IP address subnet as the wireless controller’s LAN IP address. Ending IP Address Enter the ending IP address in the DHCP address pool. Default Gateway Domain Name Lease Time Configure DNS/WINS By default this setting is router’s LAN IP address. It can be customized to any valid IP within the LAN subnet, in the event that the network’s gateway is not this router. The DHCP server will give the configured IP address as the Default Gateway to its DHCP clients. Enter a domain name. Enter the time, in hours, for which IP addresses are leased to clients. Toggle to On and enter DNS and/or WINS server IP address(es). 5. Click Save at the bottom of the page. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 7 Section 3 - Basic Configuration #4 Set Time and Date 1. Log in to the router. 2. Click Wizard in the upper-right side of the page. If you want to manually configure your date/time settings, refer to “Date and Time” on page 164. 3. Click Run in the Date and Time Wizard box. 4. Click the continent from the map and then next to City, select your time zone from the drop-down menu. Toggle Daylight Saving to ON if it applies to you and then click Next. 5. Toggle NTP server to ON to use a time server or toggle to OFF to manually enter the time and date. 6. If you selected ON, select either Default or Custom from the drop-down menu. If you selected Custom, enter a primary and secondary NTP server address. 7. Enter the time to synchronize with the NTP server and click Save. 8. A summary page will appear. Verify your settings and then click Finish. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 8 Section 3 - Basic Configuration #5 Internet Connection Setup This router has two WAN ports that can be used to establish a connection to the internet. It is assumed that you have arranged for internet service with your Internet Service Provider (ISP). Please contact your ISP or network administrator for the configuration information that will be required to setup the router. Supported Internet connection types include Dynamic, Static, PPPoE, PPTP, L2TP, Japanese PPPoE, and Russian PPPoE/PPTP/L2TP. To configure your router to connect to the Internet, follow the steps below: 1. Log in to the router. 2. Click Wizard in the upper-right side of the page. If you want to manually configure your Internet settings, refer to “Connect to the Internet” on page 30. 3. Click Run in the Internet Connection Wizard box. 4. Toggle On next to either DHCP or Static IP Address and click Next. If your connection type is not listed, refer to “Connect to the Internet” on page 30. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 9 Section 3 - Basic Configuration a. If you selected DHCP, complete the fields below: Field Description MAC Address Source This MAC address will be recognized by your ISP. Select from the following three options: • Use Default Address - Uses the default MAC address of the router. • Clone your PC’s MAC Address - Select to use the MAC address of the computer you are currently connecting with. • Use this MAC Address - Select to manually enter a MAC address and enter the address in the box. Host Name DNS Server Source Enter a host name if required by your ISP. Select from the following two options: • Get Dynamically from ISP - Select to use the DNS servers assigned by your ISP. • Use these DNS Servers - Select to manually enter a primary and secondary DNS server address(es). Skip to Step 5 on the bottom of the next page. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 10 Section 3 - Basic Configuration b. If you selected Static, complete the fields below: Field IP Address Gateway IP Address IP Subnet Mask Primary DNS Server Description Enter the IP address assigned by your ISP. Enter the gateway IP address assigned by your ISP. Enter the subnet mask assigned by your ISP. Enter the primary DNS server IP address assigned by your ISP. Secondary DNS Server Enter the secondary DNS server IP address assigned by your ISP. 5. Click Save. The router will reboot and attempt to connect to your ISP. Please allow one to two minutes to connect. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 11 Section 3 - Basic Configuration #6 Wireless Network Setup This wizard provides a step-by-step guide to create and secure a new access point on the router. The network name (SSID) is the AP identifier that will be detected by supported clients. The Wizard uses a TKIP+AES cipher for WPA / WPA2 security; depending on support on the client side, devices associate with this AP using either WPA or WPA2 security with the same pre -shared key. The wizard has the option to automatically generate a network key for the AP. This key is the pre-shared key for WPA or WPA2 type security. Supported clients that have been given this PSK can associate with this AP. The default (auto-assigned) PSK is “passphrase”. 1. Log in to the router. 2. Click Wizard in the upper-right side of the page. 3. Click Run in the Wireless Wizard box. 4. The wizard screen will appear. 5. Enter a SSID, which is the name of your wireless network. 6. Next to Network Key Type, select Manual. 7. Enter a password for the wireless network. Wireless devices connecting to this network must enter this password to connect. The password is case-sensitive. 8. Click Save. 9. A window will appear with a summary of your settings. Click Finish. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 12 Section 3 - Basic Configuration #7 Create Users The Users Wizard allows you to create user account that you can assign to groups. Refer to “Users” on page 131 for more information. You may want to create Groups before users so you may assign them to groups as you create them. To create groups, refer to “Groups” on page 127. To create new users, follow the steps below: 1. Log in to the router. 2. Click Wizard in the upper-right side of the page. 3. Click Run in the Users Wizard box. 4. The wizard screen will appear. 5. Enter a unique user name. 6. Select the group type from the drop-down menu. For more information on groups, refer to “Groups” on page 127. 7. Enter a password for the user. 8. Enter the password again for confirmation. 9. Click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 13 Section 3 - Basic Configuration #8 Security/VPN Wizard The Security Wizard allows you to enable VPN passthrough and create a VPN. Follow the steps below: 1. Log in to the router. 2. Click Wizard in the upper-right side of the page. 3. Click Run in the Security Wizard box. 4. The wizard screen will appear. 5. Select the default outbound policy from the drop-down menu. 6. Toggle which type(s) of VPN you want allowed to pass through the router to ON and click Next. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 14 Section 3 - Basic Configuration 7. You can quickly create both IKE and VPN policies. Once the IKE or VPN policy is created, you can modify it as required. 8. From the Select VPN Type drop-down menu, select either Site to Site or Remote Access. 9. Next to Connection Name, enter a name for this VPN connection. 10. Next to IP Protocol Version, select either IPv4 or IPv6. 11. Next to IKE Version, select the version of IKE. 12. Next to Pre-Shared Key, enter the pre-shared key used. 13. Next to Local Gateway, select which WAN port used for the local gateway. 14. Next to Remote Gateway Type and Local Gateway Type, select either IP Address or FQDN. 15. Enter the Remote and Local WAN IP Address or FQDN and click Next. 16. Enter the remote network IP address and subnet mask. 17. Enter the local network IP address and subnet mask. 18. Click Save. Note: The IP address range used on the remote LAN must be different from the IP address range used on the local LAN. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 15 Section 3 - Basic Configuration #9 Dynamic DNS Wizard Dynamic DNS (DDNS) is an Internet service that allows routers with varying public IP addresses to be located using Internet domain names. To use DDNS, you must setup an account with a DDNS provider such as DynDNS. org, D-Link DDNS, or Oray.net. Refer to “Dynamic DNS Settings” on page 53 for more information. Follow the steps below: 1. Log in to the router. 2. Click Wizard in the upper-right side of the page. 3. Click Run in the Dynamic DNS Wizard box. 4. The wizard screen will appear. 5. Next to Dynamic DNS, select WAN1 or WAN2. 6. Select the DNS Server Type from the drop-down menu. 7. Depending on your service, enter your DDNS user name, password, and domain name. 8. Toggle Allow Wildcards to ON if required by your DDNS service. 9. Toggle Update Periodically to ON to auto update every 30 days. 10. Click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 16 Section 4 - LAN Configuration LAN Configuration By default, the router functions as a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server to the hosts on the LAN and WLAN network. With DHCP, PCs and other LAN devices can be assigned IP addresses as well as addresses for DNS servers, Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) servers, and the default gateway. With DHCP server enabled the router’s IP address serves as the gateway address for LAN and WLAN clients. The PCs in the LAN are assigned IP addresses from a pool of addresses specified in this procedure. Each pool address is tested before it is assigned to avoid duplicate addresses on the LAN. For most applications, the default DHCP and TCP/IP settings are satisfactory. If you want another PC on your network to be the DHCP server or if you are manually configuring the network settings of all of your PCs, set the DHCP mode to ‘none’. DHCP relay can be used to forward DHCP lease information from another DHCP server on the network. This is particularly useful for wireless clients. Instead of using a DNS server, you can use a Windows Internet Naming Service (WINS) server. A WINS server is the equivalent of a DNS server but uses the NetBIOS protocol to resolve host names. The router includes the WINS server IP address in the DHCP configuration when acknowledging a DHCP request from a DHCP client. You can also enable DNS proxy for the LAN. When this is enabled the router then as a proxy for all DNS requests and communicates with the ISP’s DNS servers. When disabled all DHCP clients receive the DNS IP addresses of the ISP. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 17 Section 4 - LAN Configuration LAN Settings Path: Network > LAN > LAN Settings To configure the LAN settings on the router: 1. Click Network > LAN > LAN Settings. 2. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field IP Address Description Enter an new IP address for the router. Default is 192.168.10.1. Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask for your network. Default is 255.255.255.0. DHCP Mode Select one of the following modes: • None - Turns off DHCP. • DHCP Server (default) - The router will act as the DHCP server on your network. • DHCP Relay - DHCP clients on your network will receive IP address leases from a DHCP server on a different subnet. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 18 Section 4 - LAN Configuration DHCP Server 1. Select DHCP Server from the drop-down menu. 2. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field DHCP Mode Description Select DHCP Server from the drop-down menu. Starting IP Address Enter the starting IP address in the DHCP address pool. Any new DHCP client joining the LAN is assigned an IP address within the starting and ending IP address range. Starting and ending IP addresses must be in the same IP address subnet as the router’s LAN IP address. Ending IP Address Enter the ending IP address in the DHCP address pool. Default Gateway Domain Name Lease Time Configure DNS/WINS Save Enter the default gateway IP address you want to assign to your DHCP clients. This IP is usually the router’s LAN IP address (default is 192.168.10.1). Enter a domain name. Enter the time, in hours, for which IP addresses are leased to clients. Toggle to On to manually enter DNS and/or WINS server IP address(es). If set to Off, your router’s LAN IP address will be assigned the DNS server to your clients and the router will get the DNS information from your ISP. Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 19 Section 4 - LAN Configuration DHCP Relay 1. Select DHCP Relay from the drop-down menu. 2. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field DHCP Mode Domain Name Gateway Save Description Select DHCP Relay from the drop-down menu. Enter the domain name of your network. Enter the relay gateway IP address. Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 20 Section 4 - LAN Configuration DHCP Reserved IPs Path: Network > LAN > LAN DHCP Reserved IPs The router’s DHCP server can assign IP settings to your clients on your network by adding a client’s MAC address and the IP address to be assigned. Whenever the router receives a request from a client, the MAC address of that client is compared with the MAC address list present in the database. If an IP address is already assigned to that computer or device in the database, the customized IP address is configured otherwise an IP address is assigned to the client automatically from the DHCP pool. To create DHCP reservations: 1. Click Network > LAN > LAN DHCP Reserved IPs. 2. Click Add New DHCP Reserved IP. 3. Enter the following information and click Save. Field Description Host Name Enter a host name for this device. Do not use spaces. IP Address Enter the IP address you want to assign to this device. Note that this IP address must be in the same range as the starting/ending IP address under DHCP Settings. MAC Address Enter the MAC address of this device (xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx format). This is not case-sensitive. Associate with IP/MAC Toggle ON to associate this device’s information with IP/MAC binding. Binding Save Click Save to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 21 Section 4 - LAN Configuration IGMP Setup Path: Network > LAN > IGMP Setup IGMP snooping (IGMP Proxy) allows the router to ‘listen’ in on IGMP network traffic through the router. This then allows the router to filter multicast traffic and direct it only to hosts that need this stream. This is helpful when there is a lot of multicast traffic on the network where all LAN hosts do not need to receive this multicast traffic. To enable IGMP Proxy: 1. Click Network > LAN > IGMP Setup. 2. Toggle IGMP Proxy to On. 3. Click Save. 1. the IGMP proxy is switched on 2. Click IGMP Snooping tab 3. Toggle IGMP Snooping to On 4. click Save. 5. Right click to Edit any of the VLAN IDs Note: Not support IGMP Snooping on DSR-150/150N D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 22 Section 4 - LAN Configuration UPnP Setup Path: Network > LAN > UPnP Universal Plug and Play (UPnP) is a feature that allows the router to discover devices on the network that can communicate with the router and allow for auto-configuration. If a network device is detected by UPnP, the router can open internal or external ports for the traffic protocol required by that network device. If disabled, the router will not allow for automatic device configuration and you may have to manually open/forward ports to allow applications to work. To configure the UPnP settings: 1. Click Network > LAN > UPnP. 2. Toggle Activate UPnP to On. 3. Select a VLAN from the LAN Segment drop-down menu. 4. Enter a value for Advertisement Period. This is the frequency that the router broadcasts UPnP information over the network. A large value will minimize network traffic but cause delays in identifying new UPnP devices to the network. 5. Enter a value for Advertisement Time to Live. This is the number of steps a packet is allowed to propagate before being discarded. Small values will limit the UPnP broadcast range. A default of 4 is typical for networks with a few number of switches. 6. Click Save. 7. Your entry will be displayed in the UPnP Port Map List. To edit or delete, right-click an entry and select the action from the menu. Repeat steps 2-6 to add multiple entries. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 23 Section 4 - LAN Configuration Jumbo Frames Path: Network > LAN > Jumbo Frames Jumbo frames are Ethernet frames with more than 1500 bytes of payload. When this option is enabled, the LAN devices can exchange information at Jumbo frames rate. To enable jumbo frames: 1. Click Network > LAN > Jumbo Frames. 2. Toggle Activate Jumbo Frames to On. 3. Click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 24 Section 4 - LAN Configuration VLAN The router supports virtual network isolation on the LAN with the use of VLANs. LAN devices can be configured to communicate in a sub network defined by VLAN identifiers. LAN ports can be assigned unique VLAN IDs so that traffic to and from that physical port can be isolated from the general LAN. VLAN filtering is particularly useful to limit broadcast packets of a device in a large network VLAN support is enabled by default in the router. In the VLAN Configuration page, enable VLAN support on the router and then proceed to the next section to define the virtual network. VLAN Settings Path: Network > VLAN > VLAN Settings The VLAN List page displays a list of configured VLANs by name and VLAN ID. A VLAN membership can be created by clicking the Add New VLAN button below the list. A VLAN membership entry consists of a VLAN identifier and the numerical VLAN ID which is assigned to the VLAN membership. The VLAN ID value can be any number from 2 to 4091. VLAN ID 1 is reserved for the default VLAN, which is used for untagged frames received on the interface. To create a new VLAN: 1. Click Network > LAN > VLAN Settings. 2. Click Add New VLAN at the bottom. 3. Enter the following required information from the table on the next page. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 25 Section 4 - LAN Configuration Field VLAN ID Name Captive Portal Activate InterVLAN Routing IP Address Description Enter a number between 2 and 4053. Enter a name for your VLAN. Toggle ON to enable Captive Portal (refer to the next page for more information). Toggle ON to allow routing between multiple VLANs or OFF to deny communication between VLANs. Enter the IP address for the VLAN. Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask for the VLAN. DHCP Mode Select one of the following modes: • None - Turns off DHCP for your VLAN. • DHCP Server (default) - The router will act as the DHCP server for your VLAN. • DHCP Relay - DHCP clients on your VLAN will receive IP address leases from a DHCP server on a different subnet. Enable DNS Proxy Toggle ON to enable the router to act as a proxy for all DNS requests and communicate with the ISP’s DNS servers. Save Click Save to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 26 Section 4 - LAN Configuration Captive Portal Note: The DSR-150/150N/250/250N routers do not have support for the Captive Portal feature. Captive Portal is available for LAN users only and not for DMZ hosts. Captive Portals can be enabled on a per-VLAN basis. Hosts of a particular VLAN can be directed to authenticate via the Captive Portal, which may be a customized portal with unique instructions and branding as compared to another VLAN. The most critical aspect of this configuration page is choosing the authentication server. All users (VLAN hosts) that want to gain internet access via the selected Captive Portal will be authenticated through the selected server. To enable Creative Portal to a specific VLAN: 1. Click Network > LAN > VLAN Settings. 2. Click Add New VLAN at the bottom or right-click an existing VLAN and select Edit. 3. Toggle Captive Portal to ON. 4. Next to Authentication Server, select an authentication server from the drop-down menu. 5. Next to Login Profile Name, select a profile from the drop-down or click Create a Profile to create a new one. 6. Select either HTTP or HTTPS for the redirect type. 7. If you want users to enter a CAPTCHA challenge at login, toggle to ON. 8. If you would like communication between VLANs, toggle Activate InterVLAN Routing to ON. 9. Make any other changes/selections and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 27 Section 4 - LAN Configuration Port/Wireless VLAN Path: Network > VLAN Settings > Port VLAN In order to tag all traffic through a specific LAN port with a VLAN ID, you can associate a VLAN to a physical port and wireless segment. VLAN membership properties for the LAN and wireless LAN are listed on this page. The VLAN Port table displays the port identifier, the mode setting for that port and VLAN membership information. The configuration page is accessed by selecting one of the four physical ports or a configured access point and clicking Edit. To edit, right-click on the port and select Edit. The edit page offers the following configuration options: • Mode: The mode of this VLAN can be General, Access (default), or Trunk. Refer to the next page for more information on the different modes. • Select PVID for the port when General mode is selected. • Configured VLAN memberships will be displayed on the VLAN Membership Configuration for the port. By selecting one more VLAN membership options for a General or Trunk port, traffic can be routed between the selected VLAN membership IDs. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 28 Section 4 - LAN Configuration In Access mode the port is a member of a single VLAN (and only one). All data going into and out of the port is untagged. Traffic through a port in access mode looks like any other Ethernet frame. In General mode the port is a member of a user selectable set of VLANs. The port sends and receives data that is tagged or untagged with a VLAN ID. If the data into the port is untagged, it is assigned the defined PVID. For example, if Port 3 is a General port with PVID 3, then the untagged data into Port 3 will be assigned PVID 3. All tagged data sent out of the port with the same PVID will be untagged. This is mode is typically used with IP Phones that have dual Ethernet ports. Data coming from phone to the switch port on the router will be tagged. Data passing through the phone from a connected device will be untagged. Note: The DSR-150/150N do not support General mode due to hardware limitations. In Trunk mode the port is a member of a user selectable set of VLANs. All data going into and out of the port is tagged. Untagged coming into the port is not forwarded, except for the default VLAN with PVID=1, which is untagged. Trunk ports multiplex traffic for multiple VLANs over the same physical link. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 29 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Connect to the Internet This router has two WAN ports that can be used to establish a connection to the internet. It is assumed that you have arranged for internet service with your Internet Service Provider (ISP). Please contact your ISP or network administrator for the configuration information that will be required to setup the router. Dynamic IP Path: Network > Internet > WAN1 Settings Select Dynamic IP (DHCP) to obtain IP address information automatically from your Internet Service Provider. Field Host Name Description Enter a host name if required by your ISP. DNS Server Source Select either Get Dynamically from ISP or Use These DNS Servers to manually enter DNS servers Primary DNS Server If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the primary DNS server IP address. Secondary DNS Server If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the secondary DNS server IP address. MAC Address Source MAC Address MTU Size Custom MTU Port Speed Save Select Use Default MAC to use the MAC address from the WAN1 port to associate with your modem/ISP, Clone your PC’s MAC to use the MAC address of the computer you are currently using to associate with your modem/ISP, or Use this MAC to manually enter a MAC address. If you selected Use this MAC, enter the MAC address you want to associate with your ISP. Select to use the default MTU value (1500) or select Custom to enter your own value. Enter a MTU value to optimize performance with your ISP. Select a value from the drop-down menu. The default value is Auto-Sense. Click Save to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 30 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Static IP Path: Network > Internet > WAN1 Settings Select Static IP to manually enter the Internet settings supplied by your Internet Service Provider. Field IP Address IP Subnet Mask Description Enter the IP address supplied by your ISP. Enter the subnet mask supplied by your ISP. Gateway IP Address Enter the gateway IP address supplied by your ISP. DNS Server Source Select either Get Dynamically from ISP or Use These DNS Servers to manually enter DNS servers. Primary DNS Server If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the primary DNS server IP address. Secondary DNS Server If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the secondary DNS server IP address. MAC Address Source MAC Address MTU Size Custom MTU Port Speed Save Select Use Default MAC to use the MAC address from the WAN1 port to associate with your modem/ISP, Clone your PC’s MAC to use the MAC address of the computer you are currently using to associate with your modem/ISP, or Use this MAC to manually enter a MAC address. If you selected Use this MAC, enter the MAC address you want to associate with your ISP. Select to use the default MTU value (1500) or select Custom to enter your own value. Enter a MTU value to optimize performance with your ISP. Select a value from the drop-down menu. The default value is Auto-Sense. Click Save to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 31 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet PPPoE Path: Network > Internet > WAN1 Settings Select PPPoE to enter the PPPoE Internet settings supplied by your Internet Service Provider. Field Address Mode Description Select Dynamic IP or Static IP (IP settings supplied by your ISP). User Name Enter your PPPoE user name. Password Enter your PPPoE password. Service Enter if your ISP requires it. Authentication Type Reconnect Mode IP Address IP Subnet Mask Select the authentication type from the drop-down menu. Some ISPs may require you to pay for usage time. Select On Demand if this is the case. This will have the router connect to the Internet only when you initiate an Internet connection. Select Always On to have the router stay connected to the Internet. If you selected Static IP, enter the IP address supplied by your ISP. If you selected Static IP, enter the subnet mask supplied by your ISP. Gateway IP Address If you selected Static IP, enter the gateway IP address supplied by your ISP. DNS Server Source Select either Get Dynamically from ISP or Use These DNS Servers to manually enter DNS servers. Primary DNS Server If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the primary DNS server IP address. Secondary DNS Server If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the secondary DNS server IP address. MAC Address Source MAC Address MTU Size Custom MTU Port Speed Save Select Use Default MAC to use the MAC address from the WAN1 port to associate with your modem/ISP, Clone your PC’s MAC to use the MAC address of the computer you are currently using to associate with your modem/ISP, or Use this MAC to manually enter a MAC address. If you selected Use this MAC, enter the MAC address you want to associate with your ISP. Select to use the default MTU value (1500) or select Custom to enter your own value. Enter a MTU value to optimize performance with your ISP. Select a value from the drop-down menu. The default value is Auto-Sense. Click Save to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 32 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Path: Network > Internet > WAN1 Settings PPTP Select PPTP to enter the PPTP Internet settings supplied by your Internet Service Provider. Field Description Address Mode Select Dynamic IP or Static IP (IP settings supplied by your ISP). Server Address Enter your PPTP server address. User Name Enter your PPTP user name. Password Enter your PPTP password. MPPE Encryption Toggle to ON and select the level of MPPE encryption. Split Tunnel Toggle to ON to use split tunnelling. This will allow you to connect to a VPN and Internet using the same physical connection. Reconnect Mode Some ISPs may require you to pay for usage time. Select On Demand if this is the case. This will have the router connect to the Internet only when you initiate an Internet connection. Select Always On to have the router stay connected to the Internet. IP Address IP Subnet Mask If you selected Static IP, enter the IP address supplied by your ISP. If you selected Static IP, enter the subnet mask supplied by your ISP. Gateway IP Address If you selected Static IP, enter the gateway IP address supplied by your ISP. DNS Server Source Select either Get Dynamically from ISP or Use These DNS Servers to manually enter DNS servers. Primary DNS Server If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the primary DNS server IP address. Secondary DNS Server MAC Address Source MAC Address MTU Size Custom MTU Port Speed Save If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the secondary DNS server IP address. Select Use Default MAC to use the MAC address from the WAN1 port to associate with your modem/ISP, Clone your PC’s MAC to use the MAC address of the computer you are currently using to associate with your modem/ISP, or Use this MAC to manually enter a MAC address. If you selected Use this MAC, enter the MAC address you want to associate with your ISP. Select to use the default MTU value (1500) or select Custom to enter your own value. Enter a MTU value to optimize performance with your ISP. Select a value from the drop-down menu. The default value is Auto-Sense. Click Save to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 33 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet L2TP Path: Network > Internet > WAN1 Settings Select L2TP to enter the L2TP Internet settings supplied by your Internet Service Provider. Field Description Address Mode Select Dynamic IP or Static IP (IP settings supplied by your ISP). Server Address Enter your PPTP server address. User Name Enter your PPTP user name. Password Enter your PPTP password. Secret Enter a shared secret if required. Split Tunnel Toggle to ON to use split tunnelling. This will allow you to connect to a VPN and Internet using the same physical connection. Reconnect Mode Some ISPs may require you to pay for usage time. Select On Demand if this is the case. This will have the router connect to the Internet only when you initiate an Internet connection. Select Always On to have the router stay connected to the Internet. IP Address IP Subnet Mask If you selected Static IP, enter the IP address supplied by your ISP. If you selected Static IP, enter the subnet mask supplied by your ISP. Gateway IP Address If you selected Static IP, enter the gateway IP address supplied by your ISP. DNS Server Source Select either Get Dynamically from ISP or Use These DNS Servers to manually enter DNS servers. Primary DNS Server If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the primary DNS server IP address. Secondary DNS Server MAC Address Source MAC Address MTU Size Custom MTU Port Speed Save If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the secondary DNS server IP address. Select Use Default MAC to use the MAC address from the WAN1 port to associate with your modem/ISP, Clone your PC’s MAC to use the MAC address of the computer you are currently using to associate with your modem/ISP, or Use this MAC to manually enter a MAC address. If you selected Use this MAC, enter the MAC address you want to associate with your ISP. Select to use the default MTU value (1500) or select Custom to enter your own value. Enter a MTU value to optimize performance with your ISP. Select a value from the drop-down menu. The default value is Auto-Sense. Click Save to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 34 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Japanese PPPoE Path: Network > Internet > WAN1 Settings Select Japanese PPPoE to enter the PPPoE Internet settings supplied by your Internet Service Provider. Field Address Mode Description Select Dynamic IP or Static IP (IP settings supplied by your ISP). User Name Enter your PPPoE user name. Password Enter your PPPoE password. Service Enter if your ISP requires it. Authentication Type Reconnect Mode IP Address IP Subnet Mask Select the authentication type from the drop-down menu. Some ISPs may require you to pay for usage time. Select On Demand if this is the case. This will have the router connect to the Internet only when you initiate an Internet connection. Select Always On to have the router stay connected to the Internet. If you selected Static IP, enter the IP address supplied by your ISP. If you selected Static IP, enter the subnet mask supplied by your ISP. Gateway IP Address If you selected Static IP, enter the gateway IP address supplied by your ISP. Primary PPPoE DNS Servers Select either Get Dynamically from ISP or Use These DNS Servers to manually enter DNS servers. Primary DNS Server If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the primary DNS server IP address. Secondary DNS Server If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the secondary DNS server IP address. Secondary PPPoE You may create a secondary PPPoE profile. Profile Select Use Default MAC to use the MAC address from the WAN1 port to associate with your MAC Address Source modem/ISP, Clone your PC’s MAC to use the MAC address of the computer you are currently using to associate with your modem/ISP, or Use this MAC to manually enter a MAC address. MAC Address Port Speed Save If you selected Use this MAC, enter the MAC address you want to associate with your ISP. Select a value from the drop-down menu. The default value is Auto-Sense. Click Save to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 35 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Russian PPPoE Path: Network > Internet > WAN1 Settings Select Russian PPPoE to enter the PPPoE Internet settings supplied by your Internet Service Provider. Field Address Mode Description Select Dynamic IP or Static IP (IP settings supplied by your ISP). User Name Enter your PPPoE user name. Password Enter your PPPoE password. Service Enter if your ISP requires it. Authentication Type Reconnect Mode IP Address IP Subnet Mask Select the authentication type from the drop-down menu. Some ISPs may require you to pay for usage time. Select On Demand if this is the case. This will have the router connect to the Internet only when you initiate an Internet connection. Select Always On to have the router stay connected to the Internet. If you selected Static IP, enter the IP address supplied by your ISP. If you selected Static IP, enter the subnet mask supplied by your ISP. Gateway IP Address If you selected Static IP, enter the gateway IP address supplied by your ISP. DNS Server Source Select either Get Dynamically from ISP or Use These DNS Servers to manually enter DNS servers. Primary DNS Server If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the primary DNS server IP address. Secondary DNS Server MAC Address Source MAC Address If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the secondary DNS server IP address. Select Use Default MAC to use the MAC address from the WAN1 port to associate with your modem/ISP, Clone your PC’s MAC to use the MAC address of the computer you are currently using to associate with your modem/ISP, or Use this MAC to manually enter a MAC address. If you selected Use this MAC, enter the MAC address you want to associate with your ISP. WAN2 Physical Setting Select Dynamic IP or Static IP (IP settings supplied by your ISP). If you select Static IP, enter the IP settings supplied by your ISP. WAN2 Physical DNS Select either Get Dynamically from ISP or Use These DNS Servers to manually enter DNS servers. Port Speed Save Select a value from the drop-down menu. The default value is Auto-Sense. Click Save to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 36 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Russian PPTP Path: Network > Internet > WAN1 Settings Select Russian PPTP to enter the PPTP Internet settings supplied by your Internet Service Provider. Field Description Address Mode Select Dynamic IP or Static IP (IP settings supplied by your ISP). Server Address Enter your PPTP server address. User Name Enter your PPTP user name. Password Enter your PPTP password. MPPE Encryption Toggle to ON and select the level of MPPE encryption. Split Tunnel Toggle to ON to use split tunnelling. This will allow you to connect to a VPN and Internet using the same physical connection. Reconnect Mode Some ISPs may require you to pay for usage time. Select On Demand if this is the case. This will have the router connect to the Internet only when you initiate an Internet connection. Select Always On to have the router stay connected to the Internet. IP Address IP Subnet Mask If you selected Static IP, enter the IP address supplied by your ISP. If you selected Static IP, enter the subnet mask supplied by your ISP. Gateway IP Address If you selected Static IP, enter the gateway IP address supplied by your ISP. DNS Server Source Select either Get Dynamically from ISP or Use These DNS Servers to manually enter DNS servers. Primary DNS Server If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the primary DNS server IP address. Secondary DNS Server MAC Address Source MAC Address MTU Size Custom MTU Port Speed Save If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the secondary DNS server IP address. Select Use Default MAC to use the MAC address from the WAN1 port to associate with your modem/ISP, Clone your PC’s MAC to use the MAC address of the computer you are currently using to associate with your modem/ISP, or Use this MAC to manually enter a MAC address. If you selected Use this MAC, enter the MAC address you want to associate with your ISP. Select to use the default MTU value (1500) or select Custom to enter your own value. Enter a MTU value to optimize performance with your ISP. Select a value from the drop-down menu. The default value is Auto-Sense. Click Save to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 37 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Russian L2TP Path: Network > Internet > WAN1 Settings Select Russian L2TP to enter the L2TP Internet settings supplied by your Internet Service Provider. Field Description Address Mode Select Dynamic IP or Static IP (IP settings supplied by your ISP). Server Address Enter your PPTP server address. User Name Enter your PPTP user name. Password Enter your PPTP password. Secret Enter a shared secret if required. Split Tunnel Toggle to ON to use split tunnelling. This will allow you to connect to a VPN and Internet using the same physical connection. Reconnect Mode Some ISPs may require you to pay for usage time. Select On Demand if this is the case. This will have the router connect to the Internet only when you initiate an Internet connection. Select Always On to have the router stay connected to the Internet. IP Address IP Subnet Mask If you selected Static IP, enter the IP address supplied by your ISP. If you selected Static IP, enter the subnet mask supplied by your ISP. Gateway IP Address If you selected Static IP, enter the gateway IP address supplied by your ISP. DNS Server Source Select either Get Dynamically from ISP or Use These DNS Servers to manually enter DNS servers. Primary DNS Server If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the primary DNS server IP address. Secondary DNS Server MAC Address Source MAC Address MTU Size Custom MTU Port Speed Save If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the secondary DNS server IP address. Select Use Default MAC to use the MAC address from the WAN1 port to associate with your modem/ISP, Clone your PC’s MAC to use the MAC address of the computer you are currently using to associate with your modem/ISP, or Use this MAC to manually enter a MAC address. If you selected Use this MAC, enter the MAC address you want to associate with your ISP. Select to use the default MTU value (1500) or select Custom to enter your own value. Enter a MTU value to optimize performance with your ISP. Select a value from the drop-down menu. The default value is Auto-Sense. Click Save to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 38 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet WAN2 Settings Path: Network > Internet > WAN2 Settings Select WAN and select the Internet connection type. Please refer to the previous pages (41-49) for more information. If you want to set WAN2 port to DMZ, skip to the next page. WAN D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 39 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet DMZ This router supports one of the physical ports to be configured as a secondary WAN Ethernet port or a dedicated DMZ port. A DMZ is a sub network that is open to the public but behind the firewall. The DMZ adds an additional layer of security to the LAN, as specific services/ports that are exposed to the internet on the DMZ do not have to be exposed on the LAN. It is recommended that hosts that must be exposed to the internet (such as web or email servers) be placed in the DMZ network. Firewall rules can be allowed to permit access specific services/ports to the DMZ from both the LAN or WAN. In the event of an attack to any of the DMZ nodes, the LAN is not necessarily vulnerable as well. DMZ configuration is identical to the LAN configuration. There are no restrictions on the IP address or subnet assigned to the DMZ port, other than the fact that it cannot be identical to the IP address given to the LAN interface of this gateway. Note: DSR-500/1000/500N/1000N/500AC/1000AC, in order to configure a DMZ port, the router’s configurable port must be set to DMZ in the Network > Internet > DMZ Settings page. Note: For DSR-150N and DSR-250N, enabling DMZ will result in port 8 of the LAN switch being used for a dedicated DMZ port. The other 7 LAN ports remain unchanged. 1. Click Network > Internet > WAN2 / DMZ Settings. 2. Select DMZ and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 40 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet WAN3 (3G Internet) Path: Network > Internet > WAN3 Settings This router supports the use of 3G Internet access. Cellular 3G internet access is available on WAN3 via a 3G USB modem for DSR series. The cellular ISP that provides the 3G data plan will provide the authentication requirements to establish a connection. The dial Number and APN are specific to the cellular carriers. Once the connection type settings are configured and saved, navigate to the WAN status page (Setup > Internet Settings > WAN3 Status) and Enable the WAN3 link to establish the 3G connection. Field Description Reconnect Mode Some ISPs may require you to pay for usage time. Select On Demand if this is the case. This will have the router connect to the Internet only when you initiate an Internet connection. Select Always On to have the router stay connected to the Internet. Maximum Idle Time Enter the idle time in minutes before the router disconnects from the Internet (On Demand only). User Name Enter your 3G account user name. Password Enter your 3G account password. Dial-in Number Authentication Protocol APN Required APN Enter the phone number to access your Internet. Select one of following protocols from the drop-down menu: None, PAP or CHAP. Toggle to ON if your ISP requires APN to connect. Enter the APN (Access Point Name) provided by the ISP. DNS Server Source Select either Get Dynamically from ISP or Use These DNS Servers to manually enter DNS servers. Primary DNS Server If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the primary DNS server IP address. Secondary DNS Server If you selected “Use These DNS Servers”, enter the secondary DNS server IP address. MTU Size Select to use the default MTU value (1500) or select Custom to enter your own value. Custom MTU Enter a MTU value to optimize performance with your ISP. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 41 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Path: Network > Internet > WAN Mode WAN Mode This router supports multiple WAN links. This allows you to take advantage of failover and load balancing features to ensure certain internet dependent services are prioritized in the event of unstable WAN connectivity on one of the ports. To use Auto Failover or Load Balancing, WAN link failure detection must be configured. This involves accessing DNS servers on the internet or ping to an internet address (user defined). If required, you can configure the number of retry attempts when the link seems to be disconnected or the threshold of failures that determines if a WAN port is down. Single WAN Port If you do not want to use Auto Failover or Load Balancing, select Single WAN Port from the WAN Mode drop-down menu and select the WAN port you want to set. Click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 42 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Auto-Rollover using WAN IP In this mode one of your WAN ports is assigned as the primary internet link for all internet traffic and the secondary WAN port is used for redundancy in case the primary link goes down for any reason. Both WAN ports (primary and secondary) must be configured to connect to the respective ISP’s before enabling this feature. The secondary WAN port will remain unconnected until a failure is detected on the primary link (either port can be assigned as the primary). In the event of a failure on the primary port, all internet traffic will be rolled over to the backup port. When configured in Auto-Failover mode, the link status of the primary WAN port is checked at regular intervals as defined by the failure detection settings. 1. Click Network > Internet > WAN Mode. 2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field WAN Mode Use Primary WAN Port Use Secondary WAN Port WAN Health Check WAN1/WAN2/WAN3 Description Select Auto-Rollover Using WAN IP from the drop-down menu. Select which WAN port is the primary. Select which port to use if the primary port fails. • DNS lookup using WAN DNS Servers: DNS Lookup of the DNS Servers of the primary link is used to detect primary WAN connectivity. • DNS lookup using DNS Servers: DNS Lookup of the custom DNS Servers can be specified to check the connectivity of the primary link. • Ping these IP addresses: These IP’s will be pinged at regular intervals to check the connectivity of the primary link. • Retry Interval is: The number tells the router how often it should run the above configured failure detection method. • Failover after: This sets the number of retries after which failover is initiated. Enter the DNS server or IP address to ping. Retry Interval Enter the time in seconds to initiate the WAN health check. Default is every 30 seconds. Failover After Enter the number of failures before the router will enable the failover process. Note: The DSR series routers support 3G USB Modem as a failover link when the internet access is lost. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 43 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Load Balancing Path: Network > Internet > WAN Mode This feature allows you to use multiple WAN links (and presumably multiple ISP’s) simultaneously. After configuring more than one WAN port, the load balancing option is available to carry traffic over more than one link. Protocol bindings are used to segregate and assign services over one WAN port in order to manage internet flow. The configured failure detection method is used at regular intervals on all configured WAN ports when in Load Balancing mode. This router currently supports three algorithms for Load Balancing: Round Robin: This algorithm is particularly useful when the connection speed of one WAN port greatly differs from another. In this case you can define protocol bindings to route low-latency services (such as VOIP) over the higher -speed link and let low-volume background traffic (such as SMTP) go over the lower speed link. Protocol binding is explained in next section. Spillover: If Spillover method is selected, the primary WAN acts as a dedicated link until a defined bandwidth threshold are reached. After this, the secondary WAN will be used for new connections. Inbound connections on the secondary WAN are permitted with this mode, as the spillover logic governs outbound connections moving from the primary to secondary WAN. You can configure spillover mode by using following options: • Load Tolerance: It is the percentage of bandwidth after which the router switches to secondary WAN. • Max Bandwidth: This sets the maximum bandwidth tolerable by the primary WAN for outbound traffic. If the link bandwidth of outbound traffic goes above the load tolerance value of max bandwidth, the router will spillover the next connections to secondary WAN. For example, if the maximum bandwidth of primary WAN is 1Kbps and the load tolerance is set to 70. Now every time a new connection is established the bandwidth increases. After a certain number of connections say bandwidth reached 70% of 1Kbps, the new outbound connections will be spilled over to secondary WAN. The maximum value of load tolerance is 80% and the minimum is 20%. Note: The DSR-1000 and DSR-500 routers support the traffic load balancing between physical WAN port and a 3G USB Modem. Load balancing is particularly useful when the connection speed of one WAN port greatly differs from another. In this case you can define protocol bindings to route low-latency services (such as VOIP) over the higher-speed link and let low-volume background traffic (such as SMTP) go over the lower speed link. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 44 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Round Robin 1. Click Network > Internet > WAN Mode. 2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field WAN Mode Load Balance WAN Health Check Save Description Select Load Balancing from the drop-down menu. Select Round Robin. • DNS lookup using WAN DNS Servers: DNS Lookup of the DNS Servers of the primary link is used to detect primary WAN connectivity. • DNS lookup using DNS Servers: DNS Lookup of the custom DNS Servers can be specified to check the connectivity of the primary link. • Ping these IP addresses: These IP’s will be pinged at regular intervals to check the connectivity of the primary link. • Retry Interval is: The number tells the router how often it should run the above configured failure detection method. • Failover after: This sets the number of retries after which failover is initiated. Click to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 45 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Spillover 1. Click Network > Internet > WAN Mode. 2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field WAN Mode Load Balance WAN Health Check Retry Interval is Failover After Description Select Load Balancing from the drop-down menu. Select Spillover Mode. • DNS lookup using WAN DNS Servers: DNS Lookup of the DNS Servers of the primary link is used to detect primary WAN connectivity. • DNS lookup using DNS Servers: DNS Lookup of the custom DNS Servers can be specified to check the connectivity of the primary link. • Ping these IP addresses: These IP’s will be pinged at regular intervals to check the connectivity of the primary link. • Retry Interval is: The number tells the router how often it should run the above configured failure detection method. • Failover after: This sets the number of retries after which failover is initiated. Enter the time in seconds to initiate the WAN health check. Default is every 30 seconds. Enter the number of failures before the router will enable the failover process. Load Tolerance Enter the percentage of bandwidth after which the router switches to the secondary WAN. Max Bandwidth This sets the maximum bandwidth tolerable by the primary WAN for outbound traffic. Save Click to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 46 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Routing Mode Routing between the LAN and WAN will impact the way this router handles traffic that is received on any of its physical interfaces. The routing mode of the gateway is core to the behavior of the traffic flow between the secure LAN and the internet. NAT or Classical Path: Network > Internet > Routing Mode With classical routing, devices on the LAN can be directly accessed from the internet with their public IP addresses (assuming appropriate firewall settings are configured). If your ISP has assigned an IP address for each of the computers/devices that you use, select Classical. NAT is a technique which allows several computers and devices on your local network to share an Internet connection. The computers on the LAN use a “private” IP address range while the WAN port on the router is configured with a single “public” IP address. Along with connection sharing, NAT also hides internal IP addresses from the computers on the Internet. NAT is required if your ISP has assigned only one IP address to you. The computers/devices that connect through the router will need to be assigned IP addresses from a private subnet. 1. Click Network > Internet > Routing Mode. 2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field Description Routing Settings Select NAT or Classical. NAT with WAN1 Toggle to ON to use NAT with WAN1 or OFF for classical. NAT with WAN2 Toggle to ON to use NAT with WAN2 or OFF for classical. Save Click to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 47 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Transparent When Transparent Routing Mode is enabled, NAT is not performed on traffic between the LAN and WAN interfaces. Broadcast and multicast packets that arrive on the LAN interface are switched to the WAN and vice versa, if they do not get filtered by firewall or VPN policies. To maintain the LAN and WAN in the same broadcast domain select Transparent mode, which allows bridging of traffic from LAN to WAN and vice versa, except for router-terminated traffic and other management traffic. All DSR features (such as 3G modem support) are supported in transparent mode assuming the LAN and WAN are configured to be in the same broadcast domain. Note: NAT routing has a feature called “NAT Hair -pinning” that allows internal network users on the LAN and DMZ to access internal servers (e.g., an internal FTP server) using their externally-known domain name. This is also referred to as “NAT loopback” since LAN generated traffic is redirected through the firewall to reach LAN servers by their external name. 1. Click Network > Internet > Routing. 2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field Routing Settings Save Description Select Transparent. Click to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 48 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Bridge When Bridge Mode routing is enabled, the first physical LAN port and secondary WAN/DMZ (port 2) interfaces are bridged together at Layer 2, creating an aggregate network. The other LAN ports and the primary WAN (WAN1) are not part of this bridge, and the router asks as a NAT device for these other ports. With Bridge mode for the LAN port 1 and WAN2/DMZ interfaces, L2 and L3 broadcast traffic as well as ARP / RARP packets are passed through. When WAN2 receives tagged traffic the tag information will be removed before the packet is forwarded to the LAN port 1 interface. Note: Bridge mode option is available on DSR-500 / 500N / 500AC 1000 / 1000N / 1000AC routers only. 1. Click Network > Internet > Routing. 2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field Routing Settings Description Select Bridge. Bridge Interface IP Address Enter the bridge interface IP address. DMZ Interface IP Address Subnet Mask NAT with WAN1 Save Enter the DMZ interface IP address. Enter the subnet mask. Toggle ON to turn NAT on WAN1 or OFF for classical. Click to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 49 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet IP Aliasing Path: Network > Internet > IP Aliasing A single WAN Ethernet port can be accessed via multiple IP addresses by adding an alias to the port. This is done by configuring an IP Alias address. To edit or delete any existing aliases, right-click the alias and select either Edit or Delete. To create a new alias: 1. Click Network > Internet > IP Aliasing. 2. Click Add New IP Aliasing. 3. Enter the following information and click Save. Field Interface IP Address Subnet Mask Save Description Select either WAN1 or WAN2. Enter an alias IP address for the WAN interface you selected. Enter a subnet mask for the WAN interface you selected. Click to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 50 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet DMZ Settings Path: Network > Internet > DMZ Settings If you set WAN2 port to DMZ, you will need to configure the port here. To configure the DMZ Settings: 1. Click Network > Internet > DMZ Settings. 2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field IP Address Description Enter an IP address for the DMZ interface. Subnet Mask Enter the subnet mask for the DMZ interface. DHCP Mode Select one of the following modes: • None - Turns off DHCP. • DHCP Server (default) - The router will act as the DHCP server on your network. • DHCP Relay - DHCP clients on your network will receive IP address leases from a DHCP server on a different subnet. DHCP Server Refer to “DHCP Server” on page 19 for more information. DHCP Relay Refer to “DHCP Relay” on page 20 for more information. Enable DNS Proxy Primary DNS Server Secondary DNS Server WINS Server Save Toggle to On to manually enter DNS and/or WINS server IP address(es). If set to Off, your router’s LAN IP address will be assigned the DNS server to your clients and the router will get the DNS information from your ISP. If DNS Proxy is set to ON, enter the primary DNS server IP address. If DNS Proxy is set to ON, enter the secondary DNS server IP address. If DNS Proxy is set to ON, enter the WINS server IP address. Click to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 51 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet DMZ LAN DHCP Reserved IPs The router’s DHCP server can assign IP settings to your DMZ clients on your network by adding a client’s MAC address and the IP address to be assigned. Whenever the router receives a request from a client, the MAC address of that client is compared with the MAC address list present in the database. If an IP address is already assigned to that computer or device in the database, the customized IP address is configured otherwise an IP address is assigned to the client automatically from the DMZ DHCP pool. To create DHCP reservations: 1. Click Network > Internet > DMZ LAN DHCP Reserved IPs. 2. Click Add New DMZ DHCP Reserved IP. 3. Enter the following information and click Save. Field Description DMZ DHCP Reserved IP Toggle to ON to enable this reservation. Enable Enter the IP address you want to assign to this device. Note that this IP address must be in the IP Address same range as the starting/ending IP address under DHCP Settings. MAC Address Save Enter the MAC address of this device (xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx format). Click Save to save your reservation. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 52 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Dynamic DNS Settings Path: Network > Internet > Dynamic DNS Dynamic DNS (DDNS) is an Internet service that allows routers with varying public IP addresses to be located using Internet domain names. To use DDNS, you must setup an account with a DDNS provider such as DynDNS. org, D-Link DDNS, or Oray.net. Each configured WAN can have a different DDNS service if required. Once configured, the router will update DDNS services changes in the WAN IP address so that features that are dependent on accessing the router’s WAN via FQDN will be directed to the correct IP address. When you set up an account with a DDNS service, the host and domain name, username, password and wildcard support will be provided by the account provider. To configure DDNS: 1. Click Network > Internet > Dynamic DNS 2. Click the tab on top to select which WAN port you want to configure DDNS to. 3. Next to Dynamic DNS Service Type, select your DDNS service. 4. Enter the following information and click Save. The information below is for DynDNS. Other services will have similar fields. Field User Name Domain Name Password Status Allow Wildcards Description Enter your DDNS user name. Enter the domain name. Enter your DDNS password. Displays the current connection status. Toggle to ON to allow wildcards. Update Periodically Toggle to ON to set a forced update. Save Click Save to save your reservation. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 53 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Traffic Management Bandwidth Profiles Path: Network > Internet > Traffic Management > Bandwidth Profiles Bandwidth profiles allow you to regulate the traffic flow from the LAN to WAN 1 or WAN 2. This is useful to ensure that low priority LAN users (like guests or HTTP service) do not monopolize the available WAN’s bandwidth for cost-savings or bandwidth-priority-allocation purposes. Bandwidth profiles configuration consists of enabling the bandwidth control feature from the GUI and adding a profile which defines the control parameters. The profile can then be associated with a traffic selector, so that bandwidth profile can be applied to the traffic matching the selectors. Selectors are elements like IP addresses or services that would trigger the configured bandwidth regulation. To edit, delete, or create a new bandwidth profile: 1. Click Network > Internet > Traffic Management > Bandwidth Profiles. 2. Toggle Enable Bandwidth Profiles to ON and click Save. 3. Click Add New Bandwidth Profile. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 54 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet 4. Enter the following information and click Save. Field Description Name Enter a name for your profile. This identifier is used to associate the configured profile to the traffic selector. Policy Type WAN Interface Profile Type Priority Select the policy type (Inbound or Outbound) from the drop-down menu. Select which WAN interface you want to associate this profile with. Select either Priority or Rate from the drop-down menu. If you selected Priority, select Low, Medium, or High. Minimum Bandwidth Rate If you selected Rate, enter the minimum bandwidth rate. Maximum Bandwidth Rate If you selected Rate, enter the maximum bandwidth rate. Save Click Save to save your reservation. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 55 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Traffic Shaping Path: Network > Internet > Traffic Management > Traffic Shaping Once a profile has been created it can then be associated with a traffic flow from the LAN to WAN. Traffic selector configuration binds a bandwidth profile to a type or source of LAN traffic with the following settings. To create a traffic selector: 1. Click Network > Internet > Traffic Management > Traffic Shaping. 2. Click Add New Traffic Selector. 3. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field Available Profiles Service Description Select a bandwidth profile from the drop-down menu. Select a service from the drop-down menu. Traffic Selector Match Type Select IP or MAC Address. IP Address If you selected IP, enter the IP address of the source associated with this profile. Subnet Mask If you selected IP, enter a subnet mask. MAC Address If you selected MAC, enter the MAC address of the source associated with this profile. Save Click to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 56 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Routing Static Routes Path: Network > Routing > Static Routes Manually adding static routes to this device allows you to define the path selection of traffic from one interface to another. There is no communication between this router and other devices to account for changes in the path; once configured the static route will be active and effective until the network changes. The List of Static Routes displays all routes that have been added manually by an administrator and allows several operations on the static routes. To create a new static route: 1. Click Network > Routing > Static Routes. 2. Click Add New Static Route. 3. Complete the fields in the table on the next page and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 57 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Field Route Name Description Enter a name for your route. Active Toggle to ON to activate this route or to OFF to deactivate. Private Toggle to ON to make this route private. If the route is made private, then the route will not be shared in a RIP broadcast or multicast. Destination IP Address IP Subnet Mask Interface Gateway IP Address Metric Save Enter the IP address of the static route’s destination. Enter the subnet mask of the static route. The physical network interface (WAN1, WAN2, WAN3, DMZ or LAN), through which this route is accessible. IP address of the gateway through which the destination host or network can be reached. Determines the priority of the route. If multiple routes to the same destination exist, the route with the lowest metric is chosen. Click Save to save your route. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 58 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet RIP Path: Network > Routing > RIP Dynamic routing using the Routing Information Protocol (RIP) is an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) that is common in LANs. With RIP this router can exchange routing information with other supported routers in the LAN and allow for dynamic adjustment of routing tables in order to adapt to modifications in the LAN without interrupting traffic flow. Note: The DSR-150/150N/250/250N routers do not support RIP. To configure RIP: 1. Click Network > Routing > RIP. 2. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field Description Direction The RIP direction will define how this router sends and receives RIP packets. Select one of the following: • Both: The router both broadcasts its routing table and also processes RIP information received from other routers. This is the recommended setting in order to fully utilize RIP capabilities. • Out Only: The router broadcasts its routing table periodically but does not accept RIP information from other routers. • In Only: The router accepts RIP information from other routers, but does not broadcast its routing table. • None: The router neither broadcasts its route table nor does it accept any RIP packets from other routers. This effectively disables RIP. Version The RIP version is dependent on the RIP support of other routing devices in the LAN. • Disabled: This is the setting when RIP is disabled. • RIP-1: A class-based routing version that does not include subnet information. This is the most commonly supported version. • RIP-2: Includes all the functionality of RIPv1 plus it supports subnet information. Though the data is sent in RIP-2 format for both RIP-2B and RIP-2M, the mode in which packets are sent is different. RIP-2B broadcasts data in the entire subnet while RIP-2M sends data to multicast addresses. Note: If RIP-2B or RIP-2M is the selected version, authentication between this router and other routers (configured with the same RIP version) is required. MD5 authentication is used in a first/ second key exchange process. The authentication key validity lifetimes are configurable to ensure that the routing information exchange is with current and supported routers detected on the LAN. Save Click Save to save your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 59 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet OSPF Path: Network > Routing > OSPF OSPF is an interior gateway protocol that routes Internet Protocol (IP) packets solely within a single routing domain. It gathers link state information from available routers and constructs a topology map of the network. OSPF version 2 is a routing protocol which described in RFC2328 - OSPF Version 2. OSPF is IGP (Interior Gateway Protocols). OSPF is widely used in large networks such as ISP backbone and enterprise networks. Note: The DSR-150/150N/250/250N routers do not support OSPFv2. To configure OSPF: 1. Click Network > Routing > OSPF. 2. Right-click the port you want to edit (LAN/WAN1/WAN2/WAN3) and select Edit. 3. Complete the fields in the table on the next page and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 60 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Field OSPFv2 Enable Interface Description Toggle ON to enable OSPF. Displays the physical network interface on which OSPFv2 is Enabled/Disabled. Area Enter the area to which the interface belongs. Two routers having a common segment; their interfaces have to belong to the same area on that segment. The interfaces should belong to the same subnet and have similar mask. Priority Helps to determine the OSPFv2 designated router for a network. The router with the highest priority will be more eligible to become Designated Router. Setting the value to 0 makes the router ineligible to become Designated Router. The default value is 1. Lower the value means higher the priority. Hello Interval The number of seconds for Hello Interval timer value. Enter the number in seconds that the Hello packet will be sent. This value must be the same for all routers attached to a common network. The default value is 10 seconds. Dead Interval The number of seconds that a device’s hello packets must not have been seen before its neighbors declare the OSPF router down. This value must be the same for all routers attached to a common network. The default value is 40 seconds. OSPF requires these intervals to be exactly the same between two neighbors. If any of these intervals are different, these routers will not become neighbors on a particular segment. Cost Authentication Type Md5 Key ID Md5 Authentication Key Save Enter the cost of sending a packet on an OSPFv2 interface. Select one of the following authentication types: • None: The interface does not authenticate OSPF packets. • Simple: OSPF packets are authenticated using simple text key. • MD5: The interface authenticates OSPF packets with MD5 authentication. If MD5 authentication is selected, enter the MD5 key ID. If MD5 authentication is selected, enter the MD5 authentication key. Click Save to save your settings. OSPF support on L2TP over IPsec Apart from LAN, WAN1 and WAN2, the user can exchange routes via L2TP over IPsec. OSPF supports a virtual interface created in L2TP over an IPsec channel. The static routes which are added have to be exchanged over these interfaces. L2TP over IPsec wraps a stimulated data link layer in IPsec. Plain IPsec just encrypts the network layer. When the L2TP over IPsec configuration is saved, the tunnel initiation starts automatically but the establishment of the tunnel depends on the configuration at the client and the server side, and the response from the server. Ensure that the L2TP tunnel over the IPsec is established before enabling OSPF D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 61 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Protocol Binding Path: Network > Routing > Protocol Binding Protocol bindings are useful when the Load Balancing feature is in use. Selecting from a list of configured services or any of the user-defined services, the type of traffic can be assigned to go over only one of the available WAN ports. For increased flexibility the source network or machines can be specified as well as the destination network or machines. For example, the VOIP traffic for a set of LAN IP addresses can be assigned to one WAN and any VOIP traffic from the remaining IP addresses can be assigned to the other WAN link. Protocol bindings are only applicable when load balancing mode is enabled and more than one WAN is configured. To add, edit, or delete a protocol binding entry: 1. Click Network > Routing > Protocol Binding. 2. Right-click a current entry and select Edit or Delete. To add a new entry, click Add New Protocol Binding. 3. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field Service Local Gateway Description Select a service from the drop-down menu. Select a WAN interface. Source Network Select the source network: Any, Single Address, or Address Range. If Single Address or Address Range is selected, enter the IP address or IP range. Destination Network Select the destination network: Any, Single Address, or Address Range. If Single Address or Address Range is selected, enter the IP address or IP range. Save Click Save to save your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 62 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet IPv6 IP Mode Path: Network > IPv6 > IP Mode This page allows you to configure the IP protocol version to be used on the router. In order to support IPv6 on your local network (LAN), you must set the router to be in IPv4 / IPv6 mode. This mode will allow IPv4 nodes to communicate with IPv6 devices through this router. To enable IPv6 on the router: 1. Click Network > IPv6 > IP Mode. 2. Select IPv4 & IPv6. 3. Click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 63 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet WAN Settings Path: Network > IPv6 > WAN1 Settings For IPv6 WAN connections, this router can have a static IPv6 address or receive connection information when configured as a DHCPv6 client. In the case where the ISP assigns you a fixed address to access the internet, the static configuration settings must be completed. In addition to the IPv6 address assigned to your router, the IPv6 prefix length defined by the ISP is needed. The default IPv6 Gateway address is the server at the ISP that this router will connect to for accessing the internet. The primary and secondary DNS servers on the ISP’s IPv6 network are used for resolving internet addresses, and these are provided along with the static IP address and prefix length from the ISP. When the ISP allows you to obtain the WAN IP settings via DHCP, you need to provide details for the DHCPv6 client configuration. The DHCPv6 client on the gateway can be either stateless or stateful. If a stateful client is selected the gateway will connect to the ISP’s DHCPv6 server for a leased address. For stateless DHCP there need not be a DHCPv6 server available at the ISP, rather ICMPv6 discover messages will originate from this gateway and will be used for auto configuration. A third option to specify the IP address and prefix length of a preferred DHCPv6 server is available as well. Dynamic IP To configure a dynamic (DHCP) IPv6 Internet connection: 1. Click Network > IPv6 > WAN1 Settings. 2. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field Connection Type DHCPv6 Auto Configuration Prefix Delegation Save Description Select DHCPv6 from the drop-down menu. Select either Stateless Address or Stateful Address. Select this option to request router advertisement prefix from any available DHCPv6 servers available on the ISP, the obtained prefix is updated to the advertised prefixes on the LAN side. This option can be selected only in Stateless Address Auto Configuration mode of DHCPv6 Client. Click Save to save your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 64 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Static IP To configure a static IPv6 Internet connection: 1. Click Network > IPv6 > WAN1 Settings. 2. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field Connection Type IPv6 Address IPv6 Prefix Length Default IPv6 Gateway Primary DNS Server Description Select Static. Enter the IP address supplied by your ISP. Enter the IPv6 prefix length supplied by your ISP. Enter the IPv6 gateway address supplied by your ISP. Enter the primary DNS server IP address. Secondary DNS Server Enter the secondary DNS server IP address. Save Click Save to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 65 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet PPPoE To configure a dynamic (DHCP) IPv6 Internet connection: 1. Click Network > IPv6 > WAN1 Settings. 2. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field Connection Type Description Select PPPoE. User Name Enter your PPPoE user name. Password Enter your PPPoE password. Authentication Type Select the authentication type from the drop-down menu (Auto-negotiate/PAP/CHAP/MS-CHAP/MSCHAPv2). DHCPv6 Options Select the mode of DHCPv6 client that will start in this mode (Disable dhcpv6/Stateless dhcpv6/Stateful dhcpv6/Stateless dhcpv6 with prefix delegation. Primary DNS Server Secondary DNS Server Save Enter the primary DNS server IP address. Enter the secondary DNS server IP address. Click Save to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 66 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Static Routing Path: Network > IPv6 > Static Routing Manually adding static routes to this device allows you to define the path selection of traffic from one interface to another. There is no communication between this router and other devices to account for changes in the path; once configured the static route will be active and effective until the network changes. The List of Static Routes displays all routes that have been added manually by an administrator and allows several operations on the static routes. To create a new static route: 1. Click Network > IPv6 > Static Routing. 2. Click Add New IPv6 Static Route. 3. Complete the fields in the table on the next page and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 67 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Field Route Name Active IPv6 Destination IPv6 Prefix Length Interface IPv6 Gateway Metric Save Description Enter a name for your route. Toggle to ON to activate this route or to OFF to deactivate. Enter the IP address of the static route’s destination. Enter the prefix length of the static route. The physical network interface (WAN1, WAN2, WAN3, DMZ or LAN), through which this route is accessible. IPv6 address of the gateway through which the destination host or network can be reached. Determines the priority of the route. If multiple routes to the same destination exist, the route with the lowest metric is chosen. Click Save to save your route. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 68 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet OSPFv3 Path: Network > IPv6 > OSPFv3 OSPF is an interior gateway protocol that routes Internet Protocol (IP) packets solely within a single routing domain. It gathers link state information from available routers and constructs a topology map of the network. Open Shortest Path First version 3 (OSPFv3) supports IPv6. To enable an OSPFv3 process on a router, you need to enable the OSPFv3 process globally, assign the OSPFv3 process a router ID, and enable the OSPFv3 process on related interfaces. Note: The DSR-150/150N/250/250N routers do not support OSPFv3. To configure OSPF: 1. Click Network > IPv6 > OSPFv3. 2. Right-click the port you want to edit (LAN/WAN1/WAN2) and select Edit. 3. Complete the fields in the table on the next page and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 69 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Field OSPFv3 Enable Interface Description Toggle ON to enable OSPFv3. Displays the physical network interface on which OSPFv3 is Enabled/Disabled. Priority Helps to determine the OSPFv3 designated router for a network. The router with the highest priority will be more eligible to become Designated Router. Setting the value to 0 makes the router ineligible to become Designated Router. The default value is 1. Lower the value means higher the priority. Hello Interval The number of seconds for Hello Interval timer value. Enter the number in seconds that the Hello packet will be sent. This value must be the same for all routers attached to a common network. The default value is 10 seconds. Dead Interval The number of seconds that a device’s hello packets must not have been seen before its neighbors declare the OSPF router down. This value must be the same for all routers attached to a common network. The default value is 40 seconds. OSPF requires these intervals to be exactly the same between two neighbors. If any of these intervals are different, these routers will not become neighbors on a particular segment. Cost Enter the cost of sending a packet on an OSPFv3 interface. Save Click Save to save your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 70 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet 6 to 4 Tunneling Path: Network > IPv6 > 6 to 4 Tunneling 6to4 is an Internet transition mechanism for migrating from IPv4 to IPv6, a system that allows IPv6 packets to be transmitted over an IPv4 network. Select the check box to Enable Automatic Tunneling and allow traffic from an IPv6 LAN to be sent over an IPv4 Option to reach a remote IPv6 network. To enable 6 to 4 tunneling: 1. Click Network > IPv6 > 6 to 4 Tunneling. 2. Toggle Activate Auto Tunneling to ON. 3. Click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 71 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet ISATAP Path: Network > IPv6 > 6 to 4 Tunneling ISATAP (Intra-Site Automatic Tunnel Addressing Protocol) is an IPv6 transition mechanism meant to transmit IPv6 packets between dual-stack nodes on top of an IPv4 network. ISATAP specifies an IPv6-IPv4 compatibility address format as well as a means for site border router discovery. ISATAP also specifies the operation of IPv6 over a specific link layer - that being IPv4 used as a link layer for IPv6. To add, edit, or delete a ISATAP entry: 1. Click Network > IPv6 > ISATAP. 2. Right-click a current entry and select Edit or Delete. To add a new entry, click Add New ISATAP Tunnel. 3. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field Description ISATAP Subnet Prefix This is the 64-bit subnet prefix that is assigned to the logical ISATAP subnet for this intranet. This can be obtained from your ISP or internet registry, or derived from RFC 4193. End Point Address This is the endpoint address for the tunnel that starts with this router. The endpoint can be the LAN interface (assuming the LAN is an IPv4 network), or a specific LAN IPv4 address. IPv4 Address Save D-Link DSR-Series User Manual The end point address if not the entire LAN. Click Save to save your settings. 72 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet LAN Settings DHCPv6 Server Path: Network > IPv6 > LAN Settings > IPv6 LAN Settings In IPv6 mode, the LAN DHCP server is disabled by default (similar to IPv4 mode). The DHCPv6 server will serve IPv6 addresses from configured address pools with the IPv6 Prefix Length assigned to the LAN. The default IPv6 LAN address for the router is fec0::1. You can change this 128-bit IPv6 address based on your network requirements. The other field that defines the LAN settings for the router is the prefix length. The IPv6 network (subnet) is identified by the initial bits of the address called the prefix. By default this is 64 bits long. All hosts in the network have common initial bits for their IPv6 address; the number of common initial bits in the network’s addresses is set by the prefix length field. To configure IPv6 LAN settings on the router: 1. Click Network > IPv6 > LAN Settings > IPv6 LAN Settings. 2. Complete the fields in the table on the next page and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 73 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Field IPv6 Address IPv6 Prefix Length Description Enter the IPv6 LAN address for the router. Enter the prefix length. Status Toggle to ON to enable DHCPv6. Mode The IPv6 DHCP server is either stateless or stateful. If stateless is selected an external IPv6 DHCP server is not required as the IPv6 LAN hosts are auto-configured by this router. In this case the router advertisement daemon (RADVD) must be configured on this device and ICMPv6 router discovery messages are used by the host for auto-configuration. There are no managed addresses to serve the LAN nodes. If stateful is selected the IPv6 LAN host will rely on an external DHCPv6 server to provide required configuration settings. Domain Name Enter a domain name (optional). Server Preference Server Preference is used to indicate the preference level of this DHCP server. DHCP advertise messages with the highest server preference value to a LAN host are preferred over other DHCP server advertise messages. The default is 255. DNS Servers The DNS server details can be manually entered here (primary/secondary options. An alternative is to allow the LAN DHCP client to receive the DNS server details from the ISP directly. By selecting Use DNS proxy, this router acts as a proxy for all DNS requests and communicates with the ISP’s DNS servers (a WAN configuration parameter). Lease / Rebind Time Prefix Delegation Save Enter the duration of the DHCPv6 lease from this router to the LAN client. Toggle to ON to enable prefix delegation in DHCPv6 server. This option can be selected only in Stateless Address Auto Configuration mode of DHCPv6 server. Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 74 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet IPv6 Address Pools Path: Network > IPv6 > LAN Settings > IPv6 Address Pools This feature allows you to define the IPv6 delegation prefix for a range of IP addresses to be served by the router’s DHCPv6 server. Using a delegation prefix you can automate the process of informing other networking equipment on the LAN of DHCP information specific for the assigned prefix. To add, edit, or delete a IPv6 address pool entry: 1. Click Network > IPv6 > LAN Settings > IPv6 Address Pools tab. 2. Right-click a current entry and select Edit or Delete. To add a new entry, click Add New Address Pool. 3. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field Description Start IPv6 Address Enter the starting IPv6 LAN address. End IPv6 Address Enter the ending IPv6 LAN address. Prefix Length Save Enter the prefix length. Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 75 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet IPv6 Prefix Length Path: Network > IPv6 > LAN Settings > IPv6 Prefix Length To add, edit, or delete a IPv6 prefix length entry: 1. Click Network > IPv6 > LAN Settings > IPv6 Prefix Length tab. 2. Right-click a current entry and select Edit or Delete. To add a new entry, click Add New Prefix Length. 3. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field Profile Prefix Length Save Description Enter a name for this profile. Enter the prefix length. Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 76 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Router Advertisement Path: Network > IPv6 > LAN Settings > Router Advertisement Router Advertisements are analogous to IPv4 DHCP assignments for LAN clients, in that the router will assign an IP address and supporting network information to devices that are configured to accept such details. Router Advertisement is required in an IPv6 network is required for stateless auto configuration of the IPv6 LAN. By configuring the Router Advertisement Daemon on this router, the router will listen on the LAN for router solicitations and respond to these LAN hosts with router advisements. To configure router advertisement settings: 1. Click Network > IPv6 > LAN Settings > Router Advertisement tab. 2. Complete the fields in the table on the next page and click Save. Field Status Description Toggle to ON to enable this feature. Advertise Mode Select Unsolicited Multicast to send router advertisements (RA’s) to all interfaces in the multicast group. To restrict RA’s to well-known IPv6 addresses on the LAN, and thereby reduce overall network traffic, select Unicast only. Advertise Interval When advertisements are unsolicited multicast packets, this interval sets the maximum time between advertisements from the interface. The actual duration between advertisements is a random value between one third of this field and this field. The default is 30 seconds. Managed Toggle to ON to use the administered/stateful protocol for address auto-configuration. If set to OFF, the host uses administered/stateful protocol for non-address auto configuration. Other Toggle to ON to use administered/stateful protocol of other (i.e., non-address) information auto configuration. Router Preference This parameter (low/medium/high) determines the preference associated with the RADVD process of the router. This is useful if there are other RADVD-enabled devices on the LAN as it helps avoid conflicts for IPv6 clients. MTU The router advertisement will set this maximum transmission unit (MTU) value for all nodes in the LAN that are auto-configured by the router. The default is 1500. Router Lifetime This value is present in RAs and indicates the usefulness of this router as a default router for the interface. The default is 3600 seconds. Upon expiration of this value, a new RADVD exchange must take place between the host and this router. Save Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 77 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet Advertisement Prefixes Path: Network > IPv6 > LAN Settings > Advertisement Prefixes Router advertisements configured with advertisement prefixes allow this router to inform hosts how to perform stateless address auto configuration. Router advertisements contain a list of subnet prefixes that allow the router to determine neighbors and whether the host is on the same link as the router. To add, edit, or delete an advertisement prefix entry: 1. Click Network > IPv6 > LAN Settings > Advertisement Prefixes tab. 2. Right-click a current entry and select Edit or Delete. To add a new entry, click Add New Advertisement Length. 3. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field Description IPv6 Prefix Type To ensure hosts support IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel select the 6to4 prefix type. Selecting Global/Local/ISATAP will allow the nodes to support all other IPv6 routing options. SLA ID The SLA ID (Site-Level Aggregation Identifier) is available when 6to4 Prefixes are selected. This should be the interface ID of the router’s LAN interface used for router advertisements. IPv6 Prefix When using Global/Local/ISATAP prefixes, this field is used to define the IPv6 network advertised by this router. IPv6 Prefix Length This value indicates the number contiguous, higher order bits of the IPv6 address that define up the network portion of the address. Typically this is 64. Prefix Lifetime This defines the duration (in seconds) that the requesting node is allowed to use the advertised prefix. It is analogous to DHCP lease time in an IPv4 network. Save Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 78 Section 5 - Connect to the Internet IPv6 Tunnels Status Path: Network > IPv6 > IPv6 Tunnels Status This page displays the current status of IPv6 Tunnels. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 79 Section 6 - Wireless Settings Wireless Settings The Wireless Network Setup Wizard is available for users new to wireless networking. By going through a few configuration pages you can enable a Wi-Fi™ network on your LAN and allow supported 802.11 clients to connect to the configured Access Point. To run the wizard, refer to “#6 Wireless Network Setup” on page 12. Access Points Path: Wireless > General > Access Points This router has an integrated 802.11n/ac radio that allows you to create an access point for wireless LAN clients. The security/encryption/authentication options are grouped in a wireless Profile, and each configured profile will be available for selection in the AP configuration menu. The profile defines various parameters for the AP, including the security between the wireless client and the AP, and can be shared between multiple APs instances on the same device when needed. Up to four unique wireless networks can be created by configuring multiple “virtual” APs . Each such virtual AP appears as an independent AP (unique SSID) to supported clients in the environment, but is actually running on the same physical radio integrated with this router. Note: Profiles may be thought of as a grouping of AP parameters that can then be applied to not just one but multiple AP instances (SSIDs), thus avoiding duplication if the same parameters are to be used on multiple AP instances or SSIDs. To add, edit, or delete an access point entry: 1. Click Wireless > General > Access Points. 2. Right-click a current entry and select Edit or Delete. To add a new entry, click Add New Access Point. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 80 Section 6 - Wireless Settings 3. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field AP Name Description Enter a name for your virtual access point. Profile Name Select a profile from the drop-down menu to associate this access point with. If you do not want to use the default profile, create a profile (refer to the next page) and then create an access point. Active Time Toggle to ON to “turn on” this access point. Schedule Control Toggle to ON if you want to specify a time to have this access point turned on. Start/Stop Time Enter a start and stop time. WLAN Partition Toggle to ON to prevent associated wireless clients from communicating with each other. Save Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 81 Section 6 - Wireless Settings Profiles Path: Wireless > General > Profiles Creating a profile allows you to assign the security type, encryption and authentication to use when connecting the AP to a wireless client. The default mode is “open”, i.e., no security. This mode is insecure as it allows any compatible wireless clients to connect to an AP configured with this security profile. To create a new profile, use a unique profile name to identify the combination of settings. Configure a unique SSID that will be the identifier used by the clients to communicate to the AP using this profile. By choosing to broadcast the SSID, compatible wireless clients within range of the AP can detect this profile’s availability. The AP offers all advanced 802.11 security modes, including WEP, WPA, and WPA2. To add, edit, or delete a profile: 1. Click Wireless > General > Profiles. 2. Right-click a current entry and select Edit or Delete. To add a new entry, click Add New Access Point. 3. Complete the fields in the table on the next page and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 82 Section 6 - Wireless Settings Field Profile Name SSID Description Enter a name for your profile. Enter a name for your wireless network (SSID). Broadcast SSID Toggle to ON if you want your SSID broadcast openly or toggle to OFF to hide it. Clients will have to know the SSID to connect. Security Select what kind of wireless security you want to use: • Open: Select this option to create a public “open” network to allow unauthenticated devices to access this wireless gateway. • WEP (Wired Equivalent Privacy): This option requires a static (pre -shared) key to be shared between the AP and wireless client . Note that WEP does not support 802.11n data rates; is it appropriate for legacy 802.11 connections. • WPA (Wi-Fi Protected Access): For stronger wireless security than WEP, choose this option. The encryption for WPA will use TKIP and also CCMP if required. The authentication can be a preshared key (PSK), Enterprise mode with RADIUS server, or both. Note that WPA does not support 802.11n data rates; is it appropriate for legacy 802.11 connections. • WPA2: This security type uses CCMP encryption (and the option to add TKIP encryption) on either PSK (pre-shared key) or Enterprise (RADIUS Server) authentication. • WPA + WPA2: This uses both encryption algorithms, TKIP and CCMP. WPA clients will use TKIP and WPA2 clients will use CCMP encryption algorithms. Encryption Authentication Select the encryption type: • WEP - Select Open or Shared. • WPA - Select TKIP or TKIP+CCMP. • WPA2 - Select CCMP or TKIP+CCMP. • WPA+WPA2 - TKIP+CCMP will be the only option. Select the authentication type: • WEP - Select 64-bit or 128-bit. • WPA/WPA2/WPA+WPA2 - Select PSK (passphrase), RADIUS (RADIUS server), or PSK+RADIUS (both). WEP Passphrase/Key (1-4) If you selected WEP, enter a passphrase or up to four hexadecimal keys (a-f, 0-9, A-F). WPA Password Save If you selected WPA, WPA2, or WPA+WPA2, enter a WPA password. Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. The AP configuration page allows you to create a new AP and link to it one of the available profiles. This router supports multiple AP’s referred to as virtual access points (VAPs). Each virtual AP that has a unique SSIDs appears as an independent access point to clients. This valuable feature allows the router’s radio to be configured in a way to optimize security and throughput for a group of clients as required by the user. To create a VAP, refer to “Access Points” on page 80. After setting the AP name, the profile drop-down menu is used to select one of the configured profiles. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 83 Section 6 - Wireless Settings Radio Settings Path: Wireless > General > Radio Settings You may configure the channels and power levels available for the AP’s enabled on the router. The router has a dual band 802.11n radio, meaning either 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz frequency of operation can be selected (not concurrently though). Based on the selected operating frequency, the mode selection will let you define whether legacy connections or only 802.11n connections (or both) are accepted on configured APs. The ratified 802.11n support on this radio requires selecting the appropriate broadcast mode, and then defining the channel spacing and control side band for 802.11n traffic. The default settings are appropriate for most networks. For example, changing the channel spacing to 40MHz can improve bandwidth at the expense of supporting earlier 802.11n clients. The available transmission channels are governed by regulatory constraints based on the region setting of the router. To configure the radio settings: 1. Click Wireless > General > Radio Settings. 2. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field Operating Frequency Mode Description Select 2.4GHz or 5GHz. Select the 802.11 mode: • 2.4GHz - g and b, g only, n and g, or n only. • 5GHz - a only, n and a, or n only. Channel Spacing Select the Channel Width: Auto 20/40 - This is the default setting. Select if you are using both 802.11n and non-802.11n wireless devices. 20MHz - Select if you are not using any 802.11n wireless clients. Control Side Band Select Upper or Lower. Available for 802.11n only. Current Channel Channel Default Transmit Power Transmit Power Transmission Rate Save Displays the current channel. Select the channel you want to use. Enter the default transmit power (0-31). Displays the current transmit power. Select a transmission rate from the drop-down menu. This will lock the transmission rate of your wireless connection. It is strongly recommended to use Best (Automatic). Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 84 Section 6 - Wireless Settings 802.11AC Configuration Path: Wireless > General >Radio Settings > 5 Ghz This section provides configuration options to use the DSR-500AC or DSR-1000AC advanced wireless capabilities in the 5 GHz band. With 802.11AC, data throughput can be significantly increased as compared to 802.11n rates as the channel bandwidth can be as high as 80 MHz. The available channels and spacing bandwidth are regulated by the regulatory setting of the specific country the DSR-500AC or DSR-1000AC is deployed in. By selecting 802.11AC rates, the 5 GHz radio will use the enhance capability of the new design and will send more data in a single packet (via wireless frame aggragation). Field Mode Description This is the 802.11 modulaition technique being used Channel Spacing Distance in MHz between the successive channels Current Channel Channel being used in the available spectrum. Channel Default Transmit Power Transmit Power Transmission Rate Save Channel number selected by user, this is defined by the country code for the device. Output transmit power set by user Transmit power currently in use by the radio. Select a transmission rate from the drop-down menu. This will lock the transmission rate of your wireless connection. It is strongly recommended to use Best (Automatic). Rates used by device to download the data to client. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 85 Section 6 - Wireless Settings WMM Settings Path: Wireless > Advanced > WMM Wi-Fi Multimedia (WMM) provides basic Quality of Service (QoS) features to IEEE 802.11 networks. WMM prioritizes traffic according to four Access Categories (AC) - voice, video, best effort, and background. To configure the radio settings: 1. Click Wireless > Advanced > WMM. 2. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field Description Profile Name Select the profile to associate this configuration to from the drop-down menu. Enable WMM Toggle to ON to enable WMM. Default Class of Service IP DSCP / TOS Save Select an available access category (voice, video, best effort, or background) to assign as “default”. Under Class of Service, select a service and map it to the IP DSCP / TOS value. Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 86 Section 6 - Wireless Settings WDS Path: Wireless > Advanced > WDS Wireless Distribution System (WDS) is a system enabling the wireless interconnection of access points in a network. This feature is only guaranteed to work between devices of the same type (i.e., using the same chipset/ driver). When you enable WDS, use the same security configuration as the default access point. The WDS links do not have true WPA/WPA2 support, as in there is no WPA key handshake performed. Instead the Session Key to be used with a WDS Peer is computed using a hashing function (similar to the one used for computing a WPA PMK). The inputs to this function are a PSK (configurable by an administrator from the WDS page) and an internal “magic” string (non-configurable). In effect the WDS links use TKIP/AES encryption, depending on the encryption configured for the default AP. In case the default AP uses mixed encryption (TKIP + AES). The WDS link will use the AES encryption scheme. Note: For a WDS link to function properly the Radio settings on the WDS peers have to be the same. To configure the radio settings: 1. Click Wireless > Advanced > WDS. 2. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field WDS Enable WDS Encryption WDS Security WDS Authentication WDS Passphrase System MAC Address Add New WDS Save Description Toggle to ON to enable WDS and click Save. Displays the current wireless encryption used. Displays the current security type. Displays the current authentication type. Enter the WDS passphrase (if WEP, WPA, WPA2, or WPA+WPA2 is enabled). Displays the system MAC address. Once you enabled WDS (and clicked Save), click Add New WDS and enter the MAC address of a WDS peer. You can add up to four WDS peers. Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 87 Section 6 - Wireless Settings Advanced Settings Path: Wireless > Advanced > Advanced Settings You can modify the 802.11 communication parameters in this page. Generally, the default settings are appropriate for most networks. 1. Click Wireless > Advanced > Advanced Settings. 2. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field Beacon Interval Description Beacons are packets sent by an Access Point to synchronize a wireless network. The default value is 100. DTIM Interval (Delivery Traffic Indication Message) 3 is the default setting. A DTIM is a countdown informing clients of the next window for listening to broadcast and multicast messages. RTS Threshold This value should remain at its default setting of 2432. If inconsistent data flow is a problem, only a minor modification should be made. Fragmentation Threshold The fragmentation threshold, which is specified in bytes, determines whether packets will be fragmented. Packets exceeding the 2346 byte setting will be fragmented before transmission. 2346 is the default setting. Preamble Mode Select either Long or Short. The Preamble Type defines the length of the CRC (Cyclic Redundancy Check) block for communication between the Access Point and roaming wireless adapters. High network traffic areas should use Short preamble type. Protection Mode Select either None or CTS-to-Self Protection. Select the CTS-to-Self Protection to enable CTS-to-Self protection mechanism, which is used to minimize collisions among stations in a mixed 802.11b & g environment. The default selection is None. Power Save Enable Toggle to ON to enable the Unscheduled Automatic Power Save Delivery (also referred to as WMM Power Save) feature that allows the radio to conserve power. Save Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. Milti to Unicast Toggle to ON to enable IGMP Snooping on Wireless Clients. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 88 Section 6 - Wireless Settings WPS Path: Wireless > Advanced > WPS WPS is a simplified method to add supporting wireless clients to the network. WPS is only applicable for APs that employ WPA or WPA2 security. To use WPS, select the eligible VAPs from the drop-down menu of APs that have been configured with this security and enable WPS status for this AP. The WPS Current Status section outlines the security, authentication, and encryption settings of the selected AP. These are consistent with the AP’s profile. There are two setup options: • Personal Identification Number (PIN): The wireless device that supports WPS may have an alphanumeric PIN, if it does add the PIN in this field. The router will connect within 60 seconds of clicking the “Configure via PIN” button immediately below the PIN field. There is no LED indication that a client has connected. • Push Button Configuration (PBC): For wireless devices that support PBC, press and hold the WPS button for two seconds, and then press the WPS button (or initiate WPS via GUI) on your wireless client within two minutes. The AP will detect the wireless device and establish a secure link to the client. To enable and connect clients using WPS: 1. Click Wireless > Advanced > WPS. 2. Select which VAP you want to perform the WPS process from the drop-down menu. 3. Toggle WPS Status to ON and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 89 Section 6 - Wireless Settings 4. Once enabled the following screen will appear. 5. Under WPS Setup Method, decide to either use PIN or PBC (Push Button). 6. If you want to use PIN method, enter the PIN next to Station PIN and click Configure Via PIN. You will need to enter the PIN on your wireless client and start the WPS process within one minute. 7. If you want to use push button method, click Configure Via PBC. This will initiate the WPS session. You will need to press the WPS button (or initiate through an interface) on your client within one minute. 8. Allow up to two minutes to connect. Check the Session Status to see if it successfully connected. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 90 Section 7 - VPN VPN A VPN provides a secure communication channel (“tunnel”) between two gateway routers or a remote PC client. The following types of tunnels can be created: • Gateway-to-gateway VPN: To connect two or more routers to secure traffic between remote sites. • Remote Client (client-to-gateway VPN tunnel): A remote client initiates a VPN tunnel as the IP address of the remote PC client is not known in advance. The gateway in this case acts as a responder. • Remote client behind a NAT router: The client has a dynamic IP address and is behind a NAT Router. The remote PC client at the NAT router initiates a VPN tunnel as the IP address of the remote NAT router is not known in advance. The gateway WAN port acts as responder. • PPTP server for LAN / WAN PPTP client connections. • L2TP server for LAN / WAN L2TP client connections. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 91 Section 7 - VPN IPSec VPN Policies Path: VPN > IPSec VPN > Policies An IPsec policy is between this router and another gateway or this router and an IPsec client on a remote host. The IPsec mode can be either tunnel or transport depending on the network being traversed between the two policy endpoints. • Transport: This is used for end-to-end communication between this router and the tunnel endpoint, either another IPsec gateway or an IPsec VPN client on a host. Only the data payload is encrypted and the IP header is not modified or encrypted. • Tunnel: This mode is used for network-to-network IPsec tunnels where this gateway is one endpoint of the tunnel. In this mode the entire IP packet including the header is encrypted and/or authenticated. When tunnel mode is selected, you can enable NetBIOS and DHCP over IPsec. DHCP over IPsec allows this router to serve IP leases to hosts on the remote LAN. As well in this mode you can define the single IP address, range of IPs, or subnet on both the local and remote private networks that can communicate over the tunnel. To configure the radio settings: 1. Click VPN > IPSec VPN > Policies. 2. Click Add new IPSec Policy. Fill out the General section which you will name the VPN, select policy type, define the tunnel type, and define endpoints. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 92 Section 7 - VPN Field Description Policy Name Enter a unique name for the VPN Policy. This name is not an identifier for the remote WAN/client. Policy Type Select either Manual or Auto. • Manual: All settings (including the keys) for the VPN tunnel are manually input for each end point. No third-party server or organization is involved. • Auto: Some parameters for the VPN tunnel are generated automatically. This requires using the IKE (Internet Key Exchange) protocol to perform negotiations between the two VPN Endpoints. IP Protocol Version Select either IPv4 or IPv6. IKE Version Select the version of IKE. IPSec Mode Select either Tunnel or Transport. IPsec tunnel mode is useful for protecting traffic between different networks, when traffic must pass through an intermediate, untrusted network. Tunnel mode is primarily used for interoperability with gateways, or end-systems that do not support L2TP/IPsec or PPTP connections. Transport mode is the default mode for IPsec, and it is used for end-to-end communications (for example, for communications between a client and a server). Select Local Gateway In the event that two WAN ports are configured to connect to your ISP, select the gateway that will be used as the local endpoint for this IPsec tunnel. Remote Endpoint Select the type of identifier that you want to provide for the router at the remote endpoint (either IP Address or FQDN [Fully Qualified Domain Name]) IP Address/FQDN Enter the identifier for the router. Enable Mode Config Toggle to ON to enable. Mode Config is similar to DHCP and is used to assign IP addresses to the remote VPN clients. Enable NetBIOS Toggle to ON to allow NetBIOS broadcasts to travel over the VPN tunnel Enable RollOver Toggle to ON to enable VPN rollover. You must have the WAN Mode set to Rollover. Protocol Select a protocol from the drop-down menu. Enable DHCP Toggle to ON to allow VPN clients that are connected to your router over IPsec to receive an assigned IP using DHCP. Local IP/Remote IP Select the type of identifier that you want to provide for the endpoint: • Any: Specifies that the policy is for traffic from the given end point (local or remote). Note that selecting Any for both local and remote end points is not valid. • Single: Limits the policy to one host. Enter the IP address of the host that will be part of the VPN. • Range: Allows computers within an IP address range to connect to the VPN. Enter the Start IP Address and End IP Address in the provided fields. • Subnet: Allows an entire subnet to connect to the VPN. Enter the network address and subnet mask in the provided fields. Enable Keepalive Toggle to ON to periodically send ping packets to the host on the peer side of the network to keep the tunnel alive. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 93 Section 7 - VPN 3. Once the tunnel type and endpoints of the tunnel are defined you can determine the Phase 1/ Phase 2 negotiation to use for the tunnel. This is covered in the IPsec mode setting, as the policy can be Manual or Auto. For Auto policies, the Internet Key Exchange (IKE) protocol dynamically exchanges keys between two IPsec hosts. The Phase 1 IKE parameters are used to define the tunnel’s security association details. The Phase 2 Auto policy parameters cover the security association lifetime and encryption/authentication details of the phase 2 key negotiation. The VPN policy is one half of the IKE/VPN policy pair required to establish an Auto IPsec VPN tunnel. The IP addresses of the machine or machines on the two VPN endpoints are configured here, along with the policy parameters required to secure the tunnel. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 94 Section 7 - VPN A Manual policy does not use IKE and instead relies on manual keying to exchange authentication parameters between the two IPsec hosts. The incoming and outgoing security parameter index (SPI) values must be mirrored on the remote tunnel endpoint. As well the encryption and integrity algorithms and keys must match on the remote IPsec host exactly in order for the tunnel to establish successfully. Note that using Auto policies with IKE are preferred as in some IPsec implementations the SPI (security parameter index) values require conversion at each endpoint. DSR routers supports VPN roll-over feature. This means that policies configured on the primary WAN will rollover to the secondary WAN in case of a link failure. This feature can be used only if your WAN is configured in Auto-Rollover mode. Note: Once you have created an IPSec policy, you may right-click the policy and select Export to save as a file. You can then upload this to another DSR router or keep as a backup. To upload a saved policy, refer to “Easy VPN Setup” on page 102. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 95 Section 7 - VPN Tunnel Mode Path: VPN > IPSec VPN > Tunnel Mode When tunnel mode is selected, you can enable NetBIOS and DHCP over IPSec. DHCP over IPSec allows this router to serve IP leases to hosts on the remote LAN. You can also define a single IP address, a range of IPs, or a subnet on both the local and remote private networks that can communicate over the tunnel. The router allows full tunnel and split tunnel support. Full tunnel mode just sends all traffic from the client across the VPN tunnel to the router. Split tunnel mode only sends traffic to the private LAN based on pre-specified client routes. These client routes give the client access to specific private networks, thereby allowing access control over specific LAN services. 1. Click VPN > IPSec VPN > Tunnel Mode. 2. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field Tunnel Mode Start/End IP Address Primary/Secondary DNS Description Select either Full Tunnel or Split Tunnel. Enter the starting and ending IP addresses. Enter the primary and secondary DNS server addresses. Primary/Secondary WINS Enter the primary and secondary WINS server addresses. Save Click Save to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 96 Section 7 - VPN Split DNS Names In a split DNS infrastructure, you create two zones for the same domain, one to be used by the internal network, the other used by the external network. Split DNS directs internal hosts to an internal domain name server for name resolution and external hosts are directed to an external domain name server for name resolution. To add a DNS name: 1. Click VPN > IPSec VPN > Tunnel Mode > Split DNS Names tab. 2. Click Add New Split DNS name. You can right-click any created entries to edit or delete. 3. Enter a domain name and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 97 Section 7 - VPN DHCP Range This page displays the IP range to be assigned to clients connecting using DHCP over IPsec. By default the range is in 192.168.12.0 subnet. To configure the DHCP over IPSec DHCP server settings: 1. Click VPN > IPSec VPN > DHCP Range. 2. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field Description Starting IP Address Enter the starting IP address to issue your clients connecting using DHCP over IPSec. Ending IP Address Enter the ending IP address. Subnet Mask Save Enter the subnet mask. Click Save to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 98 Section 7 - VPN Certificates This router uses digital certificates for IPsec VPN authentication. You can obtain a digital certificate from a wellknown Certificate Authority (CA) such as VeriSign, or generate and sign your own certificate using functionality available on this gateway. The router comes with a self-signed certificate, and this can be replaced by one signed by a CA as per your networking requirements. A CA certificate provides strong assurance of the server’s identity and is a requirement for most corporate network VPN solutions. Trusted Certificates The certificates menu allows you to view a list of certificates (both from a CA and self-signed) currently loaded on the router. The following certificate data is displayed in the list of Trusted (CA) certificates: CA Identity (Subject Name): The certificate is issued to this person or organization Issuer Name: This is the CA name that issued this certificate Expiry Time: The date after which this Trusted certificate becomes invalid To upload a certificate: 1. Click VPN > IPSec VPN > Certificate > Trusted Certificates tab. 2. Click the Browse button. Locate your certificate and click Open. 3. Click Upload. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 99 Section 7 - VPN Active Self Certificates A self certificate is a certificate issued by a CA identifying your device (or self-signed if you don’t want the identity protection of a CA). The Active Self Certificate table lists the self certificates currently loaded on the router. The following information is displayed for each uploaded self certificate: Name: The name you use to identify this certificate, it is not displayed to IPsec VPN peers. Subject Name: This is the name that will be displayed as the owner of this certificate. This should be your official registered or company name, as IPsec or SSL VPN peers are shown this field. Serial Number: The serial number is maintained by the CA and used to identify this signed certificate. Issuer Name: This is the CA name that issued (signed) this certificate Expiry Time: The date after which this signed certificate becomes invalid. You should renew the certificate before it expires. To upload a certificate: 1. Click VPN > IPSec VPN > Certificate > Active Self Certificates tab. 2. Click the Browse button. Locate your certificate and click Open. 3. Click Upload. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 100 Section 7 - VPN Self Certificate Requests To request a self certificate to be signed by a CA, you can generate a Certificate Signing Request from the router by entering identification parameters and passing it along to the CA for signing. Once signed, the CA’s Trusted Certificate and signed certificate from the CA are uploaded to activate the self -certificate validating the identity of this gateway. The self certificate is then used in IPsec and SSL connections with peers to validate the gateway’s authenticity. To generate a certificate signing request: 1. Click VPN > IPSec VPN > Certificates > Self Certificate Requests. 2. Click New Self Certificate. 3. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field Name Subject Hash Algorithm Signature Key Length Application Type IP Address Description Enter a name (identifier) for the certificate. This field will populate the CN (Common Name) entry of the generated certificate. Subject names are usually defined in the following format: CN=, OU= , O= , L= , ST= , C= . For example: CN=router1, OU=my_company, O=mydept, L=SFO, C=US. Select the algorithm from the drop-down menu. Select either MD5 or SHA-1. Select the signature key length from the drop-down menu. Select either 512, 1024, or 2048 Select the application type from the drop-down menu. Select either HTTPS or IPSec. Enter an IP address (optional). Domain Name Enter a domain name (optional). Email Address Enter your email address. Save Click Save to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 101 Section 7 - VPN Easy VPN Setup To upload an exported IPSec VPN policy: 1. Click VPN > IPSec VPN > Easy VPN Setup. 2. Click Browse and navigate to the policy file you want to upload. Select it and click Open. 3. Click Upload. 4. Once uploaded, go to VPN > IPSec VPN > Policies and the loaded VPN will be listed. Right-click it to edit or delete. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 102 Section 7 - VPN PPTP VPN Server Path: VPN > PPTP VPN > Server A PPTP VPN can be established through this router. Once enabled a PPTP server is available on the router for LAN and WAN PPTP client users to access. Once the PPTP server is enabled, PPTP clients that are within the range of configured IP addresses of allowed clients can reach the router’s PPTP server. Once authenticated by the PPTP server (the tunnel endpoint), PPTP clients have access to the network managed by the router. The range of IP addresses allocated to PPTP clients can coincide with the LAN subnet. As well the PPTP server will default to local PPTP user authentication, but can be configured to employ an external authentication server should one be configured. To create a PPTP VPN server: 1. Click VPN > PPTP VPN > Server. 2. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field Description Enable PPTP Server Select either IPv4 or IPv6. PPTP Routing Mode Select either NAT or Classical. Starting/Ending IP Address IPv6 Prefix IPv6 Prefix Length Authentication Authentication Supported Idle TimeOut NetBIOS Save D-Link DSR-Series User Manual Enter the IP address range to assign your PPTP clients. If you selected IPv6, enter the IPv6 prefix. If you selected IPv6, enter the IPv6 prefix length. Select the authentication type from the drop-down menu. Toggle which type of authentication you want to enable to ON. Enter the amount of time in seconds that the connection will disconnect when idle. Toggle to ON to allow NetBIOS broadcasts to travel over the VPN tunnel. Click to save your settings. 103 Section 7 - VPN Client Path: VPN > PPTP VPN > Client PPTP VPN Client can be configured on this router. Using this client you can access remote network which is local to PPTP server. Once client is enabled, the user can access Status > Active VPNs page and establish PPTP VPN tunnel clicking Connect. To configure the router as a PPTP VPN client: 1. Click VPN > PPTP VPN > Client tab. 2. Toggle Client to ON and complete the fields in the table below. Field Client Server IP Description Toggle to ON to enable PPTP client. Enter the IP address of the PPTP server you want to connect to. Remote Network Enter the remote network address. This address is local for the PPTP Server. Remote Netmask Enter the remote network subnet mask. Username Enter your PPTP user name. Password Enter your PPTP password. MPPE Encryption Idle Time Out Save Auto Dial Time Toggle to ON to enable Microsoft Point-to-Point Encryption (MPPE). Enter the amount of time (in seconds) that you will disconnect from the PPTP server when idle. Click Save to save and activate your settings. Toggle to On to enable Auto Dial Reconnect time D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 104 Section 7 - VPN PPTP Active Users List A list of PPTP connections will be displayed on this page. Right-click the connection to connect and disconnect. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 105 Section 7 - VPN L2TP VPN Server Path: VPN > L2TP VPN > Server A L2TP VPN can be established through this router. Once enabled a L2TP server is available on the router for LAN and WAN L2TP client users to access. Once the L2TP server is enabled, PPTP clients that are within the range of configured IP addresses of allowed clients can reach the router’s L2TP server. Once authenticated by the L2TP server (the tunnel endpoint), L2TP clients have access to the network managed by the router. The range of IP addresses allocated to L2TP clients can coincide with the LAN subnet. As well the L2TP server will default to local L2TP user authentication, but can be configured to employ an external authentication server should one be configured. To create a L2TP VPN server: 1. Click VPN >L2TP VPN > Server. 2. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Field Description Enable L2TP Server Select either IPv4 or IPv6. L2TP Routing Mode Select either NAT or Classical. Starting/Ending IP Address IPv6 Prefix IPv6 Prefix Length Authentication Authentication Supported Idle TimeOut NetBIOS Save D-Link DSR-Series User Manual Enter the IP address range to assign your L2TP clients. If you selected IPv6, enter the IPv6 prefix. If you selected IPv6, enter the IPv6 prefix length. Select the authentication type from the drop-down menu. Toggle which type of authentication you want to enable to ON. Enter the amount of time in seconds that the connection will disconnect when idle. Toggle to ON to allow NetBIOS broadcasts to travel over the VPN tunnel. Click to save your settings. 106 Section 7 - VPN Client L2TP VPN Client can be configured on this router. Using this client we can access remote network which is local to L2TP server. Once client is enabled, the user can access Status > Active VPNs page and establish L2TP VPN tunnel clicking Connect. To configure the router as a L2TP VPN client: 1. Click VPN > L2TP VPN > Client tab. 2. Toggle Client to ON and complete the fields in the table below. Field Client Server IP Description Toggle to ON to enable L2TP client. Enter the IP address of the L2TP server you want to connect to. Remote Network Enter the remote network address. This address is local for the L2TP Server. Remote Netmask Enter the remote network subnet mask. Username Enter your L2TP user name. Password Enter your L2TP password. Reconnect Mode Select Always On or On Demand. MPPE Encryption Toggle to ON to enable Microsoft Point-to-Point Encryption (MPPE). Save Auto Dial Time Click Save to save and activate your settings. Toggle to On to enable Auto Dial Reconnect time D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 107 Section 7 - VPN L2TP Active Users List A list of L2TP connections will be displayed on this page. Right-click the connection to connect and disconnect. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 108 Section 7 - VPN SSL VPN Server Policies SSL VPN Policies can be created on a Global, Group, or User level. User level policies take precedence over Group level policies and Group level policies take precedence over Global policies. These policies can be applied to a specific network resource, IP address, or IP ranges on the LAN, or to different SSL VPN services supported by the router. The List of Available Policies can be filtered based on whether it applies to a user, group, or all users (global). To add a SSL VPN policy, you must first assign it to a user, group, or make it global (i.e., applicable to all SSL VPN users). If the policy is for a group, the available configured groups are shown in a drop-down menu and one must be selected. Similarly, for a user-defined policy, a SSL VPN user must be chosen from the available list of configured users. The next step is to define the policy details. The policy name is a unique identifier for this rule. The policy can be assigned to a specific Network Resource (details follow in the subsequent section), IP address, IP network, or all devices on the LAN of the router. Based on the selection of one of these four options, the appropriate configuration fields are required (i.e., choosing the network resources from a list of defined resources, or defining the IP addresses). For applying the policy to addresses the port range/port number can be defined. The final steps require the policy permission to be set to either permit or deny access to the selected addresses or network resources. As well the policy can be specified for one or all of the supported SSL VPN services (i.e. VPN tunnel). Once defined, the policy goes into effect immediately. The policy name, SSL service it applies to, destination (network resource or IP addresses), and permission (deny/permit) is outlined in a list of configured policies for the router. Note: You must enable Remote Management. Refer to “Remote Management” on page 174. To create a new SSL VPN policy: 1. Make sure you have enabled remote management and have created user(s) and group(s) to assign to this policy. 2. Click VPN > SSL VPN > SSL VPN Server Policy. 3. Click Add New SSL VPN Server Policy. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 109 Section 7 - VPN 4. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Network Resource IP Address Field Policy Type Available Groups/Users Apply Policy To Policy Name IP Address Mask Length ICMP Description Select Global, Group, or User. If you selected Group, select a group from the drop-down menu. If you selected User, select a user from the drop-down menu. Select Network Resource, IP Address, IP Network, or All Addresses. Enter a unique name for this policy. If you selected IP Address or IP Network, enter the IP address. If you selected IP Network, enter the mask length (0-32). Toggle to ON to include ICMP traffic. Begin/End Enter a port range or leave blank to include all TCP and UDP ports. These fields are not available when selecting Network Resource. Defined Resources If you selected Network Resource, select the resource for the Defined Resource dropdown menu. If you have not created a resource, refer to “Resources” on page 113 to create a defined resource. Service Select either VPN Tunnel, Port Forwarding, or All. This field is not available when selecting Network Resource. Permission Save D-Link DSR-Series User Manual Select either Permit or Deny. Click to save your settings. 110 Section 7 - VPN Portal Layouts Path: VPN > SSL VPN > Portal Layouts You may create a custom page for remote VPN users that is viewed during authentication. You may include login instructions, services, and other details. Note that the default portal LAN IP address is https://192.168.10.1/ scgi-bin/userPortal/portal. This is the same page that opens when the “User Portal” link is clicked on the SSL VPN menu of the router web UI. To create a new portal layout: 1. Click VPN > SSL VPN > Portal Layouts. 2. Click Add New SSL VPN Portal Layout. Note: You may right-click a layout from the list and edit or delete a layout. 3. Complete the fields from the table on the next page and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 111 Section 7 - VPN Field Description Portal Layout Name Enter a name for this portal. This name will be used as part of the path for the SSL portal URL. Only alphanumeric characters are allowed for this field. Login Profile View Select a login profile from the drop-down menu. Portal Site Title Enter the portal web browser window title that appears when the client accesses this portal. This field is optional. Banner Title The banner title that is displayed to SSL VPN clients prior to login. This field is optional. Banner Message Enter a message you want to display. Display Banner Message on Login Page Toggle to ON to display the banner title and message or OFF to hide the banner title and message. HTTP Meta Tags for Cache Control Toggle to ON or OFF. This security feature prevents expired web pages and data from being stored in the client‘s web browser cache. It is recommended to toggle to ON. Active X Web Cache Cleaner Toggle to ON or Off. An ActiveX cache control web cleaner can be pushed from the gateway to the client browser whenever users login to this SSL VPN portal. Authentication Type Group Select the type of authentication from the drop-down menu. Select what group to include from the drop-down menu. VPN Tunnel Page Toggle to ON to allow remote users to view this page. Port Forwarding Toggle to ON to allow remote users to view this page. Save D-Link DSR-Series User Manual Click to save your settings. 112 Section 7 - VPN Resources Path: VPN > SSL VPN > Resources Network resources are services or groups of LAN IP addresses that are used to easily create and configure SSL VPN policies. This shortcut saves time when creating similar policies for multiple remote SSL VPN users. Adding a Network Resource involves creating a unique name to identify the resource and assigning it to one or all of the supported SSL services. Once this is done, editing one of the created network resources allows you to configure the object type (either IP address or IP range) associated with the service. The Network Address, Mask Length, and Port Range/Port Number can all be defined for this resource as required. Add New Resource To add a new resource: 1. Click VPN > SSL VPN > Resources. 2. Click Add New Resource. 3. Complete the fields from the table on the next page and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 113 Section 7 - VPN Field Resource Name Service ICMP Object Type Object Address Mask Length Begin/End Save D-Link DSR-Series User Manual Description Enter a unique name for this resource. Select VPN Tunnel, Port Forwarding, or All. Toggle to ON to include ICMP traffic. Select Single IP Address or IP Network. Enter the IP address. If you selected IP Network, enter the mask length (0-32). Enter a port range for the object. Click to save your settings. 114 Section 7 - VPN Port Forwarding Port forwarding allows remote SSL users to access specified network applications or services after they login to the User Portal and launch the Port Forwarding service. Traffic from the remote user to the router is detected and re-routed based on configured port forwarding rules. Internal host servers or TCP applications must be specified as being made accessible to remote users. Allowing access to a LAN server requires entering the local server IP address and TCP port number of the application to be tunnelled. To add a port forwarding rule: 1. Click VPN > SSL VPN > Resources. 2. Click Add New Rule under either Port Forwarding List for Configured Applications (TCP Port) or under Port Forwarding List for Configured Host Names (FQDN). 3. Enter the IP address of the local server. 4. Next enter either the TCP port number or the domain name (FQDN). 5. Click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 115 Section 7 - VPN Client Path: VPN > SSL VPN > SSL VPN Client An SSL VPN tunnel client provides a point-to-point connection between the browser-side machine and this router. When a SSL VPN client is launched from the user portal, a "network adapter" with an IP address from the corporate subnet, DNS and WINS settings is automatically created. This allows local applications to access services on the private network without any special network configuration on the remote SSL VPN client machine. It is important to ensure that the virtual (PPP) interface address of the VPN tunnel client does not conflict with physical devices on the LAN. The IP address range for the SSL VPN virtual network adapter should be either in a different subnet or non-overlapping range as the corporate LAN. The router allows full tunnel and split tunnel support. Full tunnel mode just sends all traffic from the client across the VPN tunnel to the router. Split tunnel mode only sends traffic to the private LAN based on prespecified client routes. These client routes give the SSL client access to specific private networks, thereby allowing access control over specific LAN services. To configure client mode: 1. Click VPN > SSL VPN > SSL VPN Client. 2. 3. 3. 4. 5. 6. Toggle Full Tunnel Support to ON to support full tunnel or OFF to enable split tunnel. Enter a DNS suffix to assign to this client (optional). Enter a primary and secondary DNS server addresses (optional). Enter the range of IP addresses clients will be assigned (DHCP). Next to LCP Timeout, set the value for LCP echo interval (in seconds). Click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 116 Section 7 - VPN Client Routes Path: VPN > SSL VPN > SSL VPN Client If the SSL VPN client is assigned an IP address in a different subnet than the corporate network, a client route must be added to allow access to the private LAN through the VPN tunnel. As well a static route on the private LAN‘s firewall (typically this router) is needed to forward private traffic through the VPN Firewall to the remote SSL VPN client. When split tunnel mode is enabled, the user is required to configure routes for VPN tunnel clients: • Destination network: The network address of the LAN or the subnet information of the destination network from the VPN tunnel clients‘ perspective is set here. • Subnet mask: The subnet information of the destination network is set here. To configure a client route: 1. Click VPN > SSL VPN > Client Routes. 2. Click Add New Client Route. 3. Enter the destination network and subnet mask. 4. Click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 117 Section 7 - VPN Open VPN Settings VPN > OpenVPN > Settings OpenVPN allows peers to authenticate each other using a pre-shared secret key, certificates, or username/password. When used in a multiclient-server configuration, it allows the server to release an authentication certificate for every client, using signature and Certificate authority. An OpenVPN can be established through this router. You can select server mode, client mode, or access server client mode. In access server client mode, the user has to download the auto login profile from the OpenVPN Access Server and upload the same to connect. Server To configure the router as an OpenVPN Server: 1. Click VPN > OpenVPN > Settings. 2. Toggle OpenVPN to ON and complete the fields in the table below. Field Mode Description Select Server. VPN Network Enter the IP network for the VPN. Duplicate CN Toggle On to allow a same certification for multiple clients. VPN Netmask Enter the netmask. Port Tunnel Protocol Encryption Algorithm Hash Algorithm Enter what port to use. The default port is 1194. Select either TCP or UDP. Select the encryption algorithm from the drop-down menu. Select the hash algorithm from the drop-down menu. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 118 Section 7 - VPN Tunnel Type Save Select either Full Tunnel or Split Tunnel. Full Tunnel mode just sends all traffic from the client across the VPN tunnel to the router. Split Tunnel mode only sends traffic to the private LAN based on pre-specified client routes. If you select Split Tunnel, refer to “Local Networks” on page 122 to create local networks. Click Save to save and activate your settings. Client To configure the router as an OpenVPN client: 1. Click VPN > OpenVPN > Settings. 2. Toggle OpenVPN to ON and complete the fields in the table below. Field Mode Server IP Port Tunnel Protocol Encryption Algorithm Hash Algorithm Save Description Select Client. Enter the IP address of the OpenVPN server. Enter what port to use. The default port is 1194. Select either TCP or UDP. Select the encryption algorithm from the drop-down menu. Select the hash algorithm from the drop-down menu. Click Save to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 119 Section 7 - VPN Access Server Client To configure the router as an OpenVPN access server client: 1. Click VPN > OpenVPN > Settings. 2. Toggle OpenVPN to ON and complete the fields in the table below. Field Mode Port Upload Status Description Select Access Server Client. Enter what port to use. The default port is 1194. Displays if a configuration file has been uploaded. File Click Browse and locate the configuration file. Click Open and then click Upload. Save Click Save to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 120 Section 7 - VPN OmniSSL Configuration The router provides OmniSSL feature as an alternate to the SSL VPN connectivity while supporting most of the SSL VPN features. OmniSSL support facilitates the client installation from the device via portal page and is an enhancement to the existing OpenVPN. Additionally, this VPN tool can be used via mobile devices, thereby, eliminating browser and Java dependencies typical to SSL VPN solutions including that offered in the DSR VPN > Open VPN > OmniSSL Configuration The OmniSSL Configuration page allows the user to generate client’s configuration. OmniSSL is an adaptable feature as it supports and can get installed on various operating systems following their respective procedures (for more details, please refer: Application Note on OmniSSL Client Portal). 1. Click VPN > OpenVPN > OmniSSL Server Policy 2. Click Add NewOmniSSL Server policy Field Policy Type Apply Policy To Policy Name ICMP IP Address/Network Mask Length Begin and End Permission Description Select this option to add a policy applicable to all the users or particular of the device Select accessible IP address or IP network Enter a unique name used to identify the policy. Toggle On to support ICMP traffic. Configure accessible IP address or IP network Subnet mask for the above IP address. A range of port numbers to apply Select Permit or Deny for the respective policy. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 121 Section 7 - VPN Local Networks If you selected Split Tunnel (from OpenVPN Server), you can create a local network by following the steps below: 1. Click VPN > OpenVPN > Local Networks. 2. Click Add New OpenVPN Local Network. 3. Enter a local IP network. 4. Enter the subnet mask. 5. Click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 122 Section 7 - VPN Remote Networks To create remote networks: 1. Click VPN > OpenVPN > Remote Networks. 2. Click Add New OpenVPN Remote Network. 3. 4. 5. 6. Enter a name of the remote network. Enter a local IP network. Enter the subnet mask. Click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 123 Section 7 - VPN Authentication This page will allow you to upload certificates and keys. Click Browse and select the file you want to upload. Click Open and then click Upload. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 124 Section 7 - VPN GRE VPN > VPN Settings > GRE GRE tunnels allow for broadcast traffic on the LAN of the router to be passed over the internet and received by remote LAN hosts. This is primarily useful in the D-Link Discovery Protocol (DDP) application where broadcast traffic from one LAN host is to be received by all LAN hosts in the local subnets of the GRE endpoints. Note the following limits for the number of supported GRE tunnels per product: • DSR-150/150N: 5 • DSR-250/250N: 10 • DSR-500/500N/500AC: 15 • DSR-1000/1000N/1000AC: 20 There are two simple steps involved in establishing a GRE tunnel on the router: 1. Create a GRE tunnel from the GUI 2. Setup a static route for the remote local networks using the GRE tunnel When creating the GRE tunnel, the IP Address should be a unique address that identifies that GRE tunnel endpoint. It will be referenced in the other router’s static route as the Gateway IP address. The Remote End Address in the GRE tunnel configuration page is the WAN IP address of the other endpoint router. Once the tunnel is established, a static route on the router can be made using the interface set to the configured GRE tunnel name. The destination IP address of the static route is the remote LAN subnet, and the route’s gateway IP address will be the GRE tunnel IP of the terminating router (the same router that manages the remote LAN subnet). Once these two steps are completed, all DDP broadcast traffic can flow between remote LAN subnets via the GRE Tunnel. To create a GRE tunnel: 1. Click VPN > GRE > GRE Tunnels. 2. Click Add New GRE Tunnel. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 125 Section 7 - VPN 3. Complete the fields in the table below and then click Save. Field GRE Tunnel Name IP Address Subnet Mask Interface Remote End Address Enable DDP Broadcast IP Address Subnet Mask Description Enter a name for the tunnel. Enter the IP address of this endpoint. It will be referenced in the other router’s static route as the Gateway IP address. Enter the subnet mask. Select the interface to create this tunnel with from the drop-down menu. Enter the WAN IP address of the endpoint router. Toggle to ON to enable DDP broadcasting. Enter the destination IP address of the static route from the remote LAN subnet. Enter the subnet mask. Gateway IP Address Enter the IP address of the termination router. Save Click Save to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 126 Section 8 - Security Security Groups Path: Security > Authentication > User Database > Groups The group page allows creating, editing, and deleting groups. The groups are associated to set of user types. To edit/delete an existing group, or add a new group: 1. Click Security > Authentication > User Database > Groups tab. 2. Right-click a group entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new group, click Add New Group. 3. Complete the fields in the table below and click Save. Admin User Type Field Description Group Name Enter a name for the group. Description Enter a description for the group. User Type Network User Type Select the user type: • Admin - Grants all users in this group super-user privileges. By default, there is one admin user. • Network - Grants the next level of privileges. • Front Desk - Grants permissions to create temporary users who can Internet/network access (Hotspot). • Guest - Guest users will only have read access. Network and Admin users can toggle ON PPTP, L2TP, Xauth (Network only), SSLVPN, and Captive Portal. Idle Timeout Save Enter the number of minutes of inactivity that must occur before the users in this user group are logged out of their web management session automatically. Entering an Idle Timeout value of 0 (zero) means never log out. Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 127 Section 8 - Security Login Policies Path: Security > Authentication > Internal User Database > Groups Using the following procedure, you can grant or deny a user group login access to the web management interface. 1. Click Security > Authentication > Internal User Database > Groups tab. 2. Click Add Login Policies. 3. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field Description Group Name Select the group you want to configure. Disable Login Toggle ON to deny login access to the web management interface for all users in this user group. Toggle OFF will allow users to log in. Deny Login from Option Interface Toggle ON to deny login access to the web management interface from the WAN2/DMZ Port for all users in this user group. Toggle OFF will allow users. Save Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 128 Section 8 - Security Browser Policies Path: Security > Authentication > Internal User Database > Groups Use this feature to allow or deny users in a selected group from using a particular web browser to log in to the router’s web management interface. 1. Click Security > Authentication > Internal User Database > Groups tab. 2. Click Add Browser Policies. 3. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field Group Name Client Browser Save Description Select the group you want to configure from the drop-down menu. Select a web browser from the drop-down menu. Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. 4. Your policy will now be in the browser policies list. By default the status will be set to deny. If you want to set the status to allow, right-click the policy and select Allow. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 129 Section 8 - Security IP Policies Path: Security > Authentication > Internal User Database > Groups Use this feature to allow or deny users in a user group to log in to the router’s web management interface from a particular network or IP address. 1. Click Security > Authentication > Internal User Database > Groups tab. 2. Click Add IP Policies. 3. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field Group Name Description Select the group you want to configure from the drop-down menu. Source Address Type Select either Network to specify a IP network or IP Address to specify a specific IP address. Network Address/IP Address Enter the network address or IP address. Mask Length Save If you selected Network, enter the mask length. Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 130 Section 8 - Security Users User Management Path: Security > Authentication > Internal User Database > Users After you add user groups, you can add users to the user groups. Users can be added individually, or they can be imported from a comma-separated-value (CSV) formatted file. After you add users, you can edit them when changes are required or delete users when you no longer need them. To edit/delete existing users, or add a new user: 1. Click Security > Authentication > Internal User Database > Users tab. 2. Right-click a group entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new group, click Add New User. 3. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field Description User Name Enter the user name for this user. This name is a unique identifier First Name Enter the user’s first name. Last Name Enter the user’s last name. Select Group Password Confirm Password Save Select the group you want to assign this user to from the drop-down menu. Enter a case-sensitive login password that the user must specify at the login prompt to access the web management interface. For security, each typed password character is masked with a dot (•). Enter the password to confirm. Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 131 Section 8 - Security Import User Database Path: Security > Authentication > Internal User Database > Get User DB The DSR administrator can add users to the local built-in database directly via an appropriately-formatted comma separated value (CSV) file. The advantage of this feature is to allow for a large number of users to be added to the system with one operation, and the same file can be uploaded to multiple DSR devices as needed. Once uploaded the specific users in the local user database can be modified via the GUI as needed. To import a user database: 1. Click Security > Authentication > Internal User Database > Get User DB tab. 2. Click Browse and locate the file you want to upload. Select it and click Open. 3. Click Upload. 4. Once completed, go to Security > Authentication > User Database > Users and your imported users will be displayed in the Users List. 5. From the list you can right-click the user to edit or delete. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 132 Section 8 - Security Create a User Database (CSV File) The following parameters must be used to define the User database CSV file. 1. Create an empty text file with a .csv extension. 2. Each line in the file corresponds to a single user entry. Every line should end with carriage return equivalent of CRLF. Do not add comments or other text in this file. 3. Formatting rules: a) All the fields must be enclosed within double quotes. b) Consecutive fields are separated by commas. c) There should be no leading or trailing spaces in a line. d) There should be no spaces between fields. Each line in the CSV user database file should follow the following format: "UserName","FirstName","LastName","GroupName",“Password”,”MultiLogin” The above sample has fields that can assume the following values: • Username (text field): Name of the user and identifier in the DSR’s database, and so it must be unique in the local user database. • FirstName (text field): This is a user detail and need not be unique. • LastName (text field): This is a user detail and need not be unique. • GroupName (text field): The group that is associated with this user. • MultiLogSup (Boolean value): With this enabled (“1”), then multiple users can share a single username and password. • Password (text field): password to assign for this username • The Group for a corresponding user (“GroupName” in the CSV) must be created via the GUI in advance of the User Database CSV upload action. • None of the above fields can be left empty or NULL in the User Database CSV. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 133 Section 8 - Security External Authentication Servers RADIUS Server Path: Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > RADIUS Server A RADIUS server can be configured and accessible by the router to authenticate client connections. To configure the router to connect to your RADIUS server: 1. Click Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > RADIUS Server tab. 2. Complete the RADIUS server information from the table below and click Save. You can configure up to three servers. Field Authentication Server IP Address Authentication Port Description Enter the IP address of your RADIUS server. Enter the RADIUS authentication server port. Secret Enter the secret key that allows the device to log into the configured RADIUS server. It must match the secret on RADIUS server. Timeout Set the amount of time in seconds that the router should wait for a response from the RADIUS server. Retries This determines the number of tries the controller will make to the RADIUS server before giving up. Save Server Check D-Link DSR-Series User Manual Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. Click to test the connection(s) to your RADIUS Server(s). 134 Section 8 - Security POP3 Server Path: Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > POP3 Server POP3 is an application layer protocol most commonly used for e-mail over a TCP/IP connection. The authentication server can be used with SSL encryption over port 995 to send encrypted traffic to the POP3 server. The POP3 server’s certificate is verified by a user-uploaded CA certificate. If SSL encryption is not used, port 110 will be used for the POP3 authentication traffic. To configure the router to connect to your POP3 server: 1. Click Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > POP3 Server tab. 2. Complete the POP3 server information from the table below and click Save. You can configure up to three servers. Field Authentication Server IP Address Authentication Port SSL Enable CA File Description Enter the IP address of your POP3 server. Enter the POP3 authentication server port. Toggle to ON to enable SSL support for POP3. If this option is enabled, it is mandatory to select a certificate authority for it. Certificate Authority to verify POP3 server’s certificate. Timeout Set the amount of time in seconds that the router should wait for a response from the POP3 server. Retries This determines the number of tries the controller will make to the POP3 server before giving up. Save Server Check Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. Click to test the connection(s) to your POP3 Server(s). D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 135 Section 8 - Security POP3 Trusted Server Path: Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > POP3 Trusted CA A CA file is used as part of the POP3 negotiation to verify the configured authentication server identity. Each of the three configured servers can have a unique CA used for authentication. To configure: 1. Click Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > POP3 Trusted CA tab. 2. Click Add CA File. 3. Click Browse and select a CA file. Click Open and then click Upload. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 136 Section 8 - Security LDAP Server Path: Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > LDAP Server The LDAP authentication method uses LDAP to exchange authentication credentials between the router and an external server. The LDAP server maintains a large database of users in a directory structure, so users with the same user name but belonging to different groups can be authenticated since the user information is stored in a hierarchal manner. Also of note is that configuring a LDAP server on Windows or Linux servers is considerably less complex than setting up NT Domain or Active Directory servers for user authentication. The details configured on the controller will be passed for authenticating the router and its hosts. The LDAP attributes, domain name (DN), and in some cases the administrator account & password are key fields in allowing the LDAP server to authenticate the controller. To configure the router to connect to your LDAP server: 1. Click Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > LDAP Server tab. 2. Complete the LDAP server information from the table below and click Save. You can configure up to three servers. Field Description Authentication Server (1-3) Enter the IP address of your primary LDAP server. LDAP Attribute (1-4) LDAP Base DN These are attributes related to LDAP users configured in LDAP server. These may include attributes like SAM account name, associated domain name etc. These can be used to distinguish between different users having same user name. Enter the base domain name. Timeout Set the amount of time in seconds that the router should wait for a response from the LDAP server. Retries This determines the number of tries the controller will make to the LDAP server before giving up. Save Administrator Account Server Check Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. Enter the admin account information that will be used when LDAP authentication is required for PPTP/ L2TP connection. Click to test the connection(s) to your LDAP Server(s). D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 137 Section 8 - Security AD Server Path: Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > AD Server Active Directory authentication is an enhanced version of NT Domain authentication. The Kerberos protocol is leveraged for authentication of users, who are grouped in Organizational Units (OUs). In particular the Active Directory server can support more than a million users given is structure while the NT Domain server is limited to thousands. The configured Authentication Servers and Active Directory domain(s) are used to validate the user with the directory of users on the external Windows based server. This authentication option is common for SSL VPN client users and is also useful for IPsec / PPTP / L2TP client authentication. To configure the router to connect to your AD server: 1. Click Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > AD Server tab. 2. Complete the AD server information from the table on the next page and click Save. You can configure up to three servers. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 138 Section 8 - Security Field Authentication Server (1-3) Active Directory Domain (1-3) Description Enter the IP address of your AD server(s). Enter the active directory domain name(s). Timeout Set the amount of time in seconds that the router should wait for a response from the AD server. Retries This determines the number of tries the controller will make to the AD server before giving up. Administrator Account Save Server Check Enter the admin account information that will be used when authentication is required for PPTP/L2TP connection. Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. Click to test the connection(s) to your AD Server(s). D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 139 Section 8 - Security NT Domain Server Path: Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > NT Domain The NT Domain server allows users and hosts to authenticate themselves via a pre-configured Workgroup field. Typically Windows or Samba servers are used to manage the domain of authentication for the centralized directory of authorized users. To configure the router to connect to your NT domain server: 1. Click Security > Authentication > External Auth Server > NT Domain tab. 2. Complete the NT server information from the table below and click Save. You can configure up to three servers. Field Authentication Server (1-3) Workgroup (1-3) Description Enter the IP address of your NT server(s). Enter the NT workgroup name(s). Timeout Set the amount of time in seconds that the router should wait for a response from the AD server. Retries This determines the number of tries the controller will make to the AD server before giving up. Administrator Account Save Server Check Enter the admin account information that will be used when authentication is required for PPTP/L2TP connection. Click Save at the bottom to save and activate your settings. Click to test the connection(s) to your AD Server(s). D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 140 Section 8 - Security Login Profiles Path: Security > Authentication > Login Profiles When a wireless client connects to the SSIDs or VLANs, the user sees a login page. The Login Profile and SLA page allows you to customize the appearance of that page with specific text and images. The wireless router supports multiple login and SLA pages. Associate login page or SLAs on SSIDs or VLANs separately. To add, delete, or edit login profiles: 1. Click Security > Authentication > Login Profiles tab. 2. Right-click an entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new group, click Add New Login Profile. 3. Complete the fields from the table on the next page and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 141 Section 8 - Security Field Description Profile Name Enter a name for this captive portal profile. The name should allow you to differentiate this captive profile from others you may set up. Browser Title Enter the text that will appear in the title of the browser during the captive portal session. Background Select whether the login page displayed during the captive portal session will show an image or color. Choices are: • Image: Displays an image as the background on the page. Use the Page Background Image field to select a background image. • Color: Sets the background color on the page. Select the color from the drop-down menu Page Background Image If you set Background to Image, upload the image file by clicking Add > Browse. Select an image, click Open and then click the Upload button. The maximum size of the image is 100 kb. Page Background Upload Choose the file you want to upload. General Details Page Background Color Custom Color Minimal Page for Mobile Devices If you set Background to Color, select the background color of the page that will appear during the captive portal session from the drop-down menu. If you choose Custom on Page Background Color, enter the HTML color code. Toggle to ON to allow the web page to be properly viewed from a mobile device. Header Details Background Select whether the login page displayed during the captive portal session will show an image or color. Choices are: • Image: Show image on the page. Use the Header Background Color field to select a background color. The maximum size of the image is 100 kb. • Color: Show background color on the page. Use the radio buttons to select an image. Header Background Image If you set Background to Image, upload the image file by clicking Add > Browse. Select an image, click Open and then click the Upload button. The maximum size of the image is 100 kb. Header Background Upload Choose the file you want to upload. Header Background Color Custom Color Header Caption Caption Font If you set Background to Color, select the header color from the drop-down menu. If you choose Custom on Page Background Color, you can choose particular color by filling in the HTML color code. Enter the text that appears in the header of the login page during the captive portal session. Select the font for the header text. Font Size Select the font size for the header text. Font Color Select the font color for the header text. Login Details Login Section Title Enter the text that appears in the title of the login box when the user logs in to the captive portal session. This field is optional. Welcome Message Enter the welcome message that appears when users log in to the captive session successfully. This field is optional. Error Message Enter the error message that appears when users fail to log in to the captive session successfully. This field is optional. Footer Details Change Footer Content Footer Content Footer Font Color Enables or disables changes to the footer content on the login page. If Change Footer Content is checked, enter the text that appears in the footer. If Change Footer Content is checked, select the color of the text that appears in the footer. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 142 Section 8 - Security External Payment Gateway Enable External Payment Gateway Session Title 1 Message Session Title 2 Success Message Session Title 3 Failure Message Enable Billing Profile Service Disclaimer Text Payment Server Enables or disables external payment gateway and online wireless service purchasing from on the login page. Enter the text that appears in the title of the online purchasing login box when the user logs in to the captive portal session. Enter the text appears in the online purchasing login box when the user logs in to the captive portal session. Enter the text that appears in the title of the message box while online purchasing is complete. Enter the text that appears in the message box while online purchasing is complete. Enter the text that appears in the title of the message box while online purchasing is fail. Enter the text that appears in the message box while online purchasing is fail. Select the billing profile which will be shown on the login page. The table only listed the billing profiles which are set Unit Price. Enable the billing profile by switch ON on STATUS. Enter the service disclaimer text which is shown before user select and purchase wireless service. Select the payment received account and its payment agent. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 143 Section 8 - Security Web Content Filtering Static Filtering Path: Security > Authentication > Static Filtering You may block access to certain Internet services. To block or allow a service: 1. Click Security > Web Content Filter > Static Filtering tab. 2. Toggle Content Filtering to ON. 3. Toggle the service to ON to block. Toggle to OFF to allow. 4. Click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 144 Section 8 - Security Approved URLs Path: Security > Web Content Filter > Static Filtering > Approved URL The approved URL list is an acceptance list for all URL domain names. Domains added to this list are allowed in any form. For example, if the domain “dlink” is added to this list then all of the following URL’s are permitted access from the LAN: www.dlink.com, support.dlink.com, etc. Importing/exporting from a text or CSV file is also supported. To add/import/export URLs to the approved list: 1. Click Security > Web Content Filter > Static Filtering > Approved URL tab. 2. To import a list from a text/CSV file, click Upload URLs List from File. If you want to export the current list, click Export URLs List to File. To add a new URL, click Add New Approved URL. 3. Enter a URL and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 145 Section 8 - Security Blocked Keywords Path: Security > Web Content Filter > Static Filtering > Blocked Keywords Keyword blocking allows you to block all website URL’s or site content that contains the keywords in the configured list. This is lower priority than the Approved URL List; i.e. if a blocked keyword is present in a site allowed by a trusted domain in the Approved URL List, then access to that site will be allowed. Import/export from a text or CSV file is also supported. To add/import/export URLs to the approved list: 1. Click Security > Web Content Filter > Static Filtering > Blocked Keywords tab. 2. To import a list from a text/CSV file, click Upload Keywords List from File. If you want to export the current list, click Export Keywords List to File. To add a new URL, click Add New Keyword. 3. Enter a keyword and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 146 Section 8 - Security Dynamic Filtering Path: Security > Web Content Filter > Dynamic Filtering Dynamic Filtering will allow you to filter content from a list of categories. The router must be upgraded with the WCF license and then the Content Filtering option, which allows the user to filter out internet sites, needs to be enabled. When enabled, access to a website belonging to one of these configured categories will be blocked with an error page. To add/import/export URLs to the approved list: 1. Click Security > Web Content Filter > Dynamic Filtering. 2. Toggle Global Filtering to ON to enable dynamic filtering. 3. Toggle any of the listed categories to ON to block. Toggle to OFF to allow. 4. Click Save. Note: Dynamic WCF license is not available in some regions, please contact D-Link worldwide office for product information. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 147 Section 8 - Security Firewall Firewall Rules Path: Security > Firewall > Firewall Rules > IPv4 Firewall Rules or IPv6 Firewall Rules Inbound (WAN to LAN/DMZ) rules restrict access to traffic entering your network, selectively allowing only specific outside users to access specific local resources. By default all access from the insecure WAN side are blocked from accessing the secure LAN, except in response to requests from the LAN or DMZ. To allow outside devices to access services on the secure LAN, you must create an inbound firewall rule for each service. If you want to allow incoming traffic, you must make the router’s WAN port IP address known to the public. This is called “exposing your host.” How you make your address known depends on how the WAN ports are configured; for this router you may use the IP address if a static address is assigned to the WAN port, or if your WAN address is dynamic a DDNS (Dynamic DNS) name can be used. Outbound (LAN/DMZ to WAN) rules restrict access to traffic leaving your network, selectively allowing only specific local users to access specific outside resources. The default outbound rule is to allow access from the secure zone (LAN) to either the public DMZ or insecure WAN. On other hand the default outbound rule is to deny access from DMZ to insecure WAN. You can change this default behavior in the Firewall Settings > Default Outbound Policy page. When the default outbound policy is allow always, you can to block hosts on the LAN from accessing internet services by creating an outbound firewall rule for each service. To create a new firewall rule: 1. Click Security > Firewall > IPv4 Firewall Rules tab or IPv6 Firewall Rules tab. 2. Right-click an entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new group, click Add New IPv4/IPv6 Firewall Rule. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 148 Section 8 - Security 3. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field Description From Zone Select the source of originating traffic: either secure LAN, public DMZ, or insecure WAN. For an inbound rule WAN should be selected. To Zone Select the destination of traffic covered by this rule. If the From Zone is the WAN, the To Zone can be the public DMZ or secure LAN. Similarly if the From Zone is the LAN, then the To Zone can be the public DMZ or insecure WAN. Service Select a service from the drop-down menu. ANY means all traffic is affected by this rule. Action Select an action from the drop-down menu. Source Hosts Select a source host. If you select Single Address or Address Range, you will need to enter the IP address or IP range. Destination Hosts Select a Destination host. If you select Single Address or Address Range, you will need to enter the IP address or IP range. Log QoS Priority (IPv4 only) Select whether to log firewall traffic or not. Outbound rules (where To Zone = insecure WAN only) can have the traffic marked with a QoS priority tag. Select a priority level: • Normal-Service: ToS=0 (lowest QoS) • Minimize-Cost: ToS=1 • Maximize-Reliability: ToS=2 • Maximize-Throughput: ToS=4 • Minimize-Delay: ToS=16 D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 149 Section 8 - Security Schedules Path: Security > Firewall > Schedules Firewall rules can be enabled or disabled automatically if they are associated with a configured schedule. The schedule configuration page allows you to define days of the week and the time of day for a new schedule, and then this schedule can be selected in the firewall rule configuration page. Note: All schedules will follow the time in the router’s configured time zone. Refer to the section on choosing your Time Zone and configuring NTP servers for more information. To add, delete, or edit a schedule: 1. Click Security > Firewall > Schedules. 2. Right-click an entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new schedule, click Add New Schedule. Specific Days enabled Field Description Name Enter a name for your schedule. Scheduled Days Select All Days or Specific Days. Monday - Sunday Scheduled Time of Day Start Time/End Time Save Specific Times enabled If you selected Specific Days, toggle each day you want to ON. Select All Day or Specific Times. If you selected Specific Times, use the mouse on the blue boxes representing the hour, minutes, and am/ pm to select the start time and end time. Click, hold, and move up to decrease the value or move down to increase the value. Click to save your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 150 Section 8 - Security Custom Services Path: Security > Firewall > Custom Services Custom services can be defined to add to the list of services available during firewall rule configuration. While common services have known TCP/UDP/ICMP ports for traffic, many custom or uncommon applications exist in the LAN or WAN. In the custom service configuration menu you can define a range of ports and identify the traffic type (TCP/UDP/ICMP) for this service. Once defined, the new service will appear in the services list of the firewall rules configuration menu. To add, delete, or edit a custom service: 1. Click Security > Firewall > Custom Services. 2. Right-click an entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new schedule, click Add New Custom Service. Field Description Name Enter a name for your custom service. Type Enter the layer 3 protocol that the service uses (TCP, UDP, BOTH, or ICMP). Port Type Select Port Range or Multiple Ports. Source Start Port If you selected Port Range, enter the first source(TCP, UDP or BOTH) port of a range that the service uses. Source Finish Port If you selected Port Range, enter the last source port of a range that the service uses. Destination Start Port If you selected Port Range, enter the first destination port of a range that the service uses. Destination Start Port If you selected Port Range, enter the last destination port of a range that the service uses. Ports ICMP Type Save If you selected Multiple Ports, enter the port or ports separated by a comma. The ICMP type is a numeric value that can range between 0 and 40. Click to save your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 151 Section 8 - Security ALGs Path: Security > Firewall > ALGs Application Level Gateways (ALGs) are security components that enhance the firewall and NAT support of this router to seamlessly support application layer protocols. In some cases enabling the ALG will allow the firewall to use dynamic ephemeral TCP/ UDP ports to communicate with the known ports a particular client application (such as H.323 or RTSP) requires, without which the admin would have to open large number of ports to accomplish the same support. Because the ALG understands the protocol used by the specific application that it supports, it is a very secure and efficient way of introducing support for client applications through the router’s firewall. 1. Click Security > Firewall > ALGs tab. 2. Toggle the protocol(s) to ON that you want to allow through the router. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 152 Section 8 - Security SMTP ALGs Path: Security > Firewall > ALGs > SMTP ALGs Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP) is a text based protocol used for transferring email between mail servers over the Internet. Typically the local SMTP server will be located on a DMZ so that mail sent by remote SMTP servers will traverse the router to reach the local server. Local users will then use email client software to retrieve their email from the local SMTP server. SMTP is also used when clients are sending email and SMTP ALG can be used to monitor SMTP traffic originating from both clients and servers. 1. Click Security > Firewall > ALGs > SMTP ALGs tab. 2. Toggle Status to ON. 3. Enter the port at which the SMTP packets are inspected. 4. Click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 153 Section 8 - Security Approved Mail IDs Path: Security > Firewall > ALGs > Approved Mail IDs 1. Click Security > Firewall > ALGs > Approved Mail IDs tab. 2. Right-click an entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new mail ID, click Add New Approved Mail ID. 3. Enter a mail ID and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 154 Section 8 - Security Blocked Mail IDs Path: Security > Firewall > ALGs > Blocked Mail IDs 1. Click Security > Firewall > ALGs > Blocked Mail IDs tab. 2. Right-click an entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new mail ID, click Add New Blocked Mail ID. 3. Enter a mail ID and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 155 Section 8 - Security Mail Filtering Path: Security > Firewall > ALGs > Mail Filtering 1. Click Security > Firewall > ALGs > Mail Filtering tab. 2. Right-click an entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new mail ID, click Add New Mail Filter. 3. Enter a subject and a mail ID. 4. Select to allow or block. 5. Click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 156 Section 8 - Security VPN Passthrough Path: Security > Firewall > VPN Passthrough This router’s firewall settings can be configured to allow encrypted VPN traffic for IPsec, PPTP, and L2TP VPN tunnel connections between the LAN and internet. A specific firewall rule or service is not appropriate to introduce this passthrough support; instead the options in the VPN Passthrough page must be toggled to ON. 1. Click Security > Firewall > VPN Passthrough. 2. Toggle the VPN protocol you want to allow to ON and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 157 Section 8 - Security Dynamic Port Forwarding Application Rules Path: Security > Firewall > Dynamic Port Forwarding > Application Rules Application rules are also referred to as port triggering. This feature allows devices on the LAN or DMZ to request one or more ports to be forwarded to them. Port triggering waits for an outbound request from the LAN/DMZ on one of the defined outgoing ports, and then opens an incoming port for that specified type of traffic. This can be thought of as a form of dynamic port forwarding while an application is transmitting data over the opened outgoing or incoming port(s). Port triggering application rules are more flexible than static port forwarding that is an available option when configuring firewall rules. This is because a port triggering rule does not have to reference a specific LAN IP or IP range. As well ports are not left open when not in use, thereby providing a level of security that port forwarding does not offer. Note: Port triggering is not appropriate for servers on the LAN, since there i s a dependency on the LAN device making an outgoing connection before incoming ports are opened. Some applications require that when external devices connect to them, they receive data on a specific port or range of ports in order to function properly. Th e router must send all incoming data for that application only on the required port or range of ports. The router has a list of common applications and games with corresponding outbound and inbound ports to open. You can also specify a port triggering rule by defining the type of traffic (TCP or UDP) and the range of incoming and outgoing ports to open when enabled. 1. Click Security > Firewall > Dynamic Port Forwarding > Application Rules tab. 2. Right-click an entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new schedule, click Add New Application Rule. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 158 Section 8 - Security 3. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field Description Name Enter a name for your rule. Enable Toggle to ON to activate the rule. Protocol Select TCP or UDP. Interface Select either LAN or DMZ. Outgoing (Trigger) Port Range Incoming Port Range Save Enter the start and end trigger port range. Enter the port range to open. Click to save your settings. 4. Click on the Application Rules Status tab to see a list of rules and their status. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 159 Section 8 - Security Attack Checks Path: Security > Firewall > Attack Checks Attacks can be malicious security breaches or unintentional network issues that render the router unusable Attack checks allow you to manage WAN security threats such as continual ping requests and discovery via ARP scans. TCP and UDP flood attack checks can be enabled to manage extreme usage of WAN resources. Additionally certain Denial-of-Service (DoS) attacks can be blocked. These attacks, if uninhibited, can use up processing power and bandwidth and prevent regular network services from running normally. ICMP packet flooding, SYN traffic flooding, and Echo storm thresholds can be configured to temporarily suspect traffic from the offending source. 1. Click Security > Firewall > Attack Checks. 2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field Description Stealth Mode If this option is toggled to ON, the router will not respond to port scans from the WAN. This makes it less susceptible to discovery and attacks. Block TCP Flood If this option is toggled to ON, the router will drop all invalid TCP packets and be protected from a SYN flood attack. Block UDP Flood If this option is toggled to ON, the router will not accept more than 20 simultaneous, active UDP connections from a single computer on the LAN. You can set the number of simultaneous active UDP connections to be accepted from a single computer on the LAN; the default is 25. Allow Ping from LAN Block ICMP Notification Block Fragmented Packets Block Multicast Packets Block Spoofed IP Packets SYN Flood Detect Rate Toggle to ON to allow local computers to ping. Toggle to ON to prevent ICMP packets from being identified as such. ICMP packets, if identified, can be captured and used in a Ping (ICMP) flood DoS attack. Toggle to ON to drop any fragmented packets through or to the gateway Toggle to ON to drop multicast packets, which could indicate a spoof attack, through or to the router. Toggle to ON to block any spoofed IP packets. The rate at which the SYN Flood can be detected. Echo Storm The number of ping packets per second at which the router detects an Echo storm attack from the WAN and prevents further ping traffic from that external address. ICMP Flood The number of ICMP packets per second at which the router detects an ICMP flood attack from the WAN and prevents further ICMP traffic from that external address. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 160 Section 8 - Security Intel® AMT Path: Security > Firewall > Intel® AMT Intel® Active Management Technology (AMT) allows you to remotely access and manage every networked device, even those that lack a working operating system or hard drive, or are turned off as long as the computer is connected to line power and to the network. Intel AMT uses a separate management processor that runs independently on the client machine and can be reached through the wired or wireless network. 1. Click Security > Firewall > Intel AMT. 2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field Description Ports When enabled, inbound/outbound firewall rules are added for certain ports to enable Intel AMT service. WAN Host Select ANY to allow all hosts access or select Specify WAN IPs and enter IP addresses of hosts (separate with a comma) you want to grant access to. Do not use spaces. Internal IP Address Reflector Enter the LAN IP address. Toggle to ON to enable Reflector. This will send data back to the client on selected ports. Redirect to Port 16992-16995 Toggle to ON to use the selected port. Enter the listening port on which the server will listen for incoming connections. Redirect to Port 9971 Toggle to ON to use the selected port. Enter the listening port on which the server will listen for incoming connections. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 161 Section 8 - Security IPS Path: Security > Firewall > IPS The router’s Intrusion Prevention System (IPS) prevents malicious attacks from the internet from accessing the private network. Static attack signatures loaded to the router allow common attacks to be detected and prevented. The checks can be enabled between the WAN and DMZ or LAN, and a running counter will allow the administrator to see how many malicious intrusion attempts from the WAN have been detected and prevented. Note: The DSR-150/150N routers do not support Intrusion Prevention System. 1. Click Security > Firewall > IPS. 2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field Description Enable Intrusion Detection Toggle to ON to enable intrusion detection. Enable Intrusion Prevention Toggle to ON to enable intrusion prevention. LAN and WAN Toggle to ON to detect intrusions between the LAN and WAN interfaces. DMZ and WAN Toggle to ON to detect intrusions between the DMZ and WAN interfaces. Number of Signatures Loaded Displays the number of signatures loaded. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 162 Section 9 - Maintenance Maintenance System Settings Path: Maintenance > Administration > System Setting You may change the name of the router here. 1. Click Maintenance > Administration > System Setting. 2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field Description Current System Name Displays the current name for the router. New Name for System Enter a new name for the router. Save Click to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 163 Section 9 - Maintenance Date and Time Path: Maintenance > Administration > Date and Time You can configure your time zone, whether or not to adjust for Daylight Savings Time, and with which Network Time Protocol (NTP) server to synchronize the date and time. You can choose to set Date and Time manually, which will store the information on the router’s real time clock (RTC). If the router has access to the internet, the most accurate mechanism to set the router time is to enable NTP server communication. 1. Click Maintenance > Administration > Date and Time. 2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field Description Current Device Time Displays the current date and time on the router. Time Zone Select your time zone from the drop-down menu. Daylight Saving NTP Servers NTP Server Type Primary NTP Server Toggle to ON to enable daylight saving time. Toggle to ON to use NTP servers on the Internet. Select either Default or Custom to enter specific NTP Server addresses. If you selected Custom, enter the primary NTP server address. Secondary NTP Server If you selected Custom, enter the secondary NTP server address. Time to re-synchronize Enter the time in minutes for the router to re-synch with the NTP server(s). Save Click to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 164 Section 9 - Maintenance Session Settings Path: Maintenance > Administration > Session Settings Here you can set the timeout value for admin and guest logins. 1. Click Maintenance > Administration > Session Settings. 2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field Administrator Description Enter the timeout value in minutes for the Administrator account. Guest Enter the timeout value in minutes for the Guest account. Save Click to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 165 Section 8 - Security License Updates Path: Maintenance > Administration > License Update Certain features can be added to the router by purchasing a license key. An activation code is provided based on the router’s MAC Address, so it will be unique to that particular device. Each license has the following three parameters: Field Description Model The license model as it relates to the feature being added. Activation Code Expiration The activation code corresponding to this license. Licenses can either have a fixed duration, or are perpetual for the life of this router. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 166 Section 9 - Maintenance USB Share Ports Path: Maintenance > Administration > USB Share Ports This page allows configure the SharePort feature available on this router. 1. Click Maintenance > Administration > USB Share Ports. 2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field Description USB Port 1 Printer Toggle to ON to enable USB port 1. Once enabled you will need to enter your printer information. USB Port 2 Printer Toggle to ON to enable USB port 2. Once enabled you will need to enter your printer information. Interface Name Displays the name of the printer interface. Enable Printer Displays if the printer is enabled or not. Toggle to ON to enable. Save Click to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 167 Section 9 - Maintenance SMS Service Inbox Path: Maintenance > Administration > SMS Service > Inbox The D-Link Services Router has a USB interface to connect 3G modem support to send and receive Short Messaging Service (SMS). The received messages can be seen in the Inbox and allows the user to create a new SMS. If WAN3 is used in dedicated WAN mode, load balancing mode, or if the 3G USB device is not connected to router then the controls on this page will not be available. To view any incoming messages: 1. Click Maintenance > Administration > SMS Service > Inbox tab. 2. The following details are displayed. Field S. No Sender Time Stamp Description Displays the serial number of the message. Displays the sender of the message. Displays the time when the message was sent. Text Displays the content of the message. Save Click to save and activate your settings. 3. Right-click the entry to delete, refresh, reply, or forward the message. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 168 Section 9 - Maintenance Create SMS Path: Maintenance > Administration > SMS Service> Create SMS This page allows you to send a message using the SMS service. 1. Click Maintenance > Administration > SMS Service > Create SMS tab. 2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Send Message. Field Receiver Description Enter the phone number of the intended receiver. Text Message Enter the message you want to send. Send Message Click to send your message. Cancel Click to reset the fields. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 169 Section 9 - Maintenance Package Manager Path: Maintenance > Administration > Package Manager A package is a set of files which are installed by the router from D-Link’s repositories. This feature allows users to download new drivers for supported USB devices and language packs to enable multi-lingual support for the router’s management interface. Multi-lingual support via the package manager allows the user to choose a language of choice so that the entire textual content in the router’s user interface is presented in the selected language. This feature supports a single driver and single language pack to be stored in the router (i.e. these files are available for use after device reboot) . There are 2 types of installations supported by this feature: 1. Manual Installation: Upon selecting manual installation, the user has to download the package which will then display the available languages that the router GUI now supports. Note: Only drivers provided by D-Link can be used for manual installation. A validation process will be performed during installation. 2. Auto Installation: By selecting the link “click here” the auto-installation of the package is exercised. A page showing the list of available drivers / language packs is displayed from which the user can select and install one of the options. For this type of installation the router must be able to access the internet, as this will allow the user to download the package from a repository server which consists of all the available languages. 1. Click Maintenance > Administration > Package Manager. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 170 Section 9 - Maintenance 2. Complete the fields from the table below. Field List of Default Drivers Description Displays the default drivers that are installed. Click Here Click to display a list of available packages for download. You must be connected to the Internet. Here you can select the driver to update or install. Manual Install If you have downloaded a packed, click Browse and select the package. Click Open and then click Install. Install History Displays a list of package installations. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 171 Section 9 - Maintenance Set Language Path: Maintenance > Administration > Set Language You can download language packs (refer to “Package Manager” on page 170) and install them on the router. Once you have downloaded a pack, follow the steps below to install: 1. Click Maintenance > Administration > Set Language. 2. Select a loaded language pack from the drop-down menu and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 172 Section 9 - Maintenance Web GUI Management Path: Maintenance > Administration > Web GUI Management The Web GUI Management page will allow you to specify by IP address or VLAN what users can configure the router using the web GUI. 1. Click Maintenance > Administration > Web GUI Management. 2. Toggle Enable to ON and click Save. 3. Click Add New Configuration. 4. Enter a name for this configuration. 5. Select either Single IP Address and enter the IP address of the computer/device or VLAN Network and enter the VLAN ID that you want to allow access to the web GUI. 6. Click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 173 Section 9 - Maintenance Remote Management Path: Maintenance > Management > Remote Management Enable this feature to be able to manage the router from a remote location, using HTTPS or Telnet. Both HTTPS and Telnet access can be restricted to a subset of IP addresses. The router administrator can define a known PC, single IP address or range of IP addresses that are allowed to access the GUI with HTTPS. The opened port for SSL traffic can be changed from the default of 443 at the same time as defining the allowed remote management IP address range. 1. Click Maintenance > Management > Remote Management. 2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field Enable Remote Management HTTPS Port No. SSH SNMP Access Type Respond to Ping Save Description Toggle to ON to enable remote management. Enter the port for HTTPS access. The default port is 443. Toggle ON to enable SSH (Secure Shell) protocol which can be used to access the CLI over the network from a remote host. Toggle to ON to enable SNMP for remote management. Select either All IP Addresses, IP Address Range (enter an IP range), or Only Selected PC (enter an IP address). Toggle to ON to allow the router to respond to ping requests from the WAN. Click to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 174 Section 9 - Maintenance SNMP Path: Maintenance > Management > SNMP SNMP is an additional management tool that is useful when multiple routers in a network are being managed by a central Master system. When an external SNMP manager is provided with this router’s Management Information Base (MIB) file, the manager can update the router’s hierarchal variables to view or update configuration parameters. The router as a managed device has an SNMP agent that allows the MIB configuration variables to be accessed by the Master (the SNMP manager). The Access Control List on the router identifies managers in the network that have read-only or read-write SNMP credentials. The Traps List outlines the port over which notifications from this router are provided to the SNMP community (managers) and also the SNMP version (v1, v2c, v3) for the trap. SNMP User List 1. Click Maintenance > Management > SNMP > SNMP tab. 2. Right-click a user and select Edit if you want to change the security level. 3. Select the security level from the drop-down list. Select one of the following: • No-Auth No-Priv: Only requires a user name match for authentication. • Auth No-Priv: Provides authentication based on the MD5 or SHA algorithms. • Auth Priv: Provides authentication based on the MD5 or SHA algorithms as well as encryption privacy with the DES 256-bit standard. 4. Click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 175 Section 9 - Maintenance SNMP Trap List Path: Maintenance > Management > SNMP > SNMP Trap List To create a new SNMP trap: 1. Click Maintenance > Management > SNMP > SNMP Trap List tab. 2. Right-click an entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new trap, click Add SNMP Trap. 3. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field IP Address Port Community Authentication Type Save Description The IP Address of the SNMP trap agent. The SNMP trap port to which the trap messages will be sent. The community string to which the agent belongs. Most agents are configured to listen for traps in the Public community. The SNMP version used by the trap agent. The choices are v1, v2c, or v3. Click to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 176 Section 9 - Maintenance Access Control Path: Maintenance > Management > SNMP > Access Control List To edit, delete, or create a new access control entry: 1. Click Maintenance > Management > SNMP > Access Control List tab. 2. Right-click an entry and select either Edit or Delete. To add a new trap, click Add Access Control. 3. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field IP Address Description The IP Address of the SNMP agent. Subnet Mask The network mask used to determine the list of allowed SNMP managers. Community The community string to which the agent belongs. Most agents are configured to listen for traps in the Public community. Access Type Access will be either read only (ROcommunity) or read-write (RWcommunity). Save Click to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 177 Section 9 - Maintenance SNMP System Info Path: Maintenance > Management > SNMP > SNMP System Info To create a new SNMP trap: 1. Click Maintenance > Management > SNMP > SNMP System Info tab. 2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field Description SysContact The name of the contact person for this router. Examples: admin, John Doe. SysLocation The physical location of the router: Example: Rack #2, 4th Floor. SysName Save A name given for easy identification of the router. Click to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 178 Section 9 - Maintenance Diagnostics Ping an IP Address/Domain Name Path: Maintenance > Management > Diagnostics > Network Tools As part of the diagnostics functions on the router, you can ping an IP address or domain name. You can use this function to test connectivity between the router and another device on the network or the Internet. 1. Click Maintenance > Diagnostics > Network Tools tab. 2. Under Command Output for Ping and Traceroute, in the IP Address/Domain Name field, enter an IP address or domain name. 3. Click Ping. The results will appear in the Command Output display below. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 179 Section 9 - Maintenance Using Traceroute Path: Maintenance > Management > Diagnostics > Network Tools The router provides a Traceroute function that lets you map the network path to a public host. Up to 30 “hops” between this router and the destination will be displayed. 1. Click Maintenance > Diagnostics > Network Tools tab. 2. Under Command Output for Ping and Traceroute, in the IP Address/Domain Name field, enter an IP address or domain name. 3. Click Traceroute. The results will appear in the Command Output display below. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 180 Section 9 - Maintenance Performing DNS Lookups Path: Maintenance > Management > Diagnostics > Network Tools The router provides a DNS lookup function that lets you retrieve the IP address of a Web, FTP, Mail, or any other server on the Internet. 1. Click Maintenance > Diagnostics > Network Tools tab. 2. Under DNS Lookup, in the Domain Name field, enter an Internet name. 3. Click Lookup. The results will appear in the Command Output display. If the host or domain entry exists, a response will appear with the IP address. If the message Host Unknown appears, the Internet name does not exist. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 181 Section 9 - Maintenance Capture Packets Path: Maintenance > Management > Diagnostics > Capture Packets The router lets you capture all packets that pass through the LAN and WAN interfaces. The packet trace is limited to 1MB of data per capture session. If the capture file size exceeds 1MB, it is deleted automatically and a new capture file is created. 1. Click Maintenance > Diagnostics > Capture Packets tab. 2. Select an interface from the drop-down menu. 3. Click Start Trace. The trace can be downloaded by clicking the Download button, which will immediately begin the download to the browser’s default download location. To stop the trace click Stop Trace. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 182 Section 9 - Maintenance System Check Path: Maintenance > Management > Diagnostics > System Check As part of the diagnostics functions on the router, you can view the static and dynamic routes for both IPv4 and IPv6. 1. Click Maintenance > Diagnostics > System Check tab. 2. Click Display IPv4 Table or Display IPv6 Table. The results will appear in the Command Output display. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 183 Section 9 - Maintenance Power Saving Path: Maintenance > Management > Power Saving The router allows you to adjust the power consumption of the hardware based on your actual usage. The two “green” options available for your LAN switch are Power Saving by Link Status and Length Detection State. 1. Click Maintenance > Diagnostics > Power Saving. 2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field Description By Link Status With “Power Saving by Link Status” option toggled to ON, the total power consumption by the LAN switch is dependent function of on the number of connected ports. The overall current draw when a single port is connected is less than when all the ports are connected. By Cable Length Detection With “Length Detection State” option toggled to ON, the overall current supplied to a LAN port is reduced when a smaller cable length is connected on a LAN port. Save Click to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 184 Section 9 - Maintenance Firmware Upgrade You can upgrade to a newer firmware version from the Administration web page. In the Firmware Upgrade section, to upgrade your firmware, click Browse, locate and select the firmware image on your host, and click Upgrade. After the new firmware image is validated, the new image is written to flash and the router will automatically reboot with the new firmware. Warning: During the firmware upgrade, do NOT try to go online, turn off the DSR, shut down your PC, or interrupt the process in anyway until the operation is complete. This should take only a minute or so including the reboot process. Interrupting the upgrade process at specific points when the flash is being written to may corrupt the flash memory and render the router unusable without a low-level process of restoring the flash firmware (not through the web GUI). Check Update Path: Maintenance > Firmware > Firmware Upgrade This router supports an automated notification to determine if a newer firmware version is available for this router. By clicking the Check Now button in the notification section, the router will check a D-Link server to see if a newer firmware version for this router is available for download. To see if a new version is available: 1. Click Maintenance > Firmware > Firmware Upgrade > Check Update tab. 2. Click Check Now. If new firmware is available or if you have the most current version a message will appear under Status. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 185 Section 9 - Maintenance Using PC To upgrade the firmware from a PC: 1. Download the latest firmware version from the D-Link support website. 2. Once downloaded, log in to the router and click Maintenance > Firmware > Firmware Upgrade > Using System (PC) tab. 3. Click Browse and locate the firmware file you downloaded. Select it and click Open. 4. Click Upgrade. Note: The upgrade process takes a few minutes. Do not interrupt the upgrade or turn off the router; otherwise you can damage the firmware. Wait for the upgrade to complete before browsing any sites from your browser. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 186 Section 9 - Maintenance Using USB To upgrade the firmware using a USB thumb drive: 1. Download the latest firmware version from the D-Link support website and copy the file to a USB thumb drive. 2. Plug the USB thumb drive into a USB port on the router. 3. Log in to the router and click Maintenance > Firmware > Firmware Upgrade > Using USB tab. 4. Select the firmware file from the list and click Upgrade. Note: The upgrade process takes a few minutes. Do not interrupt the upgrade or turn off the router; otherwise you can damage the firmware. Wait for the upgrade to complete before browsing any sites from your browser. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 187 Section 9 - Maintenance Configuration Files Backup Path: Maintenance > Firmware > Backup / Restore After you configure the router, you can back up the configuration settings. When you back up the settings, they are saved as a file. You can then use the file to restore the settings on the same router if something goes wrong or on a different router (must be the same model) that will replace the existing router. To backup your configuration files: 1. Click Maintenance > Firmware > Backup / Restore tab. 2. To save the file to your computer, click Save to System (PC). If you have a USB thumb drive connected to the router, you can click Save to USB Port 1 (or Port 2). D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 188 Section 9 - Maintenance Restore To restore your settings from a saved backup file: 1. Click Maintenance > Firmware > Backup / Restore. 2. To restore the file from your computer, click Browse and select the file. Click Open and then click Restore. To restore the file from a USB thumb drive, select the file in the list under the corresponding USB port and click Restore. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 189 Section 9 - Maintenance Configuration Settings If there is a USB storage device currently plugged in to the router, you can enable auto-backup. The snapshot of current configuration settings will be updated on the USB storage device and overwrite any files with the same filename (i.e., if there was an earlier configuration backup done to this location). 1. Click Maintenance > Firmware > Backup / Restore > Configuration Settings tab. 2. Toggle Backup Configuration to USB Automatically to ON to automatically save your configuration settings to a file on your USB storage device. 3. Toggle Encrypt Configuration File to ON to encrypt the configuration file. This will ensure confidential information like system username/passwords are not available for view by unauthorized sources. Enabling this option will apply to configuration files backed up on the host as well as a USB drive. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 190 Section 9 - Maintenance Soft Reboot Performing a soft reboot simply performs a power cycle. 1. Click Maintenance > Firmware > Soft Reboot. 2. Click Soft Reboot. The router will power cycle. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 191 Section 9 - Maintenance Reset to Factory Default Settings If you reset the router to its factory default settings, it returns to the state when it was new — all changes you made to the default configuration are lost. Examples of settings that get restored include critical things you need to get online, such as login password, SSID, IP addresses, and wireless security keys. 1. Click Maintenance > Firmware > Soft Reboot. 2. Click Default. The router will power cycle and reset all settings to the default values. Note: After restoring to the factory default settings, the router’s default LAN IP address is 192.168.10.1, the default login user name is ‘admin’, and the default login password is ‘admin’. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 192 Section 9 - Maintenance Log Settings The router allows you capture log messages. You can monitor the type of traffic that goes through the router and be notified of potential attacks or errors when they are detected by the controller. The following sections describe the log configuration settings and the ways you can access these logs. Defining What to Log Path: Maintenance > Logs Settings > Log Facilities The Facility Logs page lets you determine the granularity of logs to receive from the wireless controller. Select one of the following facilities: • Kernel: The Linux kernel. Log messages that correspond to this facility would correspond to traffic through the firewall or network stack. • System: Application and management-level features available on this router for managing the unit. • Local1-UTM: This facility corresponds to IPS (Intrusion Prevention System) which helps in detecting malicious intrusion attempts from the WAN. • Local0-Wireless: This facility corresponds to the 802.11 driver used for providing AP functionality to your network. 1. Click Maintenance > Log Settings > Log Facilities. 2. Select the facility and then toggle ON which events you want to log and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 193 Section 9 - Maintenance For each facility, the following events (in order of severity) can be logged: • Emergency: system is unusable • Alert: action must be taken immediately • Critical: critical conditions • Error: error conditions • Warning: warning conditions • Notification: normal but significant condition • Information: informational • Debugging: debug-level messages When a particular severity level is selected, all events with severity equal to and greater than the chosen severity are captured. For example if you have configured CRITICAL level logging for the Wireless facility, then 802.11 logs with severities CRITICAL, ALERT, and EMERGENCY are logged. The display for logging can be customized based on whether the logs are sent to the Event Log viewer in the web management interface (the Event Log viewer is in the Status > System Information > All Logs > Current Logs) or a remote Syslog server for later review. E-mail logs, discussed in a subsequent section, follow the same configuration as logs configured for a Syslog server. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 194 Section 9 - Maintenance Routing Logs Path: Maintenance > Logs Settings > Routing Logs Traffic can be tracked based on whether the packet was accepted or dropped by the firewall. Denial of service attacks, general attack information, login attempts, dropped packets, and similar events can be captured for review. Note: Enabling logging options may generate a significant volume of log messages and is recommended for debugging purposes only. Traffic through each network segment (LAN, WAN, DMZ) can be tracked based on whether the packet was accepted or dropped by the firewall. Accepted Packets are those that were successfully transferred through the corresponding network segment (i.e., LAN to WAN). This option is particularly useful when the Default Outbound Policy is “Block Always” so you can monitor traffic that is passed through the firewall. Dropped Packets are packets that were intentionally blocked from being transferred through the corresponding network segment. This option is useful when the Default Outbound Policy is “Allow Always”. 1. Click Maintenance > Log Settings > Routing Logs. 2. Toggle which events you want to log to ON and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 195 Section 9 - Maintenance System Logs Path: Maintenance > Logs Settings > System Logs In addition to network segment logging, unicast and multicast traffic can be logged. Unicast packets have a single destination on the network, whereas broadcast (or multicast) packets are sent to all possible destinations simultaneously. One other useful log control is to log packets that are dropped due to configured bandwidth profiles over a particular interface. This data will indicate to the admin whether the bandwidth profile has to be modified to account for the desired internet traffic of LAN users. 1. Click Maintenance > Log Settings > System Logs. 2. Toggle which events you want to log to ON and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 196 Section 9 - Maintenance Remote Logs Path: Maintenance > Logs Settings > Remote Logs Once you have configured the type of logs that you want the router to collect, they can be sent to either a Syslog server or an E-Mail address. For remote logging a key configuration field is the Remote Log Identifier. Every logged message will contain the configured prefix of the Remote Log Identifier, so that syslog servers or email addresses that receive logs from more than one router can sort for the relevant device’s logs. Once you enable the option to e-mail logs, enter the e-mail server’s address (IP address or FQDN) of the SMTP server. The router will connect to this server when sending e-mails out to the configured addresses. The SMTP port and return e-mail addresses are required fields to allow the router to package the logs and send a valid e-mail that is accepted by one of the configured “send-to” addresses. Up to three e-mail addresses can be configured as log recipients. In order to establish a connection with the configured SMTP port and server, define the server’s authentication requirements. The router supports Login Plain (no encryption) or CRAM-MD5 (encrypted) for the username and password data to be sent to the SMTP server. Authentication can be disabled if the server does not have this requirement. In some cases the SMTP server may send out IDENT requests, and this router can have this response option enabled as needed. Once the e-mail server and recipient details are defined you can determine when the router should send out logs. E-mail logs can be sent out based on a defined schedule by first choosing the unit (i.e., the frequency) of sending logs: Hourly, Daily, or Weekly. Selecting Never will disable log e-mails but will preserve the e-mail server settings. 1. Click Maintenance > Log Settings > Remote Logs. 2. Complete the fields from the table on the next page and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 197 Section 9 - Maintenance Field Description Remote Log Identifier Enter a prefix used to identify the source of the message. This identifier is prefixed to both e-mail and Syslog messages. E-Mail Log E-Mail Server Address SMTP Port Return E-Mail Address Send to E-Mail Address (1-3) Toggle to ON to enable E-Mail logs. Enter the IP address or network address of the SMTP server. The router will connect to this server to send e-mail logs when required. The SMTP server must be operational for e-mail notifications to be received. Enter the SMTP port of the e-mail server. Enter the e-mail address where replies from the SMTP server are to be sent (required for failure messages). Enter up to three e-mail addresses where logs and alerts are to be sent. Authentication with SMTP Select an authentication if the SMTP server requires authentication before accepting connections. Choices are: • None: No authentication is used. The User Name and Password fields are not available. • Login Plain: Authentication used to log in using Base64-encoded passwords over non-encrypted communication session. Base64-encoded passwords offer no cryptographic protection, making them vulnerable. • CRAM-MD5: A challenge-response authentication mechanism defined in RFC 2195 based on the HMAC-MD5 MAC algorithm. CRAM-MD5 offers a higher level of authentication than Login Plain. User Name If Authentication with SMTP is set to Login Plain or CRAM-MD5, enter the user name to be used for authentication. Password If Authentication with SMTP is set to Login Plain or CRAM-MD5, enter the case-sensitive password to be used for authentication. Respond to identd from SMTP Toggle to ON to have the router respond to IDENT requests from the SMTP server. Unit Select the period of time that you need to send the log. This option is useful when you do not want to receive logs by e-mail, but want to keep e-mail options configured, so you can use the Send Log function Event Log viewer pages. Choices are: • Never: Disable sending of logs. • Hourly: Send logs every hour. • Daily: Send logs every day at the Time specified. • Weekly: Send logs weekly, at the Day and Time specified. Day If Unit is set to Weekly, select the day of the week when logs will be sent. Time If Unit is set to Daily or Weekly, select the time when logs will be sent. Save Click to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 198 Section 9 - Maintenance Syslog Server Path: Maintenance > Logs Settings > Syslog Server An external Syslog server is often used to collect and store logs from the router. This remote device typically has less memory constraints than the local Event Viewer on the router. Therefore, a number of logs can be collected over a sustained period. This is useful for debugging network issues or to monitor router traffic over a long duration. The router supports eight concurrent Syslog servers. Each server can be configured to receive different log facility messages of varying severity using the Remote Logs page. This page also lets you send configuration logs to three email recipients. 1. Click Maintenance > Log Settings > Syslog Server. 2. Complete the fields from the table on the next page and click Save. Field Syslog Server 1 FQDN / IP Address Description Toggle to ON to setup a Syslog server. Enter the IP address or Internet Name of the Syslog server. Facility Select which facility you want to log. Refer to “Defining What to Log” on page 193 for definitions. Severity Select the severity level you want to log. Refer to “Defining What to Log” on page 193 for definitions. Syslog Server 2-8 Save Toggle to ON to setup another Syslog server. Repeat the fields above for each server you want to setup. Click to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 199 Section 9 - Maintenance Event Logs Path: Maintenance > Logs Settings > Event Logs The router’s web management interface displays configured log messages from the Status menu. When traffic through or to the router matches settings in the Facility Logs page or Routing Logs page, the corresponding log message will appear in this window with a timestamp. 1. Click Maintenance > Log Settings > Event Logs. 2. Toggle to ON and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 200 Section 9 - Maintenance IPv6 Logs Path: Maintenance > Logs Settings > IPv6 Logs This page allows you to configure what IPv6 events you want to log. 1. Click Maintenance > Log Settings > IPv6 Logs. 2. Complete the fields from the table below and click Save. Field Description LAN to WAN Accepted Packets Toggle to ON to log accepted packets. Dropped Packets Toggle to ON to log dropped packets. WAN Accepted Packets Toggle to ON to log accepted packets. Dropped Packets Toggle to ON to log dropped packets. Save Click to save and activate your settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 201 Section 9 - Maintenance SMS Logging Path: Maintenance > Logs Settings > SMS logging This page allows the user to get events based SMS on configured mobile number. 1. Click Maintenance > Log Settings >SMS logging 2. Enter the phone number and toggle On for events from the table below 3. Click Save Field Description Mobile Number Enter a valid mobile number to receive SMS message WAN Up/Down Toggle to On to receive SMS based on WAN UP/Down event. VPN Connect/Disconnect CPU/Memory usage reaches 80% Toggle to On to receive SMS whenever VPN tunnel connects or disconnects. Toggle to On to receive SMS whenever CPU/Memory utilization reaches to 80%. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 202 Section 10 - Status and Statistics Status and Statistics Dashboard Path: Status > Dashboard The router provides a dashboard that displays about the resources the system is using. The dashboard page is organized into the following sections: Field Traffic Overview WAN Ports Bandwidth Usage VPNs Traffic Information Description Displays a chart of traffic overview by service for each interface. Displays a chart of traffic overview by bandwidth and packet information for WAN traffic. Displays bandwidth usage by network segment such as WAN or LAN. The data is broken into by applications service such as HTTP, HTTPS, DNS, SNMP, and others. Displays a chart of VPN traffic by bandwidth and number of tunnels. Displays a grid of traffic statistics for each interface. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 203 Section 10 - Status and Statistics Manage Dashboard To manage the dashboard: 1. Click on the Manage Dashboard button. 2. The following window will pop out and allow you to enable or disable the overview panels shown on the dashboard. Toggle the panel to ON or OFF and click Save. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 204 Section 10 - Status and Statistics System Path: Status > System Information > Device > System The System Info page displays the current system name, firmware version, hardware version, and serial number. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 205 Section 10 - Status and Statistics LAN Info Path: Status > System Information > Device > LAN The LAN Information page summarizes the LAN settings including MAC address, IP address, and link state. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 206 Section 10 - Status and Statistics WAN1 Path: Status > System Information > Device > WAN1 The WAN1 Information page summarizes the WAN1 port settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 207 Section 10 - Status and Statistics WAN2 Path: Status > System Information > Device > WAN2 The WAN2 Information page summarizes the WAN2 port settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 208 Section 10 - Status and Statistics WAN3 Path: Status > System Information > Device > WAN3 The WAN3 Information page summarizes the WAN3 settings. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 209 Section 10 - Status and Statistics Wireless Path: Status > System Information > Device > Wireless The Wireless Information page displays traffic statistics for each enabled access point. This page will give a snapshot of how much traffic is being transmitted over each wireless link. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 210 Section 10 - Status and Statistics All Logs Current Logs Path: Status > System Information > All Logs > Current Logs The Current Logs window displays configured log messages from the router as they appear. Each log will appear with a timestamp as determined by the router's configured time. If remote logging such as a Syslog server or e-mail logging is configured, the same logs are sent to the remote interface while being displayed here. Click Clear All to remove all entries in the Display Logs screen or click Send Logs to send all logs in the Current Logs screen to preconfigured e-mail recipients. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 211 Section 10 - Status and Statistics Firewall Logs Path: Status > System Information > All Logs > Firewall Logs The Firewall Logs window displays configured firewall event messages from the router as they appear. Each log will appear with a timestamp as determined by the router's configured time. Click Clear All to remove all entries in the Display Logs screen or click Send Logs to send all logs in the Current Logs screen to preconfigured e-mail recipients. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 212 Section 10 - Status and Statistics IPSec VPN Logs Path: Status > System Information > All Logs > IPSec VPN Logs The IPSec VPN Logs window displays IPSec VPN event messages from the router as they appear. Each log will appear with a timestamp as determined by the router's configured time. Click Clear All to remove all entries in the Display Logs screen or click Send Logs to send all logs in the Current Logs screen to preconfigured e-mail recipients. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 213 Section 10 - Status and Statistics SSL VPN Logs Path: Status > System Information > All Logs > SSL VPN Logs The SSL VPN Logs window displays SSL VPN event messages from the router as they appear. Each log will appear with a timestamp as determined by the router's configured time. Click Clear All to remove all entries in the Display Logs screen or click Send Logs to send all logs in the Current Logs screen to preconfigured e-mail recipients. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 214 Section 10 - Status and Statistics USB Status Path: Status > System Information > USB Status The USB Status page summarizes the USB devices connected to the router. You may connect USB printer and USB storage device directly to the router. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 215 Section 10 - Status and Statistics Network Information DHCP Leased Clients Path: Status > Network Information > DHCP Clients Three separated tabs display a list of clients whom get IP leased from the router: LAN leased clients, IPv6 leased clients, and DMZ leased clients. LAN Leased Clients IPv6 Leased Clients DMZ Leased Clients D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 216 Section 10 - Status and Statistics Active Sessions Path: Status > Network Information > Active Sessions This table lists the active internet sessions through the router’s firewall. The session’s protocol, state, local, and remote IP addresses are shown. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 217 Section 10 - Status and Statistics Active VPNs Path: Status > Network Information > Active VPNs You can view and change the status (connect or drop) of the router’s VPN associations/connections. Here, the active VPN associations/connections are listed along with the traffic details and tunnel state. The traffic is a cumulative measure of transmitted/received packets since the tunnel was established. IPSec SAs SSL VPN Connections PPTP VPN Connections OpenVPN Connections L2TP VPN Connections D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 218 Section 10 - Status and Statistics Interface Statistics Path: Status > Network Information > Interfaces Statistics This page displays packet information on the LAN, VLAN, and WLAN interfaces. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 219 Section 10 - Status and Statistics View Wireless Clients Path: Status > Network Information > Wireless Clients The clients connected to a particular AP can be viewed on this page. Connected clients are sorted by the MAC address and indicate the security parameters used by the wireless link, as well as the time connected to the corresponding AP. The statistics table has auto-refresh control which allows display of the most current port level data at each page refresh. The default auto-refresh for this page is 10 seconds. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 220 Section 10 - Status and Statistics Device Stats Path: Status > Network Information > Device Stats Detailed transmit and receive statistics for each physical port are presented here. Each interface (WAN1, WAN2/ DMZ, LAN, and VLANs) have port specific packet level information provided for review. Transmitted/received packets, port collisions, and the cumulating bytes/sec for transmit/receive directions are provided for each interface along with the port up time. If you suspect issues with any of the wired ports, this table will help diagnose uptime or transmit level issues with the port. The statistics table has auto-refresh control which allows display of the most current port level data at each page refresh. The default auto-refresh for this page is 10 seconds. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 221 Section 10 - Status and Statistics Wireless Statistics Path: Status > Network Information > Wireless Statistics The Wireless Statistics page displays the incrementing traffic statistics for each enabled access point. This page will give a snapshot of how much traffic is being transmitted over each wireless link. If you suspect that a radio or VAP may be down, the details on this page would confirm if traffic is being sent and received through the VAP. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 222 Section 10 - Status and Statistics View LAN Clients Path: Status > Network Information > LAN Clients The LAN clients to the router are identified by an ARP scan through the LAN switch. The NetBIOS name (if available), IP address, and MAC address of discovered LAN hosts are displayed. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 223 Section 11 - Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Internet Connection Symptom: You cannot access the router’s web-configuration interface from a PC on your LAN. Recommended action: 1. Check the Ethernet connection between the PC and the router. 2. Ensure that your PC’s IP address is on the same subnet as the router. If you are using the recommended addressing scheme, your PC’s address should be in the range 192.168.10.2 to 192.168.10.254. 3. Check your PC’s IP address. If the PC cannot reach a DHCP server, some versions of Windows and Mac OS generate and assign an IP address. These auto-generated addresses are in the range 169.254.x.x. If your IP address is in this range, check the connection from the PC to the firewall and reboot your PC. 4. If your router’s IP address has changed and you don’t know what it is, reset the router configuration to factory defaults (this sets the firewall’s IP address to 192.168.10.1). 5. If you do not want to reset to factory default settings and lose your configuration, reboot the router and use a packet sniffer (such as Ethereal™) to capture packets sent during the reboot. Look at the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) packets to locate the router’s LAN interface address. 6. Launch your browser and ensure that Java, JavaScript, or ActiveX is enabled. If you are using Internet Explorer, click Refresh to ensure that the Java applet is loaded. Close the browser and launch it again. 7. Ensure that you are using the correct login information. The factory default login name is admin and the password is password. Ensure that CAPS LOCK is off when entering this information. Symptom: Router does not save configuration changes. Recommended action: 1. When entering configuration settings, click Apply before moving to another menu or tab; otherwise your changes are lost. 2. Click Refresh or Reload in the browser. Your changes may have been made, but the browser may be caching the old configuration. Symptom: Router cannot access the Internet. Possible cause: If you use dynamic IP addresses, your router may not have requested an IP address from the ISP. Recommended action: 1. Launch your browser and go to an external site such as www.google.com. 2. Access the firewall’s configuration main menu at http://192.168.10.1. 3. Select Monitoring > Router Status. 4. Ensure that an IP address is shown for the WAN port. If 0.0.0.0 is shown, your firewall has not obtained an IP address from your ISP. See the next symptom. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 224 Section 11 - Troubleshooting Symptom: Router cannot obtain an IP address from the ISP. Recommended action: 1. Turn off power to the cable or DSL modem. 2. Turn off the router. 3. Wait five minutes, and then reapply power to the cable or DSL modem. 4. When the modem LEDs indicate that it has resynchronized with the ISP, reapply power to the router. If the router still cannot obtain an ISP address, see the next symptom. Symptom: Router still cannot obtain an IP address from the ISP. Recommended action: 1. Ask your ISP if it requires a login program — PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE) or some other type of login. 2. If yes, verify that your configured login name and password are correct. 3. Ask your ISP if it checks for your PC’s hostname. 4. If yes, select Network Configuration > WAN Settings > Ethernet ISP Settings and set the account name to the PC hostname of your ISP account. 5. Ask your ISP if it allows only one Ethernet MAC address to connect to the Internet, and therefore checks for your PC’s MAC address. 6. If yes, inform your ISP that you have bought a new network device, and ask them to use the firewall’s MAC address. 7. Alternatively, select Network Configuration > WAN Settings > Ethernet ISP Settings and configure your router to spoof your PC’s MAC address. Symptom: Router can obtain an IP address, but PC is unable to load Internet pages. Recommended action: 1. Ask your ISP for the addresses of its designated Domain Name System (DNS) servers. Configure your PC to recognize those addresses. For details, see your operating system documentation. 2. On your PC, configure the router to be its TCP/IP gateway. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 225 Section 11 - Troubleshooting Date and time Symptom: Date shown is January 1, 1970. Possible cause: The router has not yet successfully reached a network time server (NTS). Recommended action: 1. If you have just configured the router, wait at least five minutes, select Administration > Time Zone, and recheck the date and time. 2. Verify your Internet access settings. Symptom: Time is off by one hour. Possible cause: The router does not automatically adjust for Daylight Savings Time. Recommended action: 1. Select Administration > Time Zone and view the current date and time settings. 2. Click to check or uncheck “Automatically adjust for Daylight Savings Time”, then click Apply. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 226 Section 11 - Troubleshooting Pinging to Test LAN Connectivity Most TCP/IP terminal devices and firewalls contain a ping utility that sends an ICMP echo-request packet to the designated device. The DSR responds with an echo reply. Troubleshooting a TCP/IP network is made very easy by using the ping utility in your PC or workstation. Testing the LAN path from your PC to your router 1. From the PC’s Windows toolbar, Click Start and in the search box at the bottom, type cmd and press Enter. 2. At the prompt, type ping where is the router’s IP address. Example: ping 192.168.10.1. 3. Press Enter. 4. Observe the display: • If the path is working, you will see this message sequence: Pinging with 32 bytes of data Reply from : bytes=32 time=NN ms TTL=xxx • If the path is not working, you will see this message sequence: Pinging with 32 bytes of data Request timed out 5. If the path is not working, Test the physical connections between PC and router: • If the LAN port LED is off, go to the “LED displays” section on your Install Guide and follow instructions for “LAN or Internet port LEDs are not lit.” • Verify that the corresponding link LEDs are lit for your network interface card and for any hub ports that are connected to your workstation and firewall. 6. If the path is still not up, test the network configuration: • Verify that the Ethernet card driver software and TCP/IP software are installed and configured on the PC. • Verify that the IP address for the router and PC are correct and on the same subnet. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 227 Section 11 - Troubleshooting Testing the LAN path from your PC to a remote device 1. From the PC’s Windows toolbar, Click Start and in the search box at the bottom, type cmd and press Enter. 2. Type ping -n 10 where -n 10 specifies a maximum of 10 tries and is the IP address of a remote device such as your ISP’s DNS server. Example: ping -n 10 10.1.1.1. 3. Press Enter and then observe the display (see the previous procedure). 4. If the path is not working, do the following: • Check that the PC has the IP address of your firewall listed as the default gateway. (If the IP configuration of your PC is assigned by DHCP, this information is not visible in your PC’s Network Control Panel.) • Verify that the network (subnet) address of your PC is different from the network address of the remote device. • Verify that the cable or DSL modem is connected and functioning. • Ask your ISP if it assigned a hostname to your PC. If yes, select Network Configuration > WAN Settings > Ethernet ISP Settings and enter that hostname as the ISP account name. • Ask your ISP if it rejects the Ethernet MAC addresses of all but one of your PCs. Many broadband ISPs restrict access by allowing traffic from the MAC address of only your broadband modem; but some ISPs additionally restrict access to the MAC address of just a single PC connected to that modem. If this is the case, configure your firewall to clone or spoof the MAC address from the authorized PC. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 228 Section 11 - Troubleshooting Restoring factory-default configuration settings To restore factory-default configuration settings, do either of the following: 1. Do you know the account password and IP address? • If yes, select Maintenance > Firmware & Config > Soft Reboot and click Default. • If no, do the following: On the rear panel of the router, press and hold the Reset button about 10 seconds, until the test LED lights and then blinks. Release the button and wait for the router to reboot. 2. If the router does not restart automatically; manually restart it to make the default settings effective. 3. After a restore to factory defaults —whether initiated from the configuration interface or the Reset button — the following settings apply: • LAN IP address: 192.168.10.1 • Username: admin • Password: admin • DHCP server on LAN: enabled • WAN port configuration: Get configuration via DHCP D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 229 Appendix A - Glossary Appendix A - Glossary ARP Address Resolution Protocol. Broadcast protocol for mapping IP addresses to MAC addresses. CHAP Challenge-Handshake Authentication Protocol. Protocol for authenticating users to an ISP. DDNS Dynamic DNS. System for updating domain names in real time. Allows a domain name to be assigned to a device with a dynamic IP address. DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. Protocol for allocating IP addresses dynamically so that addresses can be reused when hosts no longer need them. DNS Domain Name System. Mechanism for translating H.323 IDs, URLs, or e-mail IDs into IP addresses. Also used to assist in locating remote gatekeepers and to map IP addresses to hostnames of administrative domains. FQDN Fully qualified domain name. Complete domain name, including the host portion. Example: serverA.companyA.com. FTP File Transfer Protocol. Protocol for transferring files between network nodes. HTTP Hypertext Transfer Protocol. Protocol used by web browsers and web servers to transfer files. IKE Internet Key Exchange. Mode for securely exchanging encryption keys in ISAKMP as part of building a VPN tunnel. IPsec IP security. Suite of protocols for securing VPN tunnels by authenticating or encrypting IP packets in a data stream. IPsec operates in either transport mode (encrypts payload but not packet headers) or tunnel mode (encrypts both payload and packet headers). ISAKMP Internet Key Exchange Security Protocol. Protocol for establishing security associations and cryptographic keys on the Internet. ISP Internet service provider. MAC Address Media-access-control address. Unique physical-address identifier attached to a network adapter. MTU Maximum transmission unit. Size, in bytes, of the largest packet that can be passed on. The MTU for Ethernet is a 1500-byte packet. NAT Network Address Translation. Process of rewriting IP addresses as a packet passes through a router or firewall. NAT enables multiple hosts on a LAN to access the Internet using the single public IP address of the LAN’s gateway router. NetBIOS Microsoft Windows protocol for file sharing, printer sharing, messaging, authentication, and name resolution. NTP Network Time Protocol. Protocol for synchronizing a router to a single clock on the network, known as the clock master. PAP Password Authentication Protocol. Protocol for authenticating users to a remote access server or ISP. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 230 Appendix A - Glossary PPPoE Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet. Protocol for connecting a network of hosts to an ISP without the ISP having to manage the allocation of IP addresses. PPTP Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol. Protocol for creation of VPNs for the secure transfer of data from remote clients to private servers over the Internet. RADIUS Remote Authentication Dial-In User Service. Protocol for remote user authentication and accounting. Provides centralized management of usernames and passwords. RSA Rivest-Shamir-Adleman. Public key encryption algorithm. TCP Transmission Control Protocol. Protocol for transmitting data over the Internet with guaranteed reliability and in-order delivery. UDP User Data Protocol. Protocol for transmitting data over the Internet quickly but with no guarantee of reliability or in-order delivery. VPN Virtual private network. Network that enables IP traffic to travel securely over a public TCP/IP network by encrypting all traffic from one network to another. Uses tunneling to encrypt all information at the IP level. WINS Windows Internet Name Service. Service for name resolution. Allows clients on different IP subnets to dynamically resolve addresses, register themselves, and browse the network without sending broadcasts. XAUTH IKE Extended Authentication. Method, based on the IKE protocol, for authenticating not just devices (which IKE authenticates) but also users. User authentication is performed after device authentication and before IPsec negotiation. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 231 Appendix B - Factory Default Settings Appendix B - Factory Default Settings Feature Device Login Internet Connection Local Area Network (LAN) Firewall D-Link DSR-Series User Manual Description Default Settings User Login URL http://192.168.10.1 User Name admin Password admin WAN MAC Address Use default address WAN MTU size 1500 Port Speed Autosense IP Address 192.168.10.1 IPv4 Subnet Mask 255.255.255.0 RIP Direction None RIP Version Disabled RIP Authentication Disabled DHCP Server Enabled DHCP Starting IP Address 192.168.10.2 DHCP Ending IP Address 192.168.10.100 Time Zone GMT Daylight Saving Time Disabled SNMP Disabled Remote Management Disabled Inbound Communication from Internet Disabled (except Port 80 HTTP) Outbound Communication to Internet Enabled (all) Source MAC Filtering Disabled Stealth Mode Enabled 232 Appendix C - Standard Services Available for Port Forwarding & Firewall Configuration Appendix C - Standard Services for Port Forwarding & Firewall Configuration • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • ANY AIM BGP BOOTP_CLIENT BOOTP_SERVER CU-SEEME:UDP CU-SEEME:TCP DNS:UDP DNS:TCP FINGER FTP HTTP HTTPS ICMP-TYPE-3 ICMP-TYPE-4 ICMP-TYPE-5 ICMP-TYPE-6 ICMP-TYPE-7 ICMP-TYPE-8 ICMP-TYPE-9 ICMP-TYPE-10 ICMP-TYPE-11 ICMP-TYPE-13 ICQ IMAP2 IMAP3 IRC D-Link DSR-Series User Manual • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • NEWS NFS NNTP PING POP3 PPTP RCMD REAL-AUDIO REXEC RLOGIN RTELNET RTSP:TCP RTSP:UDP SFTP SMTP SNMP:TCP SNMP:UDP SNMP-TRAPS:TCP SNMP-TRAPS:UDP SQL-NET SSH:TCP SSH:UDP STRMWORKS TACACS TELNET TFTP VDOLIVE 233 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Appendix D - Log Output Reference Facility: System (Networking) Log Message Severity DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d DEBUG networkIntable.txt not found DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR Interface is already deleted in bridge DEBUG ddnsDisable failed ERROR removing %s from bridge %s... %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR adding %s to bridge %s... %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR stopping bridge... DEBUG ddnsDisable failed ERROR stopping bridge... DEBUG failed to call ddns enable ERROR stopping bridge... DEBUG ddnsDisable failed ERROR %s:DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR Wan is not up DEBUG Error in executing DB update handler ERROR %s:DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR doDNS:failed DEBUG Illegal invocation of ddnsView (%s) ERROR doDNS:failed DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR doDNS:Result = FAILED DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR doDNS:Result SUCCESS DEBUG ddns: SQL error: %s ERROR Write Old Entry: %s %s %s: to %s DEBUG Illegal operation interface got deleted ERROR Write New Entry: %s %s #%s : to %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR Write Old Entry: %s %s %s: to %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR Write New Entry: %s %s #%s : to %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR ifStaticMgmtDBUpdateHandler: returning with “ DEBUG ddnsDisable failed ERROR nimfLinkStatusGet: buffer: \ DEBUG ddns: SQL error: %s ERROR DEBUG Failed to call ddns enable ERROR DEBUG ddns: SQL error: %s ERROR DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR DEBUG Failed to call ddns enable ERROR nimfLinkStatusGetErr: returning with status: %d nimfAdvOptSetWrap: current Mac Option: %d nimfAdvOptSetWrap: current Port Speed Option: %d nimfAdvOptSetWrap: current Mtu Option: %d D-Link DSR-Series User Manual Log Message BridgeConfig: too few arguments to command %s BridgeConfig: too few arguments to command %s Severity ERROR ERROR 234 Appendix D - Log Output Reference nimfAdvOptSetWrap: looks like we are reconnecting. “ DEBUG ddns: SQL error: %s ERROR nimfAdvOptSetWrap: Mtu Size: %d DEBUG ddnsDisable failed ERROR nimfAdvOptSetWrap: NIMF table is %s DEBUG ddns: SQL error: %s ERROR nimfAdvOptSetWrap:WAN_MODE TRIGGER DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR nimfAdvOptSetWrap: MTU: %d DEBUG Failed to call ddns enable ERROR nimfAdvOptSetWrap: MacAddress: %s DEBUG ddns: SQL error: %s ERROR nimfAdvOptSetWrap: old Mtu Flag: %d DEBUG ddnsDisable failed ERROR nimfAdvOptSetWrap: user has changed MTU option DEBUG ddns: SQL error: %s ERROR nimfAdvOptSetWrap: MTU: %d DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR nimfAdvOptSetWrap: old MTU size: %d DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR DEBUG ddnsDisable failed ERROR DEBUG ddns: SQL error: %s ERROR nimfAdvOptSetWrap: MacAddress: %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR Setting LED [%d]:[%d] For %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR l2tpEnable: command string: %s DEBUG ddnsDisable failed ERROR nimfAdvOptSetWrap: handling reboot scenario DEBUG failed to call ddns enable ERROR nimfAdvOptSetWrap: INDICATOR = %d DEBUG ddns: SQL error: %s ERROR nimfAdvOptSetWrap: UpdateFlag: %d DEBUG ddnsDisable failed ERROR DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR DEBUG Error in executing DB update handler ERROR nimfAdvOptSetWrap: old Port Speed Option: %d nimfAdvOptSetWrap: old Mac Address Option: %d nimfAdvOptSetWrap: returning with status: %s nimfGetUpdateMacFlag: MacTable Flag is: %d Failed to open the resolv.conf file. Exiting./n Could not write to the resolv.conf file. Exiting. nimfMacGet: Mac Option changed DEBUG nimfMacGet: Update Flag: %d DEBUG nimfMacGet: MacAddress: %s DEBUG Error opening the lanUptime File ERROR nimfMacGet: MacAddress: %s DEBUG Error Opening the lanUptime File. ERROR nimfMacGet: MacAddress: %s DEBUG failed to open %s ERROR nimfMacGet: MacAddress: %s DEBUG failed to open %s ERROR nimfMacGet: MacAddress: %s DEBUG failed to query networkInterface table ERROR nimfMacGet:Mac option Not changed \ DEBUG failed to query networkInterface table ERROR nimfMacGet: MacAddress: %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual ERROR ERROR 235 Appendix D - Log Output Reference nimfMacGet: MacAddress: %s DEBUG failed to enable IPv6 forwarding ERROR nimfMacGet: MacAddress: %s DEBUG failed to set capabilities on the “ ERROR nimfMacGet: returning with status: %s DEBUG failed to enable IPv6 forwarding ERROR Now in enableing LanBridge function DEBUG failed to set capabilities on the “ ERROR sucessfully executed the command %s DEBUG failed to disable IPv6 forwarding ERROR Now in disableing LanBridge function DEBUG failed to set capabilities on the “ ERROR sucessfully executed the command %s DEBUG failed to open %s ERROR configPortTblHandler:Now we are in Sqlite Update “ DEBUG Could not create ISATAP Tunnel ERROR The Old Configuration of ConfiPort was:%s DEBUG Could not destroy ISATAP Tunnel ERROR The New Configuration of ConfiPort was:%s DEBUG Could not configure ISATAP Tunnel ERROR The user has deselected the configurable port DEBUG Could not de-configure ISATAP Tunnel ERROR failed query %s DEBUG nimfStatusUpdate: updating NimfStatus failed ERROR failed query %s DEBUG nimfStatusUpdate: updating NimfStatus failed ERROR failed query %s DEBUG nimfLinkStatusGet: determinig link’s status failed ERROR %s:DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d DEBUG nimfLinkStatusGet: opening status file failed ERROR %s:DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d DEBUG Failed to commit ERROR %s:%d SIP ENABLE: %s DEBUG ifStatusDBUpdate: Failed to begin “ ERROR sipTblHandler:failed to update ifStatic DEBUG %s: SQL error: %s ERROR sipTblHandler:failed to update Configport DEBUG %s: Failed to commit “ ERROR %s:%d SIP DISABLE: %s DEBUG nimfNetIfaceTblHandler: unable to get LedPinId ERROR %s:%d SIP SET CONF: %s DEBUG nimfNetIfaceTblHandler: unable to get LedPinId ERROR Failed to open %s: %s DEBUG nimfNetIfaceTblHandler: unable to get LedPinId ERROR Failed to start sipalg DEBUG %s: unable to kill dhclient ERROR Failed to stop sipalg DEBUG nimfAdvOptSetWrap: unable to get current Mac Option ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 236 Appendix D - Log Output Reference nimfAdvOptSetWrap: unable to get current Port “ nimfAdvOptSetWrap: unable to get current MTU Option nimfAdvOptSetWrap: error getting Mac Address from “ nimfAdvOptSetWrap: unable to get the MTU nimfAdvOptSetWrap: error setting interface advanced “ nimfAdvOptSetWrap: error getting MTU size nimfAdvOptSetWrap: unable to get Mac Address nimfAdvOptSetWrap: error setting interface advanced “ nimfAdvOptSetWrap: failed to get old connectiontype nimfAdvOptSetWrap: old connection type is: %s nimfAdvOptSetWrap: failed to get old MTU Option nimfAdvOptSetWrap: error getting MTU size nimfOldFieldValueGet: failed to get old “ nimfOldFieldValueGet: user has changed MTU size nimfAdvOptSetWrap: failed to get old Port Speed “ nimfAdvOptSetWrap: user has changed Port Speed nimfAdvOptSetWrap: failed to get old Mac Address “ nimfAdvOptSetWrap: user has changed Mac Address “ nimfAdvOptSetWrap: unable to get Mac Address nimfAdvOptSetWrap:Failed to RESET the flag nimfAdvOptSetWrap: setting advanced options failed nimfAdvOptSetWrap: interface advanced options applied nimfGetUpdateMacFlag: unable to get Flag from MacTable nimfMacGet: Updating MAC address failed Failed to get config info DEBUG Network Mask: 0x%x DEBUG RTP DSCP Value: 0x%x DEBUG Need more arguments DEBUG Invalid lanaddr DEBUG Invalid lanmask DEBUG Invalid option DEBUG Failed to set config info DEBUG Unknown option DEBUG sshdTblHandler DEBUG pPort: %s DEBUG pProtocol: %s DEBUG pListerAddr: %s DEBUG pKeyBits: %s DEBUG pRootEnable: %s DEBUG pRsaEnable: %s DEBUG pDsaEnable: %s DEBUG pPassEnable: %s DEBUG pEmptyPassEnable: %s DEBUG pSftpEnable: %s DEBUG pScpEnable: %s DEBUG pSshdEnable: %s DEBUG pPrivSep: %s DEBUG %s:DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d DEBUG Re-Starting sshd daemon.... DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR sshd re-started successfully. DEBUG error executing the command %s ERROR sshd stopped . DEBUG error executing the command %s ERROR failed query %s DEBUG error executing the command %s ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR 237 Appendix D - Log Output Reference vlan disabled, not applying vlan configuration.. DEBUG disableLan function is failed to disable ConfigPort” ERROR failed query %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR failed query %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR no ports present in this vlanId %d DEBUG Unable to Disable configurable port from ERROR failed query %s DEBUG configPortTblHandler has failed ERROR vlan disabled, not applying vlan configuration.. DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR disabling vlan DEBUG Error in executing DB update handler ERROR enabling vlan DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR vlan disabled, not applying vlan configuration.. DEBUG no ports present in this vlanId %d DEBUG failed query %s DEBUG vlan disabled, not applying vlan configuration.. DEBUG removing %s from bridge%s... %s DEBUG adding %s to bridge%d... %s DEBUG restarting bridge... DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR [switchConfig] Ignoring event on port number %d DEBUG sqlite3_mprintf failed ERROR restarting bridge... DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR executing %s ... %s DEBUG removing %s from bridge%s... %s DEBUG adding %s to bridge%d... %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR [switchConfig] Ignoring event on %s DEBUG Could not get all the required variables to email the Logs. ERROR restarting bridge... DEBUG runSmtpClient failed ERROR [switchConfig] Ignoring event on port number %d DEBUG getaddrinfo returned %s ERROR [switchConfig] executing %s ... %s DEBUG file not found ERROR restarting bridge... DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR UserName: %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR Password: %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR IspName: %s DEBUG No memory to allocate ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual Failed to execute switchConfig for port\ Failed to execute switchConfig for port enable Failed to execute ifconfig for port enable Failed to execute ethtool for\ Failed to execute switchConfig for port disable Failed to execute ifconfig for port disable Failed to execute switchConfig for port mirroring Usage:%s ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR 238 Appendix D - Log Output Reference DialNumber: %s DEBUG Failed to Open SSHD Configuration File ERROR Apn: %s DEBUG Ipaddress should be provided with accessoption 1 ERROR GetDnsFromIsp: %s DEBUG Subnetaddress should be provided with accessoption 2 ERROR IdleTimeOutFlag: %s DEBUG Failed to restart sshd ERROR IdleTimeOutValue: %d DEBUG unable to open the “ ERROR AuthMetho: %d DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR executing %s ... %s DEBUG Error in executing DB update handler ERROR removing %s from bridge%d... %s DEBUG Error in executing DB update handler ERROR adding %s to bridge%d... %s DEBUG unknown vlan state ERROR stopping bridge... DEBUG Failed to execute vlanConfig binary for vlanId %d ERROR restarting bridge... DEBUG sqlite3_mprintf failed ERROR Could not configure 6to4 Tunnel Interface DEBUG Access port can be present only in single vlan ERROR Could not de-configure 6to4 Tunnel Interface DEBUG Failed to execute vlanConfig binary for vlanId %d ERROR failed to restart 6to4 tunnel interfaces DEBUG unknown vlan state ERROR BridgeConfig: too few arguments to command %s DEBUG Failed to execute vlanConfig binary for port number %d ERROR BridgeConfig: unsupported command %d DEBUG Failed to clear vlan for oldPVID %d ERROR BridgeConfig returned error=%d DEBUG Failed to execute vlanConfig binary for port number %d ERROR sqlite3QueryResGet failed DEBUG Failed to clear vlan for %d ERROR Error in executing DB update handler DEBUG Failed to set vlan entry for vlan %d ERROR sqlite3QueryResGet failed DEBUG Failed to set vlan entries, while enabling \ ERROR Failed to remove vlan Interface for vlanId \ DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR sqlite3QueryResGet failed DEBUG Failed to execute vlanConfig binary for port number %d ERROR Invalid oidp passed DEBUG Failed to execute vlanConfig binary for vlanId %d ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 239 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Invalid oidp passed DEBUG Failed to enable vlan ERROR Failed to get oid from the tree DEBUG Failed to disable vlan ERROR threegEnable: Input to wrapper %s DEBUG Failed to set vlanPort table entries, while \ ERROR threegEnable: spawning command %s DEBUG Failed to enable vlan ERROR threegMgmtHandler: query string: %s DEBUG unknown vlan state ERROR threegMgmtHandler: returning with status: %s DEBUG Error in executing DB update handler ERROR adding to dhcprealy ifgroup failed DEBUG unknown vlan state ERROR adding to ipset fwDhcpRelay failed DEBUG Failed to execute vlanConfig binary for vlanId %d ERROR DEBUG sqlite3_mprintf failed ERROR Disabling Firewall Rule for DHCP Relay Protocol Enabling Firewall Rule for DHCP Relay Protocol prerouting Firewall Rule add for Relay failed prerouting Firewall Rule add for Relay failed DEBUG DEBUG Access port can be present only in single vlan Failed to execute vlanConfig binary for vlanId %d ERROR ERROR DEBUG unknown vlan state ERROR %s: SQL get query: %s DEBUG Failed to execute vlanConfig binary for port number %d ERROR %s: sqlite3QueryResGet failed DEBUG Failed to clear vlan for oldPVID %d ERROR %s: no result found DEBUG Failed to execute vlanConfig binary for port number %d ERROR %s: buffer overflow DEBUG Failed to clear vlan for %d ERROR %s: value of %s in %s table is: %s DEBUG Failed to set vlan entry for vlan %d ERROR %s: returning with status: %s DEBUG dnsResolverConfigure: addressFamily: %d DEBUG dnsResolverConfigure: LogicalIfName: %s DEBUG chap-secrets File found DEBUG Failed to enable vlan ERROR PID File for xl2tpd found DEBUG Failed to disable vlan ERROR pid: %d DEBUG Failed to set vlanPort table entries, while \ ERROR options.xl2tpd file found DEBUG Failed to enable vlan ERROR options.xl2tpd file not found DEBUG unknown vlan state ERROR Conf File for xl2tpd found DEBUG xl2tpd.conf not found DEBUG Chap Secrets file found DEBUG threegEnable:spawning failed ERROR Chap Secrets file not found DEBUG threegDisable: unable to kill ppp daemon ERROR %s:DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d DEBUG threegMgmtHandler: Query: %s ERROR chap-secrets File found DEBUG threegMgmtHandler: error in executing database update ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual Failed to set vlan entries, while enabling \ Failed to execute vlanConfig binary for port number %d Failed to execute vlanConfig binary for vlanId %d threegMgmtInit: unable to open the database file %s threegConnEnable: failed to get the WanMode ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR 240 Appendix D - Log Output Reference PID File for pptpd found DEBUG Error in executing DB update handler ERROR pid: %d DEBUG are we getting invoked twice ?? ERROR PID File for pptpd interface found DEBUG could not open %s to append ERROR pid: %d DEBUG could not write nameserver %s to %s ERROR options.pptpd file found DEBUG could not write nameserver %s to %s ERROR options.pptpd file not found DEBUG could not open %s to truncate ERROR Conf File for pptpd found DEBUG pptpd.conf not found DEBUG Chap Secrets file found DEBUG could not configure DNS resolver ERROR Chap Secrets file not found DEBUG dnsResolverConfigure: could not write nameserver:%s,” ERROR %s:DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d DEBUG unboundMgmt: unable to open the “ ERROR chap-secrets File found DEBUG ioctl call Failed-could not update active user Details ERROR pppoeMgmtTblHandler: MtuFlag: %d DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR pppoeMgmtTblHandler: Mtu: %d DEBUG Can’t kill xl2tpd ERROR DEBUG xl2tpd restart failed ERROR DEBUG failed to get field value ERROR pppoeMgmtTblHandler: UserName: %s DEBUG failed to get field value ERROR pppoeMgmtTblHandler: Password: %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR pppoeMgmtTblHandler: DNS specified: %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR pppoeMgmtTblHandler: Service: %s DEBUG unboundMgmt: unable to open the “ ERROR pppoeMgmtTblHandler: StaticIp: %s DEBUG writing options.xl2tpd failed ERROR pppoeMgmtTblHandler: NetMask: %s DEBUG xl2tpdStop failed ERROR pppoeMgmtTblHandler: AuthOpt: %d DEBUG writing xl2tpd.conf failed ERROR pppoeMgmtTblHandler: Satus: %d DEBUG writing options.xl2tpd failed ERROR pppoeEnable: ppp dial string: %s DEBUG xl2tpdStop failed ERROR pppoeMgmtDBUpdateHandler: returning with status: %s DEBUG xl2tpdStart failed ERROR pptpMgmtTblHandler: MtuFlag: %d DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR pptpMgmtTblHandler: Mtu: %d DEBUG writing Chap-secrets/Pap-Secrets failed ERROR DEBUG xl2tpdStop failed ERROR DEBUG xl2tpdStart failed ERROR DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR pppoeMgmtTblHandler: IdleTimeOutFlag: %d pppoeMgmtTblHandler: IdleTimeOutValue: %d pptpMgmtTblHandler: IdleTimeOutFlag: %d pptpMgmtTblHandler: IdleTimeOutValue: %d pptpMgmtTblHandler: GetDnsFromIsp: %d D-Link DSR-Series User Manual dnsResolverConfigMgmtInit: unable to open the “ resolverConfigDBUpateHandler: sqlite3QueryResGet “ ERROR ERROR 241 Appendix D - Log Output Reference pptpMgmtTblHandler: UserName: %s DEBUG writing Chap-secrets/Pap-Secrets failed ERROR pptpMgmtTblHandler: Password: %s DEBUG xl2tpdStop failed ERROR pptpMgmtTblHandler: dynamic MyIp configured DEBUG xl2tpdStart failed ERROR pptpMgmtTblHandler: MyIp: %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR pptpMgmtTblHandler: ServerIp: %s DEBUG writing Chap-secrets/Pap-Secrets failed ERROR pptpMgmtTblHandler: StaticIp: %s DEBUG Error in executing DB update handler ERROR pptpMgmtTblHandler: NetMask: %s DEBUG unboundMgmt: unable to open the “ ERROR pptpMgmtTblHandler: MppeEncryptSupport: %s DEBUG Can’t kill pptpd ERROR pptpMgmtTblHandler: SplitTunnel: %s DEBUG pptpd restart failed ERROR pptpEnable: ppp dial string: %s DEBUG Can’t kill pptpd ERROR pptpEnable: spawning command %s DEBUG failed to get field value ERROR PID File for dhcpc found DEBUG failed to get field value ERROR pid: %d DEBUG unboundMgmt: unable to open the “ ERROR pptpMgmtDBUpdateHandler: query string: %s DEBUG writing options.pptpd failed ERROR pptpMgmtDBUpdateHandler: returning with status: %s DEBUG pptpdStop failed ERROR dhcpcReleaseLease: dhcpc release command: %s DEBUG writing pptpd.conf failed ERROR dhcpcMgmtTblHandler: MtuFlag: %d DEBUG writing options.pptpd failed ERROR dhcpcMgmtTblHandler: Mtu: %d DEBUG pptpdStop failed ERROR DHCPv6 Server started successfully. DEBUG pptpdStart failed ERROR DHCPv6 Server stopped successfully DEBUG writing Chap-secrets/Pap-Secrets failed ERROR DHCPv6 Client started successfully. DEBUG Error in executing DB update handler ERROR DHCPv6 Client stopped successfully. DEBUG pppStatsUpdate: unable to get default MTU ERROR DHCPv6 Client Restart successful DEBUG pppoeMgmtInit: unable to open the database file %s ERROR l2tpMgmtTblHandler: MtuFlag: %d DEBUG pppoeDisable: unable to kill ppp daemon ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 242 Appendix D - Log Output Reference l2tpMgmtTblHandler: Mtu: %d DEBUG pppoeMultipleEnableDisable: pppoe enable failed ERROR l2tpMgmtTblHandler: IspName: %s DEBUG pppoeMultipleEnableDisable: pppoe disable failed ERROR l2tpMgmtTblHandler: UserName: %s DEBUG pppoeMgmtTblHandler: unable to get current Mtu Option ERROR l2tpMgmtTblHandler: Password: %s DEBUG pppoeMgmtTblHandler: unable to get the Mtu ERROR l2tpMgmtTblHandler: AccountName: %s DEBUG pppoeMgmtTblHandler: pppoe enable failed ERROR l2tpMgmtTblHandler: DomainName: %s DEBUG pppoeMgmtDBUpdateHandler: failed query: %s ERROR l2tpMgmtTblHandler: Secret: not specified DEBUG pppoeMgmtDBUpdateHandler: error in executing “ ERROR l2tpMgmtTblHandler: Secret: %s DEBUG pptpMgmtInit: unable to open the database file %s ERROR l2tpMgmtTblHandler: dynamic MyIp configured DEBUG pptpEnable: error executing command: %s ERROR l2tpMgmtTblHandler: MyIp: %s DEBUG pptpEnable: unable to resolve address: %s ERROR l2tpMgmtTblHandler: ServerIp: %s DEBUG pptpEnable: inet_aton failed ERROR l2tpMgmtTblHandler: StaticIp: %s DEBUG pptpEnable: inet_aton failed ERROR l2tpMgmtTblHandler: NetMask: %s DEBUG pptpEnable:spawning failed ERROR l2tpMgmtTblHandler: SplitTunnel: %s DEBUG pptpDisable: unable to kill ppp daemon ERROR needToStartHealthMonitor: returning with status: %s DEBUG pptpMgmtTblHandler: unable to get current MTU Option ERROR l2tpEnable: command string: %s DEBUG pptpMgmtTblHandler: unable to get the Mtu ERROR l2tpEnable: command: %s DEBUG pptpMgmtTblHandler: dbRecordValueGet failed for %s “ ERROR l2tpEnable: command string: %s DEBUG pptpMgmtTblHandler: pptp enable failed ERROR PID File for dhcpc found DEBUG pptpMgmtTblHandler: pptp disable failed ERROR pid: %d DEBUG pptpMgmtDBUpdateHandler: sqlite3QueryResGet “ ERROR l2tpMgmtDBUpdateHandler: query string: %s DEBUG pptpMgmtDBUpdateHandler: error in executing “ ERROR l2tpMgmtDBUpdateHandler: returning with status: %s DEBUG Illegal invocation of dhcpConfig (%s) ERROR RADVD started successfully DEBUG dhcpLibInit: unable to open the database file %s ERROR RADVD stopped successfully DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR empty update. nRows=%d nCols=%d WARN dhcpcMgmtInit: unable to open the database file %s ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 243 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Wan is not up or in load balencing mode WARN dhcpcReleaseLease: unable to release lease ERROR threegMgmtHandler: no row found. nRows = %d nCols = %d WARN dhcpcEnable: unable to kill dhclient ERROR pppoeMgmtDBUpdateHandler: empty update. WARN dhcpcEnable: enabling dhcpc failed on: %s ERROR dhcpcEnable: dhclient already running on: %s WARN dhcpcDisable: unable to kill dhclient ERROR dhcpcDisable: deleted dhclient.leases WARN dhcpcDisable: delete failed for dhclient.leases ERROR l2tpMgmtInit: unable to open the database file %s ERROR dhcpcDisable: failed to reset the ip ERROR l2tpEnable: unable to resolve address: %s ERROR dhcpcMgmtTblHandler: unable to get current Mtu Option ERROR l2tpEnable: inet_aton failed ERROR dhcpcMgmtTblHandler: unable to get the Mtu ERROR The Enable Command is %s ERROR dhcpcMgmtTblHandler: dhclient enable failed ERROR l2tpEnable:Executing the Command failed ERROR dhcpcMgmtTblHandler: dhcpc release failed ERROR l2tpDisable: command string: %s ERROR dhcpcMgmtTblHandler: dhcpc disable failed ERROR l2tpDisable: unable to stop l2tp session ERROR dhcpcMgmtDBUpdateHandler: failed query: %s ERROR l2tpMgmtTblHandler: unable to get current MTU option ERROR dhcpcMgmtDBUpdateHandler: error in executing “ ERROR l2tpMgmtTblHandler: unable to get the Mtu ERROR DHCPv6 Client start failed. ERROR l2tpMgmtTblHandler: dbRecordValueGet failed for %s “ ERROR DHCPv6 Client stop failed. ERROR l2tpMgmtTblHandler: l2tpEnable failed ERROR failed to create/open DHCPv6 client “ ERROR l2tpMgmtTblHandler: disabling l2tp failed ERROR failed to write DHCPv6 client configuration file ERROR l2tpMgmtDBUpdateHandler: sqlite3QueryResGet “ ERROR failed to restart DHCPv6 Client ERROR l2tpMgmtDBUpdateHandler: error in executing ERROR failed to create/open DHCPv6 Server “ ERROR Illegal invocation of tcpdumpConfig (%s) ERROR Restoring old configuration.. ERROR Failed to start tcpdump ERROR DHCPv6 Server configuration update failed ERROR Failed to stop tcpdump ERROR DHCPv6 Server Restart failed ERROR Invalid tcpdumpEnable value ERROR sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 244 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Facility: System (VPN) Log Message Severity Log Message Severity %d command not supported by eapAuth DEBUG PEAP key derive: ERROR ERROR pCtx NULL. DEBUG PEAP context is NULL: ERROR ERROR Current cert subject name= %s DEBUG Constructing P2 response: ERROR ERROR X509_STORE_CTX_get_ex_data failed. DEBUG innerEapRecv is NULL: ERROR ERROR Cannot get cipher, no session est. DEBUG Decrypting TLS data: ERROR ERROR %s: SSL_ERROR_WANT_X509_LOOKUP DEBUG Wrong identity size: ERROR ERROR err code = (%d) in %s DEBUG Wrong size for extensions packet: ERROR ERROR BIO_write: Error DEBUG innerEapRecv is NULL: ERROR. ERROR Decrypting: BIO reset failed DEBUG Inner EAP processing: ERROR ERROR Encrypting BIO reset: ERROR DEBUG TLS handshake: ERROR. ERROR BIO_read: Error DEBUG Sending P1 response: ERROR ERROR DEBUG Unexpected tlsGlueContinue return value. ERROR DEBUG No more fragments in message. ERROR ERROR EAP state machine changed from %s to %s. EAP state machine changed from %s to %s. No phase 2 data or phase 2 data buffer NULL: ERROR Allocating memory for PEAP Phase 2 payload: ERROR Received EAP Packet with code %d DEBUG Response ID %d DEBUG Response Method %d DEBUG Created EAP/PEAP context: OK DEBUG Deleted EAP/PEAP context: OK DEBUG Upper EAP sent us: decision = %d method state = %d DEBUG Setting last fragment: ERROR ERROR P2 decision=(%d); methodState=(%d) DEBUG Getting message: ERROR ERROR Writing message to BIO: ERROR. DEBUG Processing PEAP message: ERROR ERROR Encrypted (%d) bytes for P2 DEBUG Setting fragment: ERROR ERROR P2: sending fragment. DEBUG Creating receive buffer: ERROR ERROR P2: message size = %d DEBUG Setting first fragment: ERROR ERROR P2: sending unfragmented message. DEBUG Sending P1 response: ERROR ERROR P1: Sending fragment. DEBUG P1: Total TLS message size = (%d) DEBUG P1: sending unfragmented message. DEBUG Protocol version mismatch: ERROR ERROR peapFragFirstProcess: TLS record size to receive = (%d) DEBUG Processing PEAP message (from frag): ERROR ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual TLS encrypting response: ERROR Setting message in fragment buffer: ERROR Allocating TLS read buffer is NULL: ERROR NULL request (or response) PDU or NULL context: ERROR Expecting start packet, got something else: ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR 245 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Setting version %d DEBUG Processing PEAP message: ERROR ERROR PEAP pkt rcvd: data len=(%d) flags=(%d) version=(%d) DEBUG Processing PEAP message: ERROR ERROR Got PEAP/Start packet. DEBUG Indicated length not valid: ERROR ERROR Got first fragment DEBUG Did not get Acknowledged result: ERROR ERROR Got fragment (n) DEBUG Cannot understand AVP value: ERROR ERROR Got last fragment DEBUG eapExtResp is NULL: ERROR ERROR Got unfragmented message DEBUG Got frag ack. DEBUG eapWscCtxCreate: EAPAUTH_MALLOC failed. eapWscProcess: umiIoctl req to WSC failed, status = %d ERROR ERROR Ext AVP parsed: flags=(0x%x) DEBUG eapWscCheck: Invalid frame ERROR Mandatory bit not set: WARNING DEBUG eapWscBuildReq: Invalid state %d ERROR Ext AVP parsed: type=(%d) DEBUG Ext AVP parsed: value=(%d) DEBUG eapWscProcessWscResp: Invalid data recd pData = %p, dataLen” Data received for invalid context, dropping it eapWscProcessWscResp: Build Request failed eapWscProcessWscResp: Invalid state %d eapWscProcessWscResp: Message processing failed 0x%X eapWscProcessWscData: Invalid notification recd %d ERROR ERROR ERROR Got PEAPv0 success! DEBUG Got PEAPv0 failure! DEBUG pCtx NULL. DEBUG Authenticator response check: Error DEBUG Authenticator response check: Failed DEBUG unable to initialize MD5 ERROR MS-CHAP2 Response AVP size = %u DEBUG MDString: adpDigestInit for md5 failed ERROR Created EAP/MS-CHAP2 context: OK. DEBUG EAPAUTH_MALLOC failed. ERROR pCtx NULL. DEBUG EAPAUTH_MALLOC failed. ERROR Deleted EAP/MS-CHAPv2 context: OK DEBUG NULL context created: Error ERROR Not authenticated yet. DEBUG NULL context received: Error ERROR Authenticator response invalid DEBUG Authenticator ident invalid. ERROR EAP-MS-CHAPv2 password changed. DEBUG Success request message invalid: Error ERROR rcvd. opCode %d. DEBUG Plugin context is NULL ERROR pCtx NULL. DEBUG Deriving implicit challenge: Error ERROR DEBUG Generating NT response: Error ERROR DEBUG NULL in/out buffer: Error ERROR TLS handshake successful. DEBUG Incorrect vendor id. ERROR Created EAP/TTLS context: OK DEBUG Allocating memory for outBuff: ERROR ERROR TLS message len changed in the fragment, ignoring. no data to send while fragment ack received. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual ERROR ERROR ERROR 246 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Deleted EAP/TTLS context: OK DEBUG AVP code not recognized ERROR No more fragments in message. ERROR DEBUG EAPAUTH_MALLOC failed. ERROR Upper EAP sent us: method state = %d; decision = %d DEBUG Converting password to unicode: Error ERROR P2: sending fragment. DEBUG Generating password hash: Error. ERROR P2 send unfragmented message. DEBUG Generating password hash hash: Error. ERROR P1: sending fragment. DEBUG Generating master key: Error. ERROR P1: sending unfragmented message. DEBUG \tTLSMsgLen = 0x%x DEBUG Send req ptr = 0x%x; Send resp ptr = 0x%x DEBUG Converting password to unicode: Error ERROR P2 decision=(%d); methodState=(%d) DEBUG Constructing failure response: ERROR ERROR Default EAP: method state = %d; decision = %d DEBUG Error checking authenticator response. ERROR TTLS pkt: data len=(%d) flags=(0x%x) DEBUG Error generating NT response. ERROR Got start DEBUG Username string more than 256 ASCII characters: ERROR ERROR Got first fragment (n). DEBUG Invalid Value-Size. ERROR Got fragment (n). DEBUG Invalid MS-Length. Got (%d), expected (%d) ERROR Got last fragment DEBUG Error constructing response. ERROR Got unfragmented message. DEBUG Got type (%d), expecting (%d) ERROR Got frag ack. DEBUG Cannot handle message; opCode = %d ERROR DEBUG EAPAUTH_MALLOC failed. ERROR DEBUG tlsGlueCtxCreate failed. ERROR DEBUG client certificate must be set in the profile. ERROR AVP length extract: Error DEBUG received TLS message length too big. ERROR pFB is NULL DEBUG total frags len > initial total TLS length. ERROR Requesting message before assembly complete DEBUG total frags len > initial total TLS length. ERROR pFB is NULL DEBUG total data rcvd(%d) doesnt match the initial “ ERROR pFB is NULL DEBUG couldnt write %d data to TLS buffer. ERROR Buffer cannot hold message: ERROR DEBUG invalid flags %s passed to eapTlsBuildResp. ERROR pFB is NULL: Error DEBUG EAPAUTH_MALLOC failed. ERROR pFB is NULL DEBUG tlsGlueCtxCreate failed. ERROR TLS_FB* is NULL. DEBUG Context NULL: ERROR ERROR pFB->msgBuff is NULL. DEBUG Setting profile to glue layer: ERROR. ERROR Error calculating binary. DEBUG _eapCtxCreate failed. ERROR Rcvd. AVP Code-%u: flags-0x%x: len-%u: vendorId-%u: “ MOD EAP: method state from upper = %d; decision = %d Got AVP len = %ul. Should be less than 16777215 D-Link DSR-Series User Manual Generating first 16 bytes of session key: Error.n Generating second 16 bytes of session key: Error.n ERROR ERROR 247 Appendix D - Log Output Reference %d authentication not enabled in the system. Initializing inner non-EAP auth plugin: ERROR Error calculating binary. DEBUG adpDigestInit for SHA1 failed. DEBUG adpDigestInit for SHA1 failed. DEBUG E = %d DEBUG R = %d DEBUG Could not initialize des-ecb DEBUG adpDigestInit for MD4 failed. DEBUG adpDigestInit for SHA1 failed. DEBUG adpDigestInit for SHA1 failed. DEBUG innerEapRecv is NULL: ERROR. ERROR Error converting received auth reponse to bin. DEBUG Decrypting TLS data: ERROR ERROR Gnerating challenge hash: Error DEBUG Processing Phase 2 method: Error ERROR Generating password hash: Error DEBUG Writing message to BIO: ERROR. ERROR Generating challenge response: Error DEBUG TLS handshake: ERROR. ERROR Conn cipher name=%s ver=%s: %s DEBUG Send req ptr = 0x%x; Send resp ptr = 0x%x DEBUG Request ptr = 0x%x; DEBUG Protocol version mismatch: ERROR ERROR Response ptr = 0x%x DEBUG Creating receive buffer: ERROR ERROR Rcvd. AVP Code - %ul DEBUG Setting first fragment: ERROR ERROR Rcvd. AVP flags - 0x%02x DEBUG Setting fragment: ERROR ERROR Rcvd. AVP len - %ul DEBUG Setting last fragment: ERROR ERROR Rcvd. AVP vendor id - %ul DEBUG Getting message: ERROR ERROR \tCode = %d DEBUG Processing TTLS message: ERROR ERROR \tIdent = %d DEBUG Processing TTLS message: ERROR ERROR \tLen = %d DEBUG Processing TTLS message: ERROR ERROR \tType = %d DEBUG Decapsulating AVP: ERROR ERROR \tOpCode = %d DEBUG Processing EAP receive: Error ERROR \tMSID = %d DEBUG AVP code not EAP: Error ERROR \tmsLen = %d DEBUG Encapsulating AVP: ERROR ERROR \tvalSize = %d DEBUG profile %s doesnt exist. ERROR Frag Buffer bytes left = (%d) DEBUG profile %s is in use. ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual TTLS key derive: ERROR TTLS context from EAP plugin is NULL: ERROR Allocating memory for TTLS Phase 2 payload: ERROR TLS Encrypting response: ERROR Allocating TLS read buffer is NULL: ERROR Inner authentication (id: %d) unhandled Unexpected tlsGlueContinue return value. NULL request (or response) PDU or NULL context ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR 248 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Stripped username=(%s) DEBUG profile %s already exists. ERROR digestLen = %d. DEBUG EAPAUTH_MALLOC failed ERROR ClearText = DEBUG User not found. ERROR CipherText = DEBUG EAP-MD5 not enabled in system configuration. ERROR digestLen = %d. DEBUG EAP-MSCHAPV2 not enabled in system configuration. ERROR digestLen1 = %d. DEBUG EAP-TLS not enabled in system configuration. ERROR digestLen2 = %d. DEBUG EAP-TTLS not enabled in system configuration. ERROR password change is not allowed for this user DEBUG EAP-PEAP not enabled in system configuration. ERROR completed writing the policy DEBUG EAP-WSC not enabled in system configuration. ERROR completed writing the SA DEBUG PAP not enabled in system configuration. ERROR completed writing the proposal block DEBUG CHAP not enabled in system configuration. ERROR cmdBuf: %s DEBUG MSCHAP not enabled in system configuration. ERROR X509_DEBUG : Invalid Certificate for the generated” DEBUG MSCHAPV2 not enabled in system configuration. ERROR X590_ERROR : Failed to create File ‘%s’ DEBUG PAP/Token not enabled in system configuration. ERROR x509TblHandler DEBUG EAP-MD5 not enabled in system configuration. ERROR pCertType: %s DEBUG EAP-MSCHAPV2 not enabled in system config. ERROR pRowQueryStr: %s DEBUG EAP-TLS not enabled in system configuration. ERROR x509SelfCertTblHandler DEBUG EAP-TTLS and EAP-PEAP are not valid as inner” ERROR pRowQueryStr: %s DEBUG invalid innerAuth %d. ERROR %s:DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d DEBUG profile %s doesnt exist. ERROR umiRegister failed ERROR Re-assembling fragments incorrect size ERROR eapAuthHandler: Invalid data received ERROR Error creating cipher context. ERROR EAPAUTH_MALLOC failed. ERROR Error initializing cipher context. ERROR malloc failed. ERROR Error creating digest context. ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 249 Appendix D - Log Output Reference BIO_new_mem_buf failed. ERROR Error initializing digest context. ERROR malloc failed. ERROR Error initializing DES in Klite ERROR BIO_new_mem_buf failed. ERROR Error initializing MD4 in Klite ERROR ERROR Error initializing RC4 in Klite ERROR ERROR Error initializing SHA in Klite ERROR ERROR Error cleaning cipher context. ERROR ERROR Error destroying cipher context. ERROR ERROR Error cleaning digest context. ERROR SSL_CTX_use_PrivateKey_file failed. ERROR Error destroying digest context. ERROR private key does not match public key ERROR Error stripping domain name. ERROR SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations failed ERROR Error cleaning digest context. ERROR SSL_new failed. ERROR Error cleaning digest context. ERROR Both SSL_VERIFY_PEER and SSL_VERIFY_ NONE set: Error ERROR Challenge not present in failure packet. ERROR EAPAUTH_MALLOC failed. ERROR Wrong challenge length. ERROR EAPAUTH_MALLOC failed. ERROR Incorrect password change version value. ERROR eapTimerCreate failed. ERROR Error generating password hash. ERROR eapCtxDelete:pCtx == NULL ERROR Error generating password hash. ERROR eapRole != EAP_ROLE_PEER or EAP_ROLE_ AUTHENTICATOR ERROR Error encrypting password hash with block ERROR pEapCtx == NULL or pPDU == NULL. ERROR Could not initialize des-ecb ERROR ERROR Error cleaning cipher context. ERROR ERROR Error cleaning cipher context. ERROR state machine is in invalid state. ERROR Error cleaning digest context. ERROR unable to create method context. ERROR Error cleaning digest context. ERROR method ctxCreate failed. ERROR adpDigestInit for SHA1 failed. ERROR method profile set failed. ERROR X509_ERROR : .Query:%s ERROR state machine is in invalid state. ERROR X509_ERROR : Invalid Certificate for the “ ERROR Only StandAlone authenticator supported currently. ERROR invalid x509 certificate ERROR state machine is in invalid state. ERROR Couldn’t get the x509 cert hash ERROR BuildReq operation failed ERROR Memory allocation failed ERROR No method ops defined for current method ERROR FileName too lengthy ERROR SSL_CTX_new (TLSv1_client_method) failed. unable to set user configured CIPHER list %s Certificate verification failed. Server name match failed. Got (%s) expected “ SSL_CTX_use_certificate_file (cert, PEM) failed. received EAP pdu bigger than EAP_MTU_ SIZE. received EAP pdu bigger than EAP_MTU_ SIZE. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 250 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Process operation failed ERROR Couldn’t execute command ERROR state machine is in invalid state. ERROR Memory allocation failed ERROR Packet length mismatch %d, %d ERROR Memory allocation failed ERROR eapAuthTypeToType: Invalid eapAuthType %d ERROR invalid certificate data ERROR eapTypeToAuthType: Invalid eapType %d ERROR .Query:%s ERROR unable to create method context. ERROR .Query:%s ERROR method ctxCreate failed. ERROR Memory allocation failed ERROR Invalid condition, methodState = %d, respMethod = %d ERROR X509_ERROR : Failed to validate the certficate “ ERROR A EAP Ctx map already exists ERROR Memory allocation failed ERROR ERROR .Query:%s ERROR ERROR Invalid Sign Key Length : %d ERROR ERROR Invalid Hash Alg : %d ERROR ERROR Invalid Sign Alg : %d ERROR ERROR No Memory Available ERROR pCtx is NULL: ERROR ERROR Certificate Request Failed ERROR tlsGlueCtxCreate failed ERROR File Open Failed ERROR eapVars is NULL ERROR File is Empty ERROR Context NULL: ERROR ERROR Memory Allocation Failed ERROR Initializing inner EAP auth: ERROR ERROR File Open Failed ERROR pCtx is NULL: ERROR ERROR File is Empty ERROR Memory Allocation Failed ERROR Error in executing DB update handler ERROR eapTimerCreate: Currently unsupported for Peer role eapTimerStart: Currently unsupported for Peer role eapTimerDestroy: Currently unsupported for Peer role eapTimerCancel: Currently unsupported for Peer role eapTimerHandler: Currently unsupported for Peer role D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 251 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Facility: System (Admin) Log Message Severity Log Message Severity Usage:%s DEBUG unable to register to UMI ERROR Could not open database: %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR CPU LOG File not found DEBUG radSendtoServer: socket: %s ERROR MEM LOG File not found DEBUG radSendtoServer: bind() Failed: %s: %s ERROR cpuMemUsageDBUpdateHandler: update query: %s DEBUG Printing the whole list after inserting DEBUG %s at %d(minute) %d(hour) %d(dayOfMonth) %d(month)” DEBUG adpCmdExec exited with return code=%d DEBUG %s op=%d row=%d DEBUG sqlite3_mprintf failed DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed: query=%s DEBUG Printing the whole list after delete DEBUG %s at %d(minute) %d(hour) %d(dayOfMonth) %d(month)” DEBUG Printing the whole list after inserting DEBUG %s at %d(minute) %d(hour) %d(dayOfMonth) %d(month)” DEBUG email logs: No logging events enabled DEBUG %s DEBUG Mail sent and the Database is reset. DEBUG Disabled syslog server DEBUG Event logs are full, sending logs to email DEBUG Email logs sending failed DEBUG Packing attribute: %s DEBUG Server found: %s, secret: %s DEBUG Packed Auth. Reqest: code:%d, id:%d, len:%d DEBUG Sending Packet to %x:%d .... DEBUG Receiving Reply Packet.... DEBUG Verified Reply Packet Integrity DEBUG Generated Reply Attribute-Value pairs DEBUG D-Link DSR-Series User Manual radRecvfromServer: recvfrom() Failed: %s radRecvfromServer: Packet too small from %s:%d: %s radCheckMsgAuth: Invalid MessageAuthenticator length in” radDictLoad: couldn’t open dictionary %s: %s radBuildAndSendReq: Invalid Request Code %d radPairAssign: bad attribute value length radPairAssign: unknown attribute type %d radPairNew: unknown attribute %d radPairGen: Attribute(%d) has invalid length radPairValue: unknown attribute type %d radPairValueLen: unknown attribute type %d radPairLocate: Attribute(%d) has invalid length radPairUnpackDefault: UnknownAttribute[%d]: radConfigure: can’t open %s: %s radConfigure: %s: line %d: bogus format: %s radConfAssert: No AuthServer Specified radConfAssert: No Default Timeout Specified radConfAssert: No Default Retry Count Specified radExtractMppeKey: Invalid MS-MPPEKey Length radVendorMessage: Invalid Length in Vendor Message radVendorMessage: Unknown Vendor ID received:%d radVendorAttrGet: Invalid Length in Vendor Message radVendorAttrGet: Unknown Vendor ID:%d radVendorMessagePack: Unknown Vendor ID:%d ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR 252 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Verified Message-Authenticator DEBUG radGetIPByName: couldn’t resolve hostname: %s ERROR Unloaded RADIUS Dictionary DEBUG radGetHostIP: couldn’t get hostname ERROR Adding Dictionary Attribute %s DEBUG radGetHostIP: couldn’t get host IP address ERROR Adding Dictionary Value %s DEBUG RADIUS dictionary loading failed ERROR Loaded Dictionary %s DEBUG Failed to set default timeout value ERROR Adding Dictionary Attribute ‘%s’ DEBUG Failed to set default retries value ERROR Adding Dictionary Value %s DEBUG Receiving attribute: %s DEBUG Processing attribute: %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR Processing attribute: %s DEBUG empty update. nRows=%d nCols=%d ERROR Processing attribute: %s DEBUG Error in executing DB update handler ERROR Processing attribute: %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR radConfGet: “ DEBUG Invalid SQLITE operation code - %d ERROR Added Server %s:%d with “ DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR Added Server %s:%d with “ DEBUG empty result. nRows=%d nCols=%d ERROR Default Timeout Set to %d DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR Default Retry Count Set to %d DEBUG empty result. nRows=%d nCols=%d ERROR %s - %s : %d DEBUG RADIUS Accounting Exchange Failed ERROR Deleting Server %s:%d with “ DEBUG Unable to set debug for radAcct. ERROR Adding RowId:%d to Server %s:%d with “ DEBUG Unable to set debug level for radAcct. ERROR rowIds: %d - %d DEBUG ERROR: option value not specified ERROR Deleting Server %s:%d with “ DEBUG ERROR: option value not specified ERROR RADIUS Deconfigured DEBUG Unable to initialize RADIUS ERROR Found Option %s on line %d of file %s DEBUG radEapMsgQueueAdd: Invalid EAP packet length(%d) ERROR Setting Option %s with value %s DEBUG radEapRecvTask: invalid EAP code:%d ERROR RADIUS Configured DEBUG %d : Server %s:%d with “ DEBUG DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d DEBUG Host IP address: %s DEBUG radEapRecvTask: “ ERROR Adding Packet for existing cookie:%p DEBUG failed to initialize UMI ERROR Adding Packet and cookie:%p DEBUG umiRegister failed. errno=%d ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual ERROR: incomplete DB update information. old values result does not contain 2 rows radEapRecvTask: Packet length mismatch %d, %d No attributes received in AccessChallenge message No State Attribute in Access-Challenge message ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR 253 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Releasing Packet and cookie:%p DEBUG Invalid arguments to ioctl handler ERROR Releasing Packet with cookie:%p DEBUG radEapSendRtn: Invalid Arguments ERROR Received EAP-Identity from Pnac: %s DEBUG radEapSendRtn: failed to allocate buffer ERROR Filling User-Name: %s DEBUG umiIoctl failed ERROR Filling State: DEBUG failed to initialize EAP message queue ERROR Filling EAP-Message: DEBUG Unable to set debug for radEap. ERROR Filling Service-Type: %d DEBUG Unable to set debug level for radEap. ERROR Filling Framed-MTU: %d DEBUG ERROR: option value not specified ERROR Received Access-Challenge from Server DEBUG ERROR: option value not specified ERROR Sending Reply EAP Packet to Pnac DEBUG could not initialize MGMT framework ERROR Error sending packet to Pnac DEBUG Unable to initialize RADIUS ERROR RADIUS Authentication Failed; “ DEBUG Unable to set debug for radEap. ERROR RADIUS Authentication Successful; “ DEBUG Unable to set debug level for radEap. ERROR Got Packet with cookie:%p DEBUG ERROR: option value not specified ERROR Next DNS Retry after 1 min DEBUG Unable to initialize RADIUS ERROR Next Synchronization after” DEBUG Invalid username or password ERROR Next Synchronization after” DEBUG Unable to set debug for radAuth. ERROR Next Synchronization after %d \ DEBUG Unable to set debug level for radAuth. ERROR Primary is not available, “ DEBUG ERROR: option value not specified ERROR Secondary is not available, “ DEBUG Unable to initialize RADIUS ERROR Invalid value for use default servers, “ DEBUG Invalid username, challenge or response ERROR No server is configured, “ DEBUG Unable to set debug for radAuth. ERROR Backing off for %d seconds DEBUG Unable to set debug level for radAuth. ERROR Requesting time from %s DEBUG ERROR: option value not specified ERROR Synchronized time with %s DEBUG Unable to initialize RADIUS ERROR Received KOD packet from %s DEBUG Invalid username or password ERROR No suitable server found %s DEBUG usage : %s ERROR Received Invalid Length packet from %s DEBUG ntpd : umi initialization failed ERROR Received Invalid Version packet from %s DEBUG ntpd : ntpInit failed ERROR Received Invalid Mode packet from %s DEBUG ntpd : ntpMgmtInit failed ERROR Request Timed out from %s DEBUG There was an error while getting the timeZoneChangeScript.” ERROR Looking Up %s DEBUG unexpected reply from %d cmd=%d ! ERROR Timezone difference :%d DEBUG cmd %d not supported. caller %d ERROR Could not open file: %s DEBUG default reached ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 254 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Could not read data from file DEBUG Unable to initialize ntpControl ERROR ntpTblHandler DEBUG ntpMgmt : Couldn’t open database %s ERROR status: %d DEBUG ERROR : incomplete DB update information ERROR tz: %d DEBUG empty update. nRows=%d nCols=%d ERROR DayLightsaving: %d DEBUG Error in executing DB update handler ERROR DEBUG requestNtpTime: Invalid addr ERROR DEBUG failed to take lock for compId: %d ERROR DS: %d DEBUG failed to convert ioctl args to buffer for” ERROR pPriServ %s DEBUG request timeout dst(%d) <-- src(%d) ERROR pSecServ %s DEBUG failed to take lock for compId: %d ERROR Making request from %d --> %d DEBUG sent request dst(%d) <-- src(%d) using option %d DEBUG received request too small!(%d bytes) DEBUG adpMalloc failed ERROR Received a UMI request from %d DEBUG context with ID: %d already registered ERROR sent a reply src(%d) ---> dst(%d) DEBUG umiRegister (%x,%x,%x,%x) DEBUG srcId=%d(%s) --> destId=%d(%s) cmd=%d inLen=%d outLen=%d DEBUG waiting for reply...Giving Up DEBUG No request in the list after semTake DEBUG Invalid arguments to umiIoctl ERROR reply timeout DEBUG could not find the destination context ERROR timeout after semTake DEBUG memPartAlloc for %d size failed ERROR srcId=%d(%s) <-- destId=%d(%s) cmd=%d DEBUG memPartAlloc for %d size failed ERROR Un-registerting component with Id %d DEBUG No Handler registered for this UMI context ERROR failed to send ioctl request: dst(%d) <--src(%d) DEBUG Couldn’t find component with ID (%d),” ERROR processed a reply dst(%d) <-- src(%d) DEBUG id=%d handler=%x ERROR request with no result option dst(%d) <-src(%d) DEBUG cmd = %s DEBUG cmdstring is %s %s:%d DEBUG call to printConfig failed ERROR Calling printerConfig binary ... DEBUG Failed to Disable Network Storage” ERROR Calling unmount for USB ... DEBUG Calling mount for USB ... DEBUG usbdevice is %d %s:%d DEBUG pNtpControl->ServerNames[PRIMARY_ SERVER]: %s pNtpControl->ServerNames[SECONDARY_ SERVER]: %s D-Link DSR-Series User Manual umiIoctlArgsToBuf: failed to allocate memory umiRecvFrom: could not allocate memory Failed to allocate memory for creating UMI context Failed to create recvSem for UMI context Failed to create mutex locks for UMI context Failed to create mutex recvQLock for UMI context Received NULL buffer in umiBufToIoctlArgs() usbMgmtInit: unable to open the database file %s Some error occurred while removing device Some error occurred while removing device Sqlite update failed ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR 255 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Query string: %s DEBUG Failed to enable printer properly ERROR sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s DEBUG Failed to mount device on system ERROR %s: 1. usb is already disconnected for old usb type. “ DEBUG Failed to enable network storage device” ERROR %s: 2.call disable for new usb type ! DEBUG Failed to mount device on system ERROR %s: 3. usb is already disconnected for old usb type. “ DEBUG Sqlite update failed ERROR %s: 4. Disabled old usb type . Now “ DEBUG USB1 Touch failed ERROR usbdevice is %d %s:%d DEBUG USB2 Touch failed ERROR USB: failed to begin transaction: %s DEBUG Sqlite update failed ERROR USB: SQL error: %s pSetString = %s DEBUG Failed query: %s ERROR USB: failed to commit transaction: %s DEBUG USB: updated table: %s DEBUG USB: returning with status: %s DEBUG Illegal invocation of snmpConfig (%s) ERROR %s:DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d DEBUG Invalid Community Access Type ERROR executing %s status =%d DEBUG Invalid User Access Type ERROR executing %s DEBUG Invalid Security Level ERROR %s returned status=%d DEBUG Invalid Authentication Algorithm ERROR %s returned status=%d DEBUG Invalid Privacy Algorithm ERROR snmpd.conf not found DEBUG Invalid Argument ERROR [SNMP_DEBUG] : Fwrite Successful DEBUG Failed to allocate memory for engineID ERROR [SNMP_DEBUG] : Fwrite failed DEBUG ERROR radPairGen: received unknown attribute %d of length %d [SNMP_DEBUG]: Failed to get host address WARN [SNMP_DEBUG] : FOPEN failed ERROR radPairGen: %s has unknown type WARN sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR radPairLocate: unknown attribute %ld of length %d WARN sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR radPairLocate: %s has unknown type WARN Invalid Security Level ERROR Illegal invocation of cpuMemUsage (%s) ERROR Invalid Authentication Algorithm ERROR cpuMemUsageDBUpdateHandler: SQL error: %s ERROR Invalid Privacy Algorithm ERROR unable to open the DB file %s ERROR Failed to Get Host Address ERROR umiInit failed ERROR Invalid version ERROR unable to register to UMI ERROR snmp v3 Trap Configuration Failed ERROR Error Reading from the Database. ERROR sqlite3QueryResGet failed query:%s ERROR short DB update event request! ERROR sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR Error in executing DB update handler ERROR Failed to Open Snmp Configuration File ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual Failed to execute usb database update handler Usage:%s ERROR ERROR 256 Appendix D - Log Output Reference adpListNodeRemove : Returned with an error ERROR Failed to write access control entries ERROR command too long. Try increasing “ ERROR Failed to write snmpv3 users entries ERROR failed to allocate memory for CRON_NODE ERROR Failed to write snmp trap entries ERROR sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR Failed to write system entries. ERROR There was an error while reading the schedules. ERROR Failed to restart snmp ERROR unable to register to UMI ERROR %s failed with status ERROR short DB update event request! ERROR Error in executing DB update handler ERROR malloc(DB_UPDATE_NODE) failed ERROR %s: Unable to open file: %s ERROR short ifDev event request! ERROR RADVD start failed ERROR sqlite3_mprintf failed ERROR RADVD stop failed ERROR no component id matching %s ERROR failed to create/open RADVD configuration file %s ERROR umiIoctl (%s, UMI_CMD_DB_UPDATE(%d)) failed. ERROR Restoring old configuration.. ERROR sqlite3_mprintf failed ERROR failed to write/update RADVD configuration file ERROR sqlite3_mprintf failed ERROR upnpDisableFunc failed ERROR no component id matching %s ERROR upnpEnableFunc failed ERROR umiIoctl (%s, UMI_CMD_IFDEV_ EVENT(%d)) failed. ERROR sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR klogctl(9) failed ERROR Error in executing DB update handler ERROR malloc failed for %d bytes ERROR unable to open the DB file %s ERROR klogctl(4) failed ERROR umiInit failed ERROR emailLogs: Invalid Number of Arguments!! Exiting. ERROR unable to register to UMI ERROR sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR short DB update event request! ERROR Could not execute the smtpClient. ERROR short ifDev event request! ERROR Error while cleaning the database.Exiting. %s ERROR sqlite3_mprintf failed ERROR %s failed. status=%d ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 257 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Facility: System (Firewall) Log Message Severity Log Message Severity Enabling rule for protocol binding. DEBUG Disable all NAT rules. DEBUG Disabling rule for protocol binding. DEBUG Enable all NAT rules. DEBUG Enabling Remote SNMP on WAN. DEBUG Enabling NAT URL filter rules. DEBUG Disabling Remote SNMP on WAN DEBUG Restarting all NAT rules. DEBUG wan traffic counters are restared DEBUG Deleting schedule based firewall rules. DEBUG Traffic limit has been reached DEBUG Deleting schedule based firewall rules from DB. DEBUG Traffic meter monthly limit has been changed to %d. DEBUG Update schedule based firewall rules in DB. DEBUG Enabling traffic meter for only dowload. DEBUG Restart schedule based firewall rules. DEBUG Enabling traffic meter for both directions. DEBUG inter vlan routing enabled DEBUG Enabling traffic meter with no limit. DEBUG inter vlan routing disabled DEBUG Email alert in traffic meter disabled. DEBUG Disabling Content Filter for %d DEBUG Email alert in traffic meter enabled. DEBUG Enabling Content Filter for %d DEBUG Traffic Meter:Monthly limit %d MB has been “ DEBUG Traffic Metering: Adding rule to drop all traffic DEBUG Traffic Metering: %sabling Email traffic DEBUG Enabling Source MAC Filtering DEBUG Disabling attack checks for IPv6 rules. DEBUG Disabling Source MAC Filtering DEBUG Enabling attack checks for IPv6 rules. DEBUG Adding MAC Filter Policy for Block & Permit Rest DEBUG Configuring one to one NAT settings with %s private start IP “ DEBUG Adding MAC Filter Policy for Permit & Block Rest DEBUG Deleting forward one to one NAT having setting %s private start” DEBUG Restarting Source MAC Address Policy DEBUG Disabling attack check for Block ping to WAN interface. DEBUG Disabling Firewall Rule for DHCP Relay Protocol DEBUG Disabling attack check for Stealth mode for tcp DEBUG Enabling Firewall Rule for DHCP Relay Protocol DEBUG Disabling attack check for Stealth mode for udp DEBUG prerouting Firewall Rule add for Relay failed DEBUG D-Link DSR-Series User Manual ./src/firewall/linux/user/ firewalld.c:59:#undef ADP_DEBUG2 ./src/firewall/linux/user/ firewalld.c:61:#define ADP_DEBUG2 printf DEBUG DEBUG 258 Appendix D - Log Output Reference prerouting Firewall Rule add for Relay failed Deleting MAC Filter Policy for Address %s Disabling attack check for TCP Flood. DEBUG Disabling attack check for UDP Flood. DEBUG Disabling attack check for IPsec. DEBUG Adding MAC Filter Policy for Address %s DEBUG Disabling attack check for PPTP. DEBUG Disabling Firewall Rules for DMZ host DEBUG Disabling attack check for L2TP. DEBUG Enabling Firewall Rules for DMZ host DEBUG Disabling attack check for UDP Flood. DEBUG Disabling attack check for IPsec. DEBUG Disabling attack check for PPTP. DEBUG Disabling attack check for L2TP. DEBUG Enabling attack check for Block ping to WAN “ Enabling attack check for Stealth Mode for tcp. Enabling attack check for Stealth Mode for udp. DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG Disabling Firewall Rules for Spill Over Load Balancing Disabling Firewall Rules for Load Balancing Enabling Firewall Rules for Load Balancing Enabling Firewall Rules for Spill Over Load Balancing Enabling Firewall Rules for Auto Failover Enabling Firewall Rules for Load Balancing . Enabling Firewall Rules for Spill Over Load Balancing . DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG Enabling attack check for TCP Flood. DEBUG Enabling Firewall Rules for Auto Failover DEBUG Enabling attack check for UDP Flood. DEBUG Deleting BlockSites Keyword \ DEBUG Enabling attack check for IPsec. DEBUG Enabling BlockSites Keyword \ DEBUG Enabling attack check for PPTP. DEBUG Disabling BlockSites Keyword \ DEBUG Enabling attack check for L2TP. DEBUG Updating BlockSites Keyword from \ DEBUG Enabling attack check for UDP Flood. DEBUG Inserting BlockSites Keyword \ DEBUG Enabling attack check for IPsec. DEBUG Deleting Trusted Domain \ DEBUG Enabling attack check for PPTP. DEBUG Adding Trusted Domain \ DEBUG Enabling attack check for L2TP. DEBUG Restarting Schedule Based Firewall Rules DEBUG DEBUG Enabling Remote SNMP DEBUG DEBUG Disabling Remote SNMP DEBUG DEBUG Enabling Remote SNMP DEBUG DEBUG Disabling DOS Attacks DEBUG DEBUG Enabling DOS Attacks DEBUG DEBUG Enabling DOS Attacks DEBUG DEBUG Restarting Firewall [%d]:[%d] For %s DEBUG DEBUG restartStatus = %d for LogicalIfName = %s DEBUG Enabling DoS attack check with %d SyncFlood detect rate, “ Disabling DoS attack check having %d SyncFlood detect rate,” Enabling ICSA Notification Item for ICMP notification. Enabling ICSA Notification Item for Fragmented Packets. Enabling ICSA Notification Item for Multi cast Packets. Disabling ICSA Notification Item for ICMP notification. Disabling ICSA Notification Item for Fragmented Packets. Disabling ICSA Notification Item for Multi cast Packets. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 259 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Adding IP/MAC binding rule for %s MAC address “ Deleting IP/MAC binding rule for %s MAC “ ./src/firewall/linux/user/ firewalld.c:60:#undef ADP_DEBUG ./src/firewall/linux/user/ firewalld.c:62:#define ADP_DEBUG printf Restarting traffic meter with %d mins, %d hours, “ Updating traffic meter with %d mins, %d hours, “ DEBUG Deleting Lan Group %s DEBUG DEBUG Adding Lan Group %s DEBUG DEBUG Deleting lan host %s from group %s DEBUG DEBUG Adding lan host %s from group %s DEBUG DEBUG Disabling Firewall Rule for IGMP Protocol DEBUG DEBUG Enabling Firewall Rule for IGMP Protocol DEBUG Deleting IP/MAC Bind Rule for MAC address %s and IP “ Adding IP/MAC Bind Rule for MAC address %s and IP Deleting Protocol Bind Rule for Service %s Deleting Protocol Bind Rule for Service %s Deleting Protocol Bind Rule for Service %s Deleting traffic meter. DEBUG Disabling block traffic for traffic meter. DEBUG Enabling traffic meter. DEBUG Adding lan group %s. DEBUG Deleting lan group %s. DEBUG Renaming lan group from %s to %s. DEBUG Adding Protocol Bind Rule for Service %s DEBUG Deleting host %s from %s group. DEBUG %s Session Settings DEBUG Adding host %s to %s group. DEBUG Restarting IPv6 Firewall Rules... DEBUG Enabling Keyword blocking for %s keyword. Disabling keyword Blocking for %s keyword . Deleting trusted domain with keyword %s. Adding %s keyword to trusted domain. Enabling Management Access from Internet on port %d Enabling remote access management for IP address range” Enabling remote access management to only this PC. Disabling Management Access from Internet on port %d Disabling remote access management for IP address range” Disabling remote access management only to this PC. MAC Filtering %sabled for BLOCK and PERMIT REST. MAC Filtering %sabled for PERMIT and BLOCK REST. DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG Deleting Port Trigger Rule for %d:%d:%d:%d:%d Deleting Port Trigger Rule for %d:%d:%d:%d:%d Enabling Port Trigger Rule for %d:%d:%d:%d:%d Disabling Port Trigger Rule for %d:%d:%d:%d:%d Enabling Port Trigger Rule for %d:%d:%d:%d:%d Disabling Port Trigger Rule for %d:%d:%d:%d:%d Adding Port Trigger Rule for %d:%d:%d:%d:%d DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG Enabling Content Filter DEBUG DEBUG Disabling Content Filter DEBUG DEBUG Enabling Content Filter DEBUG DEBUG Setting NAT mode for pLogicalIfName = %s DEBUG DEBUG Enabling DROP for INPUT DEBUG Enabling Content Filtering. DEBUG Enabling DROP for FORWARD DEBUG Disabling Content Filtering. DEBUG Enabling NAT based Firewall Rules DEBUG D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 260 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Deleting rule, port triggering for protocol TCP. Deleting rule, port triggering for protocol UDP. Deleting rule, port triggering for protocol TCP. Deleting rule, port triggering for protocol UDP. Enabling rule, port triggering for protocol TCP. Enabling rule, port triggering for protocol UDP. Enabling rule, port triggering for protocol TCP. Enabling rule, port triggering for protocol UDP. DEBUG Setting transparent mode for pLogicalIfName \ DEBUG DEBUG Enabling Accept for INPUT DEBUG DEBUG Enabling Accept for FORWARD DEBUG DEBUG Setting Routing mode for pLogicalIfName \ DEBUG DEBUG Enabling DROP for INPUT DEBUG DEBUG Enabling DROP for FORWARD DEBUG DEBUG Disabling NAT based Firewall Rules DEBUG DEBUG Enabling Firewall Rules for URL Filtering &“ DEBUG Enabling DNS proxy. DEBUG Adding Firewall Rule for RIP Protocol DEBUG Restarting DNS proxy. DEBUG Restarting Schedule Based Firewall Rules DEBUG checking DNS proxy for Secure zone. DEBUG checking DNS proxy for Public zone. DEBUG Enabling Block traffic from %s zone. DEBUG Stopping IPS...%s DEBUG Configuring firewall session settings for “ DEBUG IPS started. DEBUG Disabling DMZ DEBUG Route already exists DEBUG Disabling WAN-DMZ rules . DEBUG Route addition failed: Network Unreachable DEBUG Enabling WAN DMZ rules . DEBUG Route addition failed: Network is down DEBUG Restarting DMZ rule having %s address with %s address. DEBUG Route addition failed DEBUG Enabling LAN DHCP relay. DEBUG Failed to add rule in iptables DEBUG OneToOneNat configured successfully DEBUG Failed to delete rule from iptables DEBUG OneToOneNat configuration failed DEBUG Deleting scheduled IPv6 rules. DEBUG delete from FirewallRules6 where ScheduleName = ‘%s’. Update FirewallRules6 where ScheduleName = ‘%s’ to New “ DEBUG DEBUG enabling IPS checks between %s and %s zones. disabling IPS checks between %s and %s zones. fwLBSpillOverConfigure: Something going wrong here fwLBSpillOverConfigure: unable to get interfaceName fwLBSpillOverConfigure: Could not set PREROUTING rules fwLBSpillOverConfigure: Could not set POSTROUTING rules fwLBSpillOverConfigure: Something going wrong Here fwL2TPGenericRules.c: unable to open the database file “ DEBUG DEBUG ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR Dns proxy Restart failed DEBUG deleting interface to ifgroup failed DEBUG adding interface to ifgroup failed DEBUG fwL2TPGenericRules.c: inet_aton failed ERROR DEBUG fwPPTPGenericRules.c: unable to open the database file “ ERROR DEBUG fwPPTPGenericRules.c: inet_aton failed ERROR Deleting IP address %s. DEBUG DNS proxy firewall rule add failed for %s ERROR Adding new IP address %s. DEBUG ERROR Updating old IP address %s to new IP address %s. deleting interface %s from ifgroup %d failed DEBUG adding interface %s to ifgroup %d failed ERROR deleting interface pVirtIface %s from ifgroup %d” adding interface pVirtIface %s to ifgroup %d failed D-Link DSR-Series User Manual ERROR ERROR 261 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Restarting Firewall For %s Address Update from %s:%s Disabling Firewall Rule for MSS packet marking Enabling Firewall Rule for MSS packet marking Enabling packet marking rule for %s IDLE timer Deleted firewall rule %s for service %s with action %s %s firewall rule %s for service %s with action %s Added firewall rule %s for service %s with action %s DEBUG nimfBridgeTblHandler: unable to get interfaceName ERROR DEBUG nimfBridgeTblHandler: \ ERROR DEBUG nimfBridgeTblHandler: unable to get \ ERROR DEBUG Failed to %s traffic from %s to %s to IPS. ERROR DEBUG Failed to %s traffic from %s to %s to IPS. ERROR DEBUG failed to start IPS service. ERROR DEBUG Timeout in waiting for IPS service to start. Usage:%s “ ERROR Deleting inbound(WAN-LAN) firewall rule. DEBUG Deleting inbound(WAN-DMZ) firewall rule. DEBUG xlr8NatConfig: illegal invocation of (%s) ERROR RIPng disabled. DEBUG Illegal invocation of [%s] ERROR RIPng enabled. DEBUG xlr8NatMgmtTblHandler: failed query: %s ERROR Disable IPv6 firewall rule. DEBUG Could not open file: %s ERROR Enable IPv6 firewall rule. DEBUG Rip Error Command Too Long ERROR Deleting IGMP proxy rule. DEBUG No authentication for Ripv1 ERROR Enable IGMP proxy rule. DEBUG Invalid Rip Direction ERROR Restarting IGMP rule. DEBUG Invalid Rip Version ERROR Traffic meter enabled with no limit type. DEBUG Invalid Password for 1st Key ERROR Traffic meter enabled for only download. DEBUG Invalid Time for 1st Key ERROR Traffic meter enabled for both directions. DEBUG Invalid Password for 2nd Key ERROR DEBUG Invalid Time for 2nd Key ERROR DEBUG Invalid First KeyId ERROR DEBUG Invalid Second KeyId ERROR Enabling Inter VLAN routing. DEBUG Invalid Authentication Type ERROR Updating inter VLAN routing status. DEBUG ripDisable failed ERROR Deleting inter VLAN routing. DEBUG ripEnable failed ERROR Deleted firewall rule %s for service %s with action %s %s firewall rule %s for service %s with action %s Added firewall rule %s for service %s with action %s D-Link DSR-Series User Manual ERROR 262 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Facility: Local0 (Wireless) Log Message Severity Log Message Severity (node=%s) setting %s to val = %d DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR Custom wireless event: ‘%s’ DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR Wireless event: cmd=0x%x len=%d DEBUG VAP(%s) set beacon interval failed ERROR DEBUG VAP(%s) set DTIM interval failed ERROR DEBUG VAP(%s) set RTS Threshold failed ERROR ran query %s DEBUG VAP(%s) set Fragmentation Threshold failed ERROR DBUpdate event: Table: %s opCode:%d rowId:%d DEBUG VAP(%s) set Protection Mode failed ERROR %sing VAPs using profile %s DEBUG VAP(%s) set Tx Power failed ERROR %sing VAP %s DEBUG WDS Profile %s not found ERROR ran query %s DEBUG Failed to initalize WPS on %s ERROR %sing VAP instance %s DEBUG failed to get profile %s ERROR VAP(%s) set Short Preamble failed DEBUG could not initialize MGMT framework ERROR VAP(%s) set Short Retry failed DEBUG could not initialize MGMT framework ERROR VAP(%s) set Long Retry failed DEBUG dot11VapBssidUpdt SQL error: %s ERROR Decrypting context with key %s DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR Unknown IAPP command %d received. DEBUG KDOT11_GET_PARAM(IEEE80211_IOC_ CHANNEL) failed ERROR unexpected reply from %d cmd=%d ! DEBUG Failed to get the channel setting for %s ERROR unexpected reply from %d cmd=%d ! DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR Recvied DOT11_EAPOL_KEYMSG DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR shutting down AP:%s DEBUG profile %s not found ERROR APCtx Found DEBUG sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR APCtx Not-Found DEBUG Interface name and policy must be specified ERROR New Rogue AP (%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x) detected WPS session in progress, ignoring enrolle assoc request D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 263 Appendix D - Log Output Reference node not found *:*:*:%x:%x:%x DEBUG Interface name and policy must be specified ERROR error installing unicast key for %s DEBUG invalid ACL type %d ERROR cmd =%d i_type =%d i_val=%d DEBUG interface name not specified ERROR join event for new node %s DEBUG interface name not specified ERROR wpa/rsn IE id %d/%d not supported DEBUG Invalid interface - %s specified ERROR wpa IE id %d not supported DEBUG buffer length not specified ERROR leave event for node %s DEBUG Invalid length(%d) specified ERROR NodeFree request for node : %s DEBUG failed created iappdLock ERROR installing key to index %d DEBUG failed to create cipher contexts. ERROR iReq.i_val : %d DEBUG unable to register to UMI ERROR pIfName : %s DEBUG iappSockInit() failed ERROR iReq.i_val : %d DEBUG setting mode: %d DEBUG Global counter wrapped, re-generating... DEBUG Got PNAC_EVENT_PREAUTH_SUCCESS event for : %s DEBUG UDP failed, received Length is %d ERROR event for non-existent node %s DEBUG umiIoctl(UMI_COMP_KDOT11, ERROR DEBUG umiIoctl(UMI_COMP_UDOT11,%d,%d) \ ERROR DEBUG umiIoctl(UMI_COMP_KDOT11,%d,%d) \ ERROR DEBUG No IAPP Node found for req id %d ERROR DEBUG umiIoctl(UMI_COMP_UDOT11,%d,%d) \ ERROR DEBUG umiIoctl(UMI_COMP_KDOT11,%d,%d) \ ERROR unsupported event %d from PNAC DEBUG umiIoctl(UMI_COMP_UDOT11,%d,%d) failed ERROR event for non-existent node %s. Create new node. DEBUG UDP socket is not created ERROR Add new node to DOT11 Node list DEBUG UDP send failed ERROR Update dot11STA database DEBUG IAPP: socket (SOCK_STREAM) failed. ERROR Add PMKSA to the list DEBUG IAPP: TCP connect failed to %s. ERROR eapolRecvAuthKeyMsg: received key message DEBUG cmd %d not supported.sender=%d ERROR node not found DEBUG umiIoctl(UMI_COMP_KDOT11,%d,%d) failed ERROR PNAC_EVENT_EAPOL_START event received PNAC_EVENT_EAPOL_LOGOFF event received PNAC_EVENT_REAUTH event received PNAC_EVENT_AUTH_SUCCESS event received PNAC_EVENT_PORT_STATUS_CHANGED event received D-Link DSR-Series User Manual iappInit got error, unregistering it with UMI umiIoctl(UMI_COMP_UDOT11,%d,%d) failed umiIoctl(UMI_COMP_KDOT11,%d,%d) failed ERROR ERROR ERROR 264 Appendix D - Log Output Reference eapolRecvKeyMsg: replay counter not incremented DEBUG IAPP-CACHE-NOTIFY-REQUEST send to ERROR eapolRecvKeyMsg: replay counter is not same DEBUG ./src/dot11/iapp/iappLib.c:1314: ADP_ERROR ( ERROR processing pairwise key message 2 DEBUG BSSID value passed is NULL ERROR RSN IE matching: OK DEBUG reserved requestId is passed ERROR processing pairwise key message 4 DEBUG interface name is NULL ERROR processing group key message 2 DEBUG IP address value passed is NULL ERROR processing key request message from client DEBUG opening receive UDP socket failed ERROR WPA version %2x %2x not supported DEBUG enabling broadcast for UDP socket failed ERROR (%s) group cipher %2x doesn’t match DEBUG opening receive TCP socket for new AP failed ERROR (%s)Pairwise cipher %s not supported DEBUG ./src/dot11/iapp/iappLib.c:1784: ADP_ERROR( ERROR (%s) authentication method %d not supported DEBUG ./src/dot11/iapp/iappLib.c:1794: ADP_ERROR( ERROR %s:Auth method=%s pairwise cipher=%s IE size=%d DEBUG ./src/dot11/iapp/iappLib.c:1803: ADP_ERROR( ERROR WPA version %2x %2x not supported DEBUG failed created dot11dLock. ERROR Unable to obtain IE of type %d DEBUG failed initialize profile library. ERROR PTK state changed from %s to %s DEBUG failed to create cipher contexts. ERROR using PMKSA from cache DEBUG unable to register to UMI ERROR PTK GK state changed from %s to %s DEBUG could not create MIB tree ERROR GK state changed from %s to %s DEBUG unable to register to PNAC ERROR Sending PTK Msg1 DEBUG Max registration attempts by DOT11 to PNAC exceeded ERROR Sending PTK Msg3 DEBUG Creation of EAP WPS Profile Failed ERROR Sending GTK Msg1 DEBUG umiIoctl(UMI_COMP_IAPP,%d ) failed ERROR sending EAPOL pdu to PNAC... DEBUG DOT11_RX_EAPOL_KEYMSG: unknown ifname %s ERROR creating pnac authenticator with values %d %d - %s DEBUG cmd %d not supported.sender=%d ERROR Profile %s does not exist DEBUG inteface name passed is NULL ERROR IAPP initialized. DEBUG BSSID passed is NULL ERROR Encrypting context key=%s for DEBUG inteface name passed is NULL ERROR could not find access point context for %s DEBUG unable to allocate memory for DOT11_ CTX ERROR join event for existing node %s DEBUG unable to install wme mapping on %s ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 265 Appendix D - Log Output Reference failed to send PNAC_FORCE_AUTHORIZED “ DEBUG unable to get %s mac address ERROR failed to send PNAC_AUTHORIZED “ DEBUG Failed to set %s SSID ERROR DEBUG Failed to set SSID broadcast status ERROR DEBUG Failed to set PreAuth mode ERROR DEBUG unable to install key ERROR failed to send PNAC_VAR_KEY_AVAILABLE (TRUE) “ failed to send PNAC_VAR_KEY_TX_EN (TRUE) “ failed to send PNAC_VAR_KEY_TX_EN (FALSE) “ failed to send PNAC_FORCE_AUTHORIZED “ DEBUG KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_ AUTHMODE failed KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_ PRIVACY failed ERROR failed to send PNAC_AUTHORIZED “ DEBUG mic verification: OK DEBUG wpaInit failed ERROR pnacIfConfig: Invalid supplicant” DEBUG dot11InstallProfile: unable to get interface index ERROR Failed to process user request DEBUG adpHmacInit(%s) failed ERROR Failed to process user request - %s(%d) DEBUG interface %s not found ERROR pnacIfConfigUmiIoctl: umiIoctl failed DEBUG AP not found on %s ERROR DEBUG keyLen > PNAC_KEY_MAX_SIZE ERROR DEBUG Invalid profile name passed ERROR DEBUG Creation of WPS EAP Profile failed ERROR DEBUG unsupported command %d ERROR DEBUG device %s not found ERROR DEBUG unsupported command %d ERROR DEBUG dot11NodeAlloc failed ERROR DEBUG Getting WPA IE failed for %s ERROR DEBUG Getting WPS IE failed for %s ERROR pnacIfConfigUmiIoctl: usrPnac returned %d pnacIfConfigUmiIoctl: usrPnac returned %d pnacIfConfigUmiIoctl: usrPnac returned %d pnacKernNotifier: invalid PAE configuration “ From pnacEapDemoAuthRecv: unsupported response “ From pnacEapDemoAuthRecv: invalid codes received From pnacRadXlateDemoRecv: received unknown “ From pnacRadXlateDemoRecv: invalid codes received Error from pnacRadXlateDemoRecv: malloc failed From pnacRadXlateRadPktHandle: received a non-supported” Only md5 authentication scheme currently supported. “ Message from authenticator: DEBUG DEBUG Failed initialize authenticator for node %s Failed to get the system up time while adding node %s ERROR ERROR ERROR DEBUG error creating PNAC port for node %s ERROR DEBUG dot11NodeAlloc failed ERROR DEBUG Invalid arguments. ERROR DEBUG umiIoctl(UMI_COMP_IAPP,%d) failed ERROR sending unicast key DEBUG Invalid IE. ERROR sending broadcast key DEBUG from pnacPDUXmit: bufsize = %d, pktType = %d,” pnacPDUXmit: sending eap packet. code = %d, “ pnacRecvRtn: no corresponding pnac port pae found from pnacAuthPAEDisconnected: calling pnacTxCannedFail from pnacAuthPAEForceUnauth: calling pnacTxCannedFail D-Link DSR-Series User Manual DEBUG DEBUG umiIoctl(UMI_COMP_KDOT11_VAP,%d ) failed umiIoctl(UMI_COMP_KDOT11,%d ,%d) failed KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_ WME_CWMIN failed ERROR ERROR ERROR 266 Appendix D - Log Output Reference state changed from %s to %s DEBUG PNAC user comp id not set. dropping event %d DEBUG sending event %d to %d DEBUG requesting keys informantion from %d DEBUG pnacUmiPortPaeParamSet: error in getting port pae pnacUmiPortPaeParamSet: invalid param - %d pnacRecvASInfoMessage: Skey of length %d set pnacRecvASInfoMessage: reAuthPeriod set to: %d pnacRecvASInfoMessage: suppTimeout set to: %d DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG PORT SUCCESSFULLY DESTROYED DEBUG creating physical port for %s DEBUG pnacAuthInit: using defualt pnacAuthParams pnacSuppInit: using defualt pnacSuppParams Error from pnacCombinedStMachTriggerFunc: “ Error from pnacCombinedStMachTriggerFunc: “ Error from pnacCombinedStMachTriggerFunc: “ Error from pnacCombinedStMachTriggerFunc: “ Error from pnacCombinedStMachTriggerFunc: “ Error from pnacCombinedStMachTriggerFunc: “ Error from pnacCombinedStMachTriggerFunc: “ Error from pnacCombinedStMachTriggerFunc: “ Error from pnacCombinedStMachTriggerFunc: “ KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_ WME_CWMAX failed KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_ WME_AIFS failed KDOT11_SET_PARAM:80211_IOC_ WME_TXOPLIMIT failed KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_ WME_ACM failed KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_ WME failed invalid group cipher %d KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_ MCASTCIPHER failed KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_ MCASTKEYLEN failed KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_ UCASTCIPHERS failed KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_ KEYMGTALGS failed KDOT11_SET_PARAM:IEEE80211_IOC_ WPA failed ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR DEBUG unknow cipher type = %d ERROR DEBUG umiIoctl(UMI_COMP_IAPP,%d) failed ERROR DEBUG invalid media value=%d ERROR DEBUG invalid mediaOpt value=%d ERROR DEBUG invalid mode value=%d ERROR DEBUG dot11PnacIfCreate failed ERROR DEBUG wpaPRF failed ERROR DEBUG Error generating global key counter ERROR DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG wpaCalcMic: unsupported key descriptor version integrity failed. need to stop all stations “ couldn’t find AP context for %s interface ERROR ERROR ERROR received a pdu on %s DEBUG dot11Malloc failed ERROR pnacRecvMapi: protoType: %04x pPhyPort->authToASSendRtn:%p DEBUG dot11Malloc failed ERROR port not found DEBUG from pnacRecvMapi: pkt body len = %d, pktType = %d from pnacPDUProcess: received PNAC_ EAP_PACKET from pnacPDUProcess: currentId = %d D-Link DSR-Series User Manual DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG eapolRecvKeyMsg: unknown descType =%d eapolRecvKeyMsg: invalid descriptor version eapolRecvKeyMsg: incorrect descriptor version eapolRecvKeyMsg: Ack must not be set ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR 267 Appendix D - Log Output Reference from pnacPDUProcess: code = %d, identifier = %d, “ DEBUG from pnacPDUProcess: setting rxResp true DEBUG from pnacPDUProcess: code = %d, identifier = %d, “ DEBUG from pnacPDUProcess: received “ DEBUG from pnacPDUProcess: received “ DEBUG from pnacPDUProcess: received PNAC_ EAPOL_KEY_PACKET DEBUG doing pnacTxCannedFail DEBUG doing pnacTxCannedSuccess DEBUG doing pnacTxReqId DEBUG doing pnacTxReq DEBUG doing pnacTxStart DEBUG doing pnacTxLogoff DEBUG doing pnacTxRspId: 1st cond DEBUG doing pnacTxRspId: entering 2nd cond DEBUG wpaAuthRecvKeyReq: mic check failed ERROR from pnacTxRspId: code = %d, identifier = %d, length = %d, “ DEBUG invalid OUI %x %x %x ERROR doing pnacTxRspId: 2nd cond DEBUG (%s) invalid OUI %x %x %x ERROR doing pnacTxRspAuth: 1st cond DEBUG [%s:%d] Cipher in WPA IE : %x ERROR doing pnacTxRspAuth: 2nd cond DEBUG (%s) invalid OUI %x %x %x ERROR message for unknown port PAE DEBUG short WPA IE (length = %d) received ERROR DEBUG PTK state machine in unknown state. ERROR DEBUG dot11InstallKeys failed ERROR DEBUG group state machine entered into WPA_ AUTH_GTK_INIT ERROR DEBUG dot11Malloc failed ERROR DEBUG dot11Malloc failed ERROR unknown EAP-code %d DEBUG dot11Malloc failed ERROR Authenticator[%d]: DEBUG aesWrap failed ERROR Auth PAE state = %s DEBUG unknown key descriptor version %d ERROR Auth Reauth state = %s DEBUG dot11Malloc failed ERROR Back auth state = %s DEBUG could not initialize AES128ECB ERROR from pnacACToSuppRecvRtn: calling pnacEapPktRecord from pnacEapPktRecord: code = %d, identifier = %d, “ from pnacEapPktRecord: received success pkt from pnacEapPktRecord: received failure pkt from pnacEapPktRecord: received request pkt D-Link DSR-Series User Manual eapolRecvKeyMsg: MIC bit must be set wpaAuthRecvPTKMsg2: unexpected packet received wpaAuthRecvPTKMsg2: mic check failed wpaAuthRecvPTKMsg2: rsn ie mismatch wpaAuthRecvPTKMsg4: unexpected packet received wpaAuthRecvPTKMsg4: keyDataLength not zero wpaAuthRecvPTKMsg4: mic check failed wpaAuthRecvGTKMsg2: unexpected packet received secureBit not set in GTK Msg2 wpaAuthRecvGTKMsg2: keyDataLength not zero wpaAuthRecvGTKMsg2: mic check failed wpaAuthRecvKeyReq: unexpected packet received wpaAuthRecvKeyReq: keyDataLength not zero ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR 268 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Supplicant[%d]: DEBUG could not initialize AES-128-ECB ERROR Supp Pae state = %s DEBUG MD5 initialization failed ERROR from pnacBackAuthFail: calling pnacTxCannedFail DEBUG RC4 framework initialization failed ERROR %s returned ERROR DEBUG PNAC framework initialization failed ERROR pnacUmiIoctlHandler: cmd: %s(%d) DEBUG ERROR: option value not specified ERROR %s not configured for 802.1x DEBUG ERROR: -u can be used only with -s ERROR could not process PDU received from the wire DEBUG ERROR: user-name not specified ERROR pnacPDUForward: failed to foward the received PDU DEBUG failed to enable debug ERROR Creating PHY port with AUTH backend : %s SendRtn: %p RecvRtn:%p DEBUG [%s]: failed to convert string to MAC “ ERROR pnacUmiAuthConfig: %s not configured for 802.1x DEBUG failed to initialize UMI ERROR pnacSuppRegisterUserInfo: not a valid AC DEBUG pnacPhyPortParamSet:invalid arguments ERROR pnacIfConfig: autoAuth Enabled DEBUG pnacPhyPortParamSet:Failed to create socket ERROR pnacSendRtn: no pnac port pae found for “ DEBUG Error from pnacPhyPortParamSet:%sdevice invalid ERROR sending portStatus: %s[%d] to dot11 DEBUG Error from pnacPhyPortParamSet:%sGetting MAC address “ ERROR pnacRecvASInfoMessage: Rkey of length %d set DEBUG pnacPhyPortParamSet:Failed to add 802.1X multicast “ ERROR ASSendRtn: %p ASToAuthRecv: %p DEBUG pnacIsInterfaceUp: failed to create a raw socket ERROR adpRand failed:unable to generate random unicast key WARN pnacIsInterfaceUp: failed to get interface flags ERROR using group key as unicast key WARN failed to allocate buffer ERROR Integrity check failed more than once in last 60 secs. WARN UMI initialization failed ERROR MIC failed twice in last 60 secs, taking countermeasures WARN UMI initialization failed ERROR Failed to set dot11 port status WARN Error from pnacEapDemoAuthLibInit: malloc failed ERROR PTK state machine in NO_STATE. WARN Error from pnacEapDemoAuthRecv: received null EAP pkt ERROR PTK state machine in NO_STATE!! WARN Error from pnacEapDemoAuthRecv: send “ ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 269 Appendix D - Log Output Reference PMKSA refcount not 1 WARN Error from pnacRadXlateASAdd: cannot open socket ERROR IV verification failednknown subtype> WARN Error from pnacRadXlateDemoRecv: received null EAP pkt ERROR pnacIfConfig: overwriting previous interface “ WARN From pnacRadXlateDemoRecv: send “ ERROR pnacIfConfig: overwriting previous “ WARN Error from pnacRadXlateDemoRecv: RADIUS “ ERROR pnacIfConfig: overwriting previous username” WARN pnacIfConfig: overwriting previous password” WARN %s: Failed to set port status WARN %s: Failed to notify event to dot11 WARN pnacLibDeinit: Failed to destroy the phyPort:%s WARN pnacPortPaeDeconfig:kpnacPortPaeDeco nfig failed WARN pnacPortPaeDeconfig:kpnacPortPaeDeco nfig failed WARN pnacBackAuthSuccess: failed to notify the destination “ WARN could not initialize MGMT framework ERROR umiInit failed ERROR iappInit failed ERROR could not initialize IAPP MGMT. ERROR Error from pnacEapDemoSuppRecv: send ptr to pnac supplicant” ERROR dot11Malloc failed ERROR From pnacEapDemoSuppRecv: user info not entered yet ERROR buffer length not specified ERROR Error from pnacEapDemoSuppRecv: couldn’t “ ERROR Invalid length(%d) specified ERROR MDString: adpDigestInit for md5 failed ERROR Failed to get information about authorized AP list. ERROR pnacUmiInit: UMI initialization failed ERROR Recd IE data for non-existent AP %s ERROR could not start PNAC task ERROR Recd IE data for wrong AP %s ERROR invalid aruments ERROR Received Invalid IE data from WSC ERROR pnacIfNameToIndex failed ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual Error from pnacRadXlateDemoRecv: RADIUS “ Error from pnacRadXlateRadIdRespSend: send to failed Error from pnacRadXlateRadNonIdRespSend: send to failed Error from pnacRadXlateRadRecvProc: recvfrom failed From pnacRadXlateRadPktIntegrityChk: no corresponding “ Error from pnacRadXlateRadPktIntegrityChk: no message “ Error from pnacRadXlateRadPktIntegrityChk: “ From pnacRadXlateRadChalPktHandle: no encapsulated eap “ Error from pnacRadXlateRadChalPktHandle: malloc for eap “ Error from pnacEapDemoSuppUserInfoRegister: invalid “ Error from pnacEapDemoSuppRecv: received null EAP pkt ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR 270 Appendix D - Log Output Reference pnacPhyPortParamSet: device invalid %s%d pnacPhyPortParamSet: EIOCGADDR ioctl failed pnacPhyPortParamSet: multicast addr add ioctl failed pnacPhyPortParamUnset: multicast addr del ioctl failed Recd IE data for non-existent AP %s ERROR Recd WSC Start command without interface name ERROR Recd WSC start for non-existent AP %s ERROR Recd WSC start for wrong AP %s ERROR Unable to send WSC_WLAN_CMD_PORT to WSC ERROR pnacPDUXmit: Invalid arguments ERROR Failed to get the ap context for %s ERROR pnacPDUXmit: failed to get M_BLK_ID ERROR WPS can only be applied to WPA/WPA2 security profiles ERROR wpsEnable: running wsccmd failed ERROR Failed to get the ap context for %s ERROR pnacSendRtn: Invalid arguments ERROR ERROR pnacSendRtn: no physical port corresponding to” ERROR ERROR pnacSendRtn: dropping packet as port” ERROR WPS conf. under non WPA/WPA2 security setting Failed to reset the Beacon Frame IE in the driver Failed to reset the Beacon Frame IE in the driver WPS method cannot be NULL PIN value length should be a multiple of 4 !! Failed to initiate PIN based association, PIN = %s Failed to initiate PBC based enrolle association Invalid association mode. (Allowed modes : PIN/PBC) ERROR ERROR ERROR from pnacIsInterfaceUp: device %s%d invalid pnacRecvRtn: dropping received packet as port is” pnacAuthBuildRC4KeyDesc: adpEncryptInit(RC4) failed pnacAuthBuildRC4KeyDesc: adpCipherContextCtrl” pnacDot11UserSet: incorrect buffer length ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR PNAC user component id not set. ERROR ERROR pnacKeyInfoGet:failed to allocate buffer ERROR ERROR PNAC user comp id not set. dropping EAPOL key pkt pnacUmiPortPaeParamSet: invalid buffer received ERROR wpsEnable: running wsccmd failed ERROR Failed to send QUIT command to WSC from DOT11 ERROR Error from pnacRecvASInfoMessage: “ ERROR Failed to clear off the WPS process ERROR pnacRecvASInfoMessage: “ ERROR missing profile name ERROR pnacRecvASInfoMessage: Bad info length ERROR A profile exists with the same name ERROR Error from pnacLibInit: malloc failed ERROR Error in allocating memory for profile ERROR could not create phy ports lock ERROR missing profile name ERROR could not create nodes ports lock ERROR missing profile name ERROR port exists for iface - %s ERROR Profile name and interface name must be specified ERROR pnacPhyPortCreate failed ERROR Profile %s does not exist ERROR kpnacPhyPortCreate failed ERROR Could not set profile %s on the interface %s ERROR invalid argument ERROR missing profile name ERROR pnacAuthConfig: maxAuth limit reached ERROR Profile %s does not exist ERROR pnacAuthConfig: malloc failed ERROR Profile %s does not exist ERROR SSID should not be longer than %d ERROR Profile %s does not exist ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual Error from pnacAuthConfig: pAsArg cannot be NULL Error from pnacAuthConfig: receive routine hook “ pnacAuthConfig: pnacAuthInit failed ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR 271 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Profile %s does not exist ERROR kpnacPortPaeConfig failed ERROR Profile %s does not exist ERROR Invalid arguments ERROR Profile %s does not exist ERROR Profile %s does not exist ERROR Profile %s does not exist ERROR SSID not set. SSID is needed to generate password hash ERROR Password string too big ERROR dot11Malloc failed ERROR Profile %s does not exist ERROR Hex string should only have %d hex chars ERROR dot11Malloc failed ERROR Profile %s does not exist ERROR invalid key index %d. key index should be 0-3. ERROR wepKey length incorrect ERROR Profile %s does not exist ERROR Invalid Cipher type %d ERROR Profile supports WEP stas,Group cipher must be WEP ERROR Profile %s does not exist ERROR Profile %s does not exist ERROR Profile %s does not exist ERROR invalid pairwise cipher type %d ERROR Cipher %s is already in the list. ERROR Profile %s does not exist ERROR Invalid Cipher type %d ERROR Cipher %s not found in the list. ERROR Profile %s does not exist ERROR Profile %s does not exist ERROR Auth method %s is already in the list ERROR Profile %s does not exist ERROR Auth method %s not found in the list. ERROR Profile %s does not exist ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual Error from pnacSuppConfig: malloc failed Error from pnacSuppConfig: receive routine hook “ Error from pnacSuppConfig: pnacSuppInit failed kpnacPortPaeConfig failed pnacAuthDeconfig failed: pPortPae NULL Error from pnacPhyPortDestroy: port not configured pnacPhyPortDestroy: Failed to deconfigure port pnacPhyPortParamUnset FAILED Error from pnacPhyPortCreate: malloc failed Error from pnacPhyPortCreate: pnacPhyPortParamSet” error from pnacPhyPortCreate: malloc failed Error from pnacAuthInit: pnacPortTimersInit failed Error from pnacAuthInit: pnacAuthPAEInit failed Error from pnacAuthInit: pnacAuthKeyTxInit failed Error from pnacAuthInit: pnacReauthTimerInit failed Error from pnacAuthInit: pnacBackAuthInit failed Error from pnacAuthInit: pnacCtrlDirInit failed Error from pnacAuthInit: pnacKeyRecvInit failed Error from pnacSuppInit: malloc failed Error from pnacSuppInit: pnacPortTimersInit failed Error from pnacSuppInit: pnacKeyRecvInit failed Error from pnacSuppInit: pnacSuppKeyTxInit failed Error from pnacSuppInit: pnacSuppPAEInit failed Error from pnacRecvRtn: invalid arguments Error from pnacRecvMapi: unsupported PDU received suppToACSendRtn returned not OK! Error from pnacBasicPktCreate: malloc failed Error from pnacEAPPktCreate: basic pkt create failed Error from pnacTxCannedFail: eap pkt create failed ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR 272 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Error from pnacTxCannedSuccess: eap pkt create failed Error from pnacTxReqId: eap pkt create failed Error from pnacTxReq: eap pkt create failed Error from pnacSendRespToServer: malloc failed Error from pnacSendRespToServer: no AS configured Error from pnacTxStart: basic pkt create failed Error from pnacTxStart: basic pkt create failed Error from pnacTxRspId: eap pkt create failed Error from pnacTxRspAuth: eap pkt create failed Error from pnacEapPktRecord: EAP packet too” Profile %s does not exist ERROR Profile %s does not exist ERROR invalid type value %d. supported values are 1,2,3,4 ERROR Profile %s does not exist ERROR invalid type value %d. supported values are 1,2,3,4 ERROR Profile %s does not exist ERROR invalid type value %d. supported values are 1,2,3,4 ERROR Profile %s does not exist ERROR invalid type value %d. supported values are 1,2,3,4 ERROR Profile %s does not exist ERROR invalid type value %d. supported values are 1,2,3,4 ERROR Profile %s does not exist ERROR ERROR: incomplete DB update information. ERROR old values result does not contain 2 rows ERROR hmac_md5:adpHmacInit failed ERROR sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR pnacUmiIoctlHandler: invalid cmd: %d ERROR Error in executing DB update handler ERROR sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR ERROR: incomplete DB update information. ERROR pnacXmit : umiIoctl failed[%d] ERROR old values result does not contain 2 rows ERROR pnacPDUForward: Invalid input ERROR sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR Error in executing DB update handler ERROR sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR sqlite3QueryResGet failed.Query:%s ERROR startStopVap failed to stop %s ERROR Invalid SQLITE operation code - %d ERROR ./src/dot11/mgmt/dot11Mgmt.c:1177: ADP_ERROR ( only delete event expected on dot11RogueAP. ERROR ERROR sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR unhandled database operation %d ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual Error from pnacEapPktRecord: “ from pnacBackAuthTimeout: calling pnacTxCannedFail hmac_md5: adpHmacContextCreate failed pnacEapRadAuthSend: Invalid arguments pnacEapRadAuthSend: failed to allocate inbuffer pnacPDUForward: error in getting port pae information pnacPDUForward: error allocating memory pnacUmiIfMacAddrChange: %s not configured for 802.1x pnacUmiIfMacAddrChange: could not process PDU received” pnacUmiPhyPortConfig: Invalid config data pnacUmiPhyPortConfig: Invalid backend name specified pnacUmiPhyPortConfig: could not create PNAC physical” pnacUmiAuthConfig: Invalid config data pnacUmiAuthConfig: Invalid backend name specified unable to create new EAP context. unable to apply %s profile on the EAP context. pnacUmiAuthConfig: could not configure PNAC PAE “ ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR 273 Appendix D - Log Output Reference pnacUmiSuppConfig: Invalid config data pnacUmiSuppConfig: Invalid backend name specified pnacUmiSuppConfig: %s not configured for 802.1x pnacUmiSuppConfig: could not PNAC port Access” pnacUmiSuppConfig: Failed to register user information pnacPortByMacDeconfig: port not found pnacPortByMacDeconfig: port not found sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR failed to configure WPS on %s ERROR sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR no VAP rows returned. expected one ERROR pnacUmiIfDown: Invalid config data ERROR multiple VAP rows returned. expected one ERROR pnacUmiIfDown: Invalid config data ERROR sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR invalid query result. ncols=%d nrows=%d ERROR %s:VAP(%s) create failed ERROR sqlite3QueryResGet failed ERROR invalid query result. ncols=%d nrows=%d ERROR Error from pnacPortDeconfig: port not configured pnacUmiIfDown: could not deconfigure port pnacUmiPhyPortDestroy: Invalid config data pnacUmiPhyPortDestroy: Invalid config data pnacUmiPhyPortDestroy: Failed to destroy the port Invalid config data ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR Facility: Kernel Log Message Severity Log Message Severity DNAT: multiple ranges no longer supported DEBUG %s: %s%s:%d -> %s:%d %s, DEBUG DNAT: Target size %u wrong for %u ranges, DEBUG %s: %s%s:%d %s, DEBUG DNAT: wrong table %s, tablename DEBUG %s: Failed to add WDS MAC: %s, dev>name, DEBUG DNAT: hook mask 0x%x bad, hook_mask DEBUG %s: Device already has WDS mac address attached, DEBUG %s%d: resetting MPPC/MPPE compressor, DEBUG %s: Added WDS MAC: %s, dev->name, DEBUG %s%d: wrong offset value: %d, DEBUG %s: WDS MAC address %s is not known by this interface, DEBUG %s%d: wrong length of match value: %d, DEBUG [madwifi] %s() : Not enough space., __FUNCTION__ DEBUG %s%d: too big offset value: %d, DEBUG Returning to chan %d, ieeeChan DEBUG %s%d: cannot decode offset value, DEBUG WEP DEBUG %s%d: wrong length code: 0x%X, DEBUG AES DEBUG %s%d: short packet (len=%d), __FUNCTION__, DEBUG AES_CCM DEBUG %s%d: bad sequence number: %d, expected: %d, DEBUG CKIP DEBUG D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 274 Appendix D - Log Output Reference %s%d: bad sequence number: %d, expected: %d, DEBUG TKIP DEBUG PPPIOCDETACH file->f_count=%d, DEBUG %s: cannot map channel to mode; freq %u flags 0x%x, DEBUG PPP: outbound frame not passed DEBUG %s: %s, vap->iv_dev->name, buf DEBUG PPP: VJ decompression error DEBUG %s: [%s] %s, vap->iv_dev->name, DEBUG PPP: inbound frame not passed DEBUG PPP: reconstructed packet DEBUG PPP: no memory for DEBUG missed pkts %u..%u, DEBUG %s: [%s] %s, vap->iv_dev->name, ether_sprintf(mac), buf [%s:%s] discard %s frame, %s, vap>iv_dev->name, [%s:%s] discard frame, %s, vap->iv_ dev->name, [%s:%s] discard %s information element, %s, [%s:%s] discard information element, %s, [%s:%s] discard %s frame, %s, vap>iv_dev->name, [%s:%s] discard frame, %s, vap->iv_ dev->name, DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG %s%d: resetting MPPC/MPPE compressor, DEBUG %s%d: wrong offset value: %d, DEBUG %s%d: wrong length of match value: %d, DEBUG %s%d: too big offset value: %d, DEBUG ifmedia_add: null ifm DEBUG %s%d: cannot decode offset value, DEBUG Adding entry for DEBUG %s%d: wrong length code: 0x%X, DEBUG ifmedia_set: no match for 0x%x/0x%x, DEBUG %s%d: short packet (len=%d), __FUNCTION__, DEBUG ifmedia_set: target DEBUG %s%d: bad sequence number: %d, expected: %d, DEBUG ifmedia_set: setting to DEBUG %s%d: bad sequence number: %d, expected: %d, DEBUG PPPIOCDETACH file->f_count=%d, DEBUG PPP: outbound frame not passed DEBUG ifmedia_match: multiple match for DEBUG PPP: VJ decompression error DEBUG DEBUG PPP: inbound frame not passed DEBUG desc->ifmt_string DEBUG PPP: reconstructed packet DEBUG mode %s, desc->ifmt_string DEBUG PPP: no memory for DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG %s, desc->ifmt_string DEBUG DEBUG %s%s, seen_option++ ? , : , DEBUG DEBUG %s%s, seen_option++ ? , : , DEBUG PPPOL2TP %s: _fmt, DEBUG %s, seen_option ? > : DEBUG PPPOL2TP: --> %s, __FUNCTION__) DEBUG %s: %s, dev->name, buf DEBUG PPPOL2TP: <-- %s, __FUNCTION__) DEBUG %s: recv: , tunnel->name DEBUG %s: xmit:, session->name DEBUG missed pkts %u..%u, %s: INC_USE_COUNT, now %d, __FUNCTION__, mod_use_count \ %s: DEC_USE_COUNT, now %d, __FUNCTION__, mod_use_count \ D-Link DSR-Series User Manual ifmedia_ioctl: no media found for 0x%x, ifmedia_ioctl: switching %s to , dev>name %s: no memory for sysctl table!, __func__ %s: no memory for VAP name!, __func__ %s: failed to register sysctls!, vap>iv_dev->name DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG 275 Appendix D - Log Output Reference DEBUG %s: no memory for new proc entry (%s)!, __func__, %s: 0x%p len %u, tag, p, len DEBUG %03d:, i DEBUG PPPOL2TP: --> %s, __FUNCTION__) DEBUG %02x, ((u_int8_t *)p)[i] DEBUG PPPOL2TP: <-- %s, __FUNCTION__) DEBUG first difference at byte %u, i DEBUG %s: recv: , tunnel->name DEBUG %s: , t->name DEBUG %s: xmit:, session->name DEBUG FAIL: ieee80211_crypto_newkey failed DEBUG %s: xmit:, session->name DEBUG FAIL: ieee80211_crypto_setkey failed DEBUG PPPOL2TP %s: _fmt, DEBUG FAIL: unable to allocate skbuff DEBUG PPPOL2TP: --> %s, __FUNCTION__) DEBUG FAIL: wep decap failed DEBUG PPPOL2TP: <-- %s, __FUNCTION__) DEBUG DEBUG %s: recv: , tunnel->name DEBUG %s: xmit:, session->name DEBUG FAIL: decap botch; length mismatch FAIL: decap botch; data does not compare FAIL: wep encap failed %s: xmit:, session->name DEBUG FAIL: encap data length mismatch DEBUG IRQ 31 is triggered DEBUG FAIL: encrypt data does not compare DEBUG [%s:%d] , __func__, __LINE__\ DEBUG PASS DEBUG \t[R%s %#0x %#0x 0x%08x%08x], (status == ERROR ? # : ), page, addr, (uint32_t)(*pValue >> 32), (uint32_t)(*pValue & 0xffffffff ) DEBUG %u of %u 802.11i WEP test vectors passed, pass, total DEBUG DEBUG %s: 0x%p len %u, tag, p, len DEBUG DEBUG %03d:, i DEBUG DEBUG %02x, ((u_int8_t *)p)[i] DEBUG DEBUG first difference at byte %u, i DEBUG DEBUG %s: , t->name DEBUG DEBUG FAIL: ieee80211_crypto_newkey failed DEBUG DEBUG FAIL: ieee80211_crypto_setkey failed DEBUG DEBUG FAIL: unable to allocate skbuff DEBUG DEBUG FAIL: ccmp encap failed DEBUG %s: xmit:, session->name %s: module use_count is %d, __FUNCTION__, mod_use_count PPPOL2TP %s: _fmt, DEBUG \t[W%s %#0x %#0x 0x%08x%08x], (status == ERROR ? # : ), page, addr, (uint32_t)(value >> 32), (uint32_t)(value & 0xffffffff ) %s: mac_add %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X, dev>name, addr[0], addr[1], addr[2], addr[3], addr[4], addr[5] %s: mac_del %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X, dev>name, addr[0], addr[1], addr[2], addr[3], addr[4], addr[5] %s: mac_kick %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X, dev>name, addr[0], addr[1], addr[2], addr[3], addr[4], addr[5] %s: mac_undefined %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X, dev>name, addr[0], addr[1], addr[2], addr[3], addr[4], addr[5] %s: addr_add %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X, dev>name, addr[0], addr[1], addr[2], addr[3], addr[4], addr[5] %s: addr_del %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X, dev>name, addr[0], addr[1], addr[2], addr[3], addr[4], addr[5] %s: mac_undefined %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X, dev>name, addr[0], addr[1], addr[2], addr[3], addr[4], addr[5] %s: set_float %d;%d, D-Link DSR-Series User Manual DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG 276 Appendix D - Log Output Reference IRQ 32 is triggered DEBUG FAIL: encap data length mismatch DEBUG ip_finish_output2: No header cache and no neighbour! DEBUG FAIL: encrypt data does not compare DEBUG a guy asks for address mask. Who is it? DEBUG FAIL: ccmp decap failed DEBUG icmp v4 hw csum failure) DEBUG FAIL: decap botch; length mismatch DEBUG expire>> %u %d %d %d, expire, DEBUG FAIL: decap botch; data does not compare DEBUG expire++ %u %d %d %d, expire, DEBUG PASS DEBUG rt_cache @%02x: %u.%u.%u.%u, hash, DEBUG %u of %u 802.11i AES-CCMP test vectors passed, pass, total DEBUG rt_bind_peer(0) @%p, NET_CALLER(iph) DEBUG %s: 0x%p len %u, tag, p, len DEBUG ip_rt_advice: redirect to DEBUG %03d:, i DEBUG ip_rt_bug: %u.%u.%u.%u -> %u.%u.%u.%u, %s, DEBUG %02x, ((u_int8_t *)p)[i] DEBUG udp cork app bug 2) DEBUG first difference at byte %u, i DEBUG udp cork app bug 3) DEBUG ieee80211_crypto_newkey failed DEBUG udp v4 hw csum failure.) DEBUG ieee80211_crypto_setkey failed DEBUG DEBUG unable to allocate skbuff DEBUG DEBUG tkip enmic failed DEBUG %s: lookup policy [list] found=%s, DEBUG enmic botch; length mismatch DEBUG %s: called: [output START], __FUNCTION__ DEBUG enmic botch DEBUG DEBUG tkip encap failed DEBUG DEBUG encrypt phase1 botch DEBUG DEBUG encrypt data length mismatch DEBUG DEBUG encrypt data does not compare DEBUG a guy asks for address mask. Who is it? DEBUG tkip decap failed DEBUG icmp v4 hw csum failure) DEBUG decrypt phase1 botch DEBUG expire>> %u %d %d %d, expire, DEBUG decrypt data does not compare DEBUG expire++ %u %d %d %d, expire, DEBUG decap botch; length mismatch DEBUG rt_cache @%02x: %u.%u.%u.%u, hash, DEBUG decap botch; data does not compare DEBUG rt_bind_peer(0) @%p, NET_CALLER(iph) DEBUG tkip demic failed DEBUG ip_rt_advice: redirect to DEBUG 802.11i TKIP test vectors passed DEBUG ip_rt_bug: %u.%u.%u.%u -> %u.%u.%u.%u, %s, DEBUG %s, buf DEBUG UDP: short packet: From %u.%u.%u.%u:%u %d/%d to %u.%u.%u.%u:%u, DEBUG Atheros HAL assertion failure: %s: line %u: %s, DEBUG UDP: short packet: From %u.%u.%u.%u:%u %d/%d to %u.%u.%u.%u:%u, UDP: bad checksum. From %d.%d.%d.%d:%d to %d.%d.%d.%d:%d ulen %d, %s: flow dst=%s, __FUNCTION__, XFRMSTRADDR(fl->fl4_dst, family) %s: flow src=%s, __FUNCTION__, XFRMSTRADDR(fl->fl4_src, family) %s: flow dst=%s, __FUNCTION__, XFRMSTRADDR(fl->fl6_dst, family) %s: flow src=%s, __FUNCTION__, XFRMSTRADDR(fl->fl6_src, family) D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 277 Appendix D - Log Output Reference UDP: bad checksum. From %d.%d.%d.%d:%d to %d.%d.%d.%d:%d ulen %d, DEBUG ath_hal: logging to %s %s, ath_hal_ logfile, DEBUG a guy asks for address mask. Who is it? DEBUG ath_hal: logging disabled DEBUG fib_add_ifaddr: bug: prim == NULL DEBUG %s%s, sep, ath_hal_buildopts[i] DEBUG fib_del_ifaddr: bug: prim == NULL DEBUG ath_pci: No devices found, driver not installed. DEBUG expire>> %u %d %d %d, expire, DEBUG _fmt, __VA_ARGS__ DEBUG expire++ %u %d %d %d, expire, DEBUG %s: Warning, using only %u entries in %u key cache, DEBUG rt_cache @%02x: %u.%u.%u.%u, hash, DEBUG %s: TX99 support enabled, dev>name DEBUG rt_bind_peer(0) @%p, DEBUG %s:grppoll Buf allocation failed ,__func__ DEBUG ip_rt_advice: redirect to DEBUG %s: %s: unable to start recv logic, DEBUG ip_rt_bug: %u.%u.%u.%u -> %u.%u.%u.%u, %s, DEBUG %s: %s: unable to start recv logic, DEBUG %s: lookup policy [list] found=%s, DEBUG %s: no skbuff, __func__ DEBUG %s: called: [output START], __FUNCTION__ DEBUG %s: hardware error; resetting, dev>name DEBUG %s: flow dst=%s, __FUNCTION__, XFRMSTRADDR(fl->fl4_dst, family) DEBUG %s: rx FIFO overrun; resetting, dev>name DEBUG %s: flow src=%s, __FUNCTION__, XFRMSTRADDR(fl->fl4_src, family) DEBUG %s: unable to reset hardware: ‘%s’ (HAL status %u) DEBUG %s: flow dst=%s, __FUNCTION__, XFRMSTRADDR(fl->fl6_dst, family) DEBUG %s: unable to start recv logic, dev>name DEBUG %s: flow src=%s, __FUNCTION__, XFRMSTRADDR(fl->fl6_src, family) DEBUG %s: %s: unable to reset hardware: ‘%s’ (HAL status %u), DEBUG a guy asks for address mask. Who is it? DEBUG %s: %s: unable to start recv logic, DEBUG icmp v4 hw csum failure) DEBUG ath_mgtstart: discard, no xmit buf DEBUG expire>> %u %d %d %d, expire, DEBUG %s: [%02u] %-7s , tag, ix, ciphers[hk>kv_type] DEBUG expire++ %u %d %d %d, expire, DEBUG %02x, hk->kv_val[i] DEBUG rt_cache @%02x: %u.%u.%u.%u, hash, DEBUG mac %s, ether_sprintf(mac) DEBUG rt_bind_peer(0) @%p, NET_CALLER(iph) DEBUG %s , sc->sc_splitmic ? mic : rxmic DEBUG ip_rt_advice: redirect to DEBUG %02x, hk->kv_mic[i] DEBUG D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 278 Appendix D - Log Output Reference ip_rt_bug: %u.%u.%u.%u -> %u.%u.%u.%u, %s, DEBUG txmic DEBUG UDP: short packet: From %u.%u.%u.%u:%u %d/%d to %u.%u.%u.%u:%u, DEBUG %02x, hk->kv_txmic[i] DEBUG UDP: bad checksum. From %d.%d.%d.%d:%d to %d.%d.%d.%d:%d ulen %d, DEBUG %s: unable to update h/w beacon queue parameters, DEBUG REJECT: ECHOREPLY no longer supported. DEBUG %s: stuck beacon; resetting (bmiss count %u), DEBUG ipt_rpc: only valid for PRE_ROUTING, FORWARD, POST_ROUTING, LOCAL_IN and/or LOCAL_OUT targets. DEBUG move data from NORMAL to XR DEBUG ip_nat_init: can’t setup rules. DEBUG moved %d buffers from NORMAL to XR, index DEBUG ip_nat_init: can’t register in hook. DEBUG move buffers from XR to NORMAL DEBUG ip_nat_init: can’t register out hook. DEBUG moved %d buffers from XR to NORMAL, count DEBUG ip_nat_init: can’t register adjust in hook. DEBUG %s:%d %s, __FILE__, __LINE__, __func__ DEBUG ip_nat_init: can’t register adjust out hook. DEBUG %s:%d %s, __FILE__, __LINE__, __func__ DEBUG ip_nat_init: can’t register local out hook. DEBUG %s: no buffer (%s), dev->name, __func__ DEBUG ip_nat_init: can’t register local in hook. DEBUG %s: no skbuff (%s), dev->name, __func__ DEBUG ipt_hook: happy cracking. DEBUG %s: HAL qnum %u out of range, max %u!, DEBUG ip_conntrack: can’t register pre-routing defrag hook. DEBUG grppoll_start: grppoll Buf allocation failed DEBUG ip_conntrack: can’t register local_out defrag hook. DEBUG %s: HAL qnum %u out of range, max %u!, DEBUG ip_conntrack: can’t register pre-routing hook. DEBUG %s: AC %u out of range, max %u!, DEBUG ip_conntrack: can’t register local out hook. DEBUG %s: unable to update hardware queue DEBUG ip_conntrack: can’t register local in helper hook. DEBUG %s: bogus frame type 0x%x (%s), dev>name, DEBUG ip_conntrack: can’t register postrouting helper hook. DEBUG ath_stoprecv: rx queue 0x%x, link %p, DEBUG ip_conntrack: can’t register post-routing hook. DEBUG %s: %s: unable to reset channel %u (%u MHz) DEBUG ip_conntrack: can’t register local in hook. DEBUG %s: %s: unable to restart recv logic, DEBUG ip_conntrack: can’t register to sysctl. DEBUG %s: unable to allocate channel table, dev->name DEBUG ip_conntrack_rtsp v IP_NF_RTSP_VERSION loading DEBUG %s: unable to allocate channel table, dev->name DEBUG D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 279 Appendix D - Log Output Reference ip_conntrack_rtsp: max_outstanding must be a positive integer DEBUG %s: unable to collect channel list from HAL; DEBUG ip_conntrack_rtsp: setup_timeout must be a positive integer DEBUG R (%p %llx) %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %c, DEBUG ip_conntrack_rtsp: ERROR registering port %d, ports[i] DEBUG T (%p %llx) %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %c, DEBUG ip_nat_rtsp v IP_NF_RTSP_VERSION loading DEBUG %s: no memory for sysctl table!, __func__ DEBUG %s: Sorry! Cannot find this match option., __ FILE__ DEBUG %s: no memory for device name storage!, __func__ DEBUG ipt_time loading DEBUG %s: failed to register sysctls!, sc->sc_ dev->name DEBUG ipt_time unloaded DEBUG %s: mac %d.%d phy %d.%d, dev>name, DEBUG ip_conntrack_irc: max_dcc_channels must be a positive integer DEBUG 5 GHz radio %d.%d 2 GHz radio %d.%d, DEBUG ip_conntrack_irc: ERROR registering port %d, DEBUG radio %d.%d, ah->ah_analog5GhzRev >> 4, DEBUG ip_nat_h323: ip_nat_mangle_tcp_packet DEBUG radio %d.%d, ah->ah_analog5GhzRev >> 4, DEBUG ip_nat_h323: ip_nat_mangle_udp_packet DEBUG %s: Use hw queue %u for %s traffic, DEBUG ip_nat_h323: out of expectations DEBUG %s: Use hw queue %u for CAB traffic, dev->name, DEBUG ip_nat_h323: out of RTP ports DEBUG %s: Use hw queue %u for beacons, dev->name, DEBUG ip_nat_h323: out of TCP ports DEBUG Could not find Board Configuration Data DEBUG ip_nat_q931: out of TCP ports DEBUG Could not find Radio Configuration data DEBUG ip_nat_ras: out of TCP ports DEBUG ath_ahb: No devices found, driver not installed. DEBUG ip_nat_q931: out of TCP ports DEBUG _fmt, __VA_ARGS__ DEBUG ip_conntrack_core: Frag of proto %u., DEBUG _fmt, __VA_ARGS__ DEBUG Broadcast packet! DEBUG xlr8NatIpFinishOutput: Err.. skb2 == NULL ! DEBUG Should bcast: %u.%u.%u.%u->%u.%u.%u.%u (sk=%p, ptype=%u), DEBUG ip_conntrack version %s (%u buckets, %d max) DEBUG ERROR registering port %d, DEBUG icmpExceptionHandler: Exception! DEBUG netfilter PSD loaded - (c) astaro AG DEBUG fragExceptionHandler: Exception! DEBUG D-Link DSR-Series User Manual xlr8NatSoftCtxEnqueue: Calling xlr8NatIpFinishOutput () .., status xlr8NatSoftCtxEnqueue: xlr8NatIpFinishOutput () returned [%d], status DEBUG DEBUG 280 Appendix D - Log Output Reference netfilter PSD unloaded - (c) astaro AG DEBUG algExceptionHandler: Exception! DEBUG %s , SELF DEBUG dnsExceptionHandler: Exception! DEBUG %s , LAN DEBUG IPsecExceptionHandler: Exception! DEBUG %s , WAN DEBUG ESP Packet Src:%x Dest:%x Sport:%d dport:%d secure:%d spi:%d isr:%p, DEBUG TRUNCATED DEBUG xlr8NatConntrackPreHook: We found the valid context, DEBUG SRC=%u.%u.%u.%u DST=%u.%u.%u.%u , DEBUG xlr8NatConntrackPreHook: Not a secured packet. DEBUG LEN=%u TOS=0x%02X PREC=0x%02X TTL=%u ID=%u , DEBUG xlr8NatConntrackPreHook: isr=[%p], pIsr DEBUG FRAG:%u , ntohs(ih->frag_off ) & IP_OFFSET DEBUG xlr8NatConntrackPreHook: secure=[%d], secure DEBUG TRUNCATED DEBUG Context found for ESP %p,pFlowEntry>post.pIsr[0] DEBUG PROTO=TCP DEBUG xlr8NatConntrackPreHook: New connection. DEBUG INCOMPLETE [%u bytes] , DEBUG xlr8NatConntrackPostHook: postSecure=[%d] postIsr=[%p %p], DEBUG SPT=%u DPT=%u , DEBUG proto %d spi %d <-------> proto %d spi %d,pPktInfo->proto,pPktInfo->spi, DEBUG SEQ=%u ACK=%u , DEBUG IPSEC_INF Clock skew detected DEBUG WINDOW=%u , ntohs(th->window) DEBUG IPSEC_ERR [%s:%d]: Max (%d) No of SA Limit reached, DEBUG RES=0x%02x , (u8)(ntohl(tcp_flag_word(th) & TCP_RESERVED_BITS) >> 22) DEBUG IPSEC_ERR [%s:%d]: Max (%d) No of SA Limit reached, DEBUG URGP=%u , ntohs(th->urg_ptr) DEBUG IPSEC_ERR [%s:%d]: time(secs): %u DEBUG TRUNCATED DEBUG ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table DEBUG %02X, op[i] DEBUG ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table DEBUG PROTO=UDP DEBUG ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table DEBUG INCOMPLETE [%u bytes] , DEBUG ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table DEBUG SPT=%u DPT=%u LEN=%u , DEBUG ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table DEBUG SPT=%u DPT=%u LEN=%u , DEBUG ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table DEBUG PROTO=ICMP DEBUG unknown oid ‘%s’, varName DEBUG INCOMPLETE [%u bytes] , DEBUG could not find oid pointer for ‘%s’, varName DEBUG TYPE=%u CODE=%u , ich->type, ich->code DEBUG unRegistering IPsecMib ..... DEBUG INCOMPLETE [%u bytes] , DEBUG ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table DEBUG ID=%u SEQ=%u , DEBUG ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table DEBUG D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 281 Appendix D - Log Output Reference PARAMETER=%u , DEBUG GATEWAY=%u.%u.%u.%u , DEBUG MTU=%u , ntohs(ich->un.frag.mtu) DEBUG PROTO=AH DEBUG INCOMPLETE [%u bytes] , DEBUG SPI=0x%x , ntohl(ah->spi) DEBUG PROTO=ESP INCOMPLETE [%u bytes] , SPI=0x%x , ntohl(eh->spi) PROTO=%u , ih->protocol UID=%u , skb->sk->sk_socket->file->f_uid <%d>%sIN=%s OUT=%s , loginfo->u.log.level, level_string %sIN=%s OUT=%s , DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG %s , prefix == NULL ? loginfo->prefix : prefix DEBUG IN= DEBUG OUT= PHYSIN=%s , physindev->name DEBUG DEBUG PHYSOUT=%s , physoutdev->name DEBUG MAC= DEBUG %02x%c, *p, DEBUG NAT: no longer support implicit source local NAT DEBUG NAT: packet src %u.%u.%u.%u -> dst %u.%u.%u.%u, DEBUG SNAT: multiple ranges no longer supported DEBUG format,##args) DEBUG version DEBUG offset_before=%d, offset_after=%d, correction_ pos=%u, x->offset_before, x->offset_after, x->correction_pos DEBUG ip_ct_h323: DEBUG ip_ct_h323: incomplete TPKT (fragmented?) DEBUG ip_ct_h245: decoding error: %s, DEBUG ip_ct_h245: packet dropped DEBUG ip_ct_q931: decoding error: %s, DEBUG ip_ct_q931: packet dropped DEBUG ip_ct_ras: decoding error: %s, DEBUG D-Link DSR-Series User Manual ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table ERROR: Failed to add entry to IPsec sa table unknown oid ‘%s’, varName could not find oid pointer for ‘%s’, varName unRegistering IPsecMib ..... . %u.%u.%u.%u, NIPQUAD(trt->rt_dst) %02x, *p . %u.%u.%u.%u, NIPQUAD(trt->rt_dst) %02x, *p . %u.%u.%u.%u, NIPQUAD(trt->rt_dst) %02x, *p . %u.%u.%u.%u, NIPQUAD(trt->rt_dst) %02x, *p unable to register vIPsec kernel comp to UMI unregistering VIPSECK from UMI .... in vIPsecKIoctlHandler cmd - %d, cmd %s: Error. DST Refcount value less than 1 (%d), for %s DEVICE refcnt: %d ,pDst->dev>name, %s: Got Null m:%p *m:%p sa:%p *sa:%p,__func__,ppBufMgr, %s Got Deleted SA:%p state:%d,__ func__,pIPsecInfo,pIPsecInfo->state %s: %s: fmt, __FILE__, __FUNCTION__ , ## args) %s: %s: fmt, __FILE__, __FUNCTION__ , ## args) ipt_TIME: format, ## args) IPT_ACCOUNT_NAME : checkentry() wrong parameters (not equals existing table parameters). IPT_ACCOUNT_NAME : checkentry() too big netmask. IPT_ACCOUNT_NAME : checkentry() failed to allocate %zu for new table %s., sizeof(struct t_ipt_account_table), info->name IPT_ACCOUNT_NAME : checkentry() wrong network/netmask. account: Wrong netmask given by netmask parameter (%i). Valid is 32 to 0., netmask IPT_ACCOUNT_NAME : checkentry() failed to create procfs entry. IPT_ACCOUNT_NAME : checkentry() failed to register match. failed to create procfs entry . MPPE/MPPC encryption/compression module registered DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO 282 Appendix D - Log Output Reference DEBUG DEBUG MPPE/MPPC encryption/compression module unregistered PPP generic driver version PPP_ VERSION MPPE/MPPC encryption/compression module registered MPPE/MPPC encryption/compression module unregistered PPP generic driver version PPP_ VERSION PPPoL2TP kernel driver, %s, PPPoL2TP kernel driver, %s, DEBUG PPPoL2TP kernel driver, %s, INFO DEBUG DEBUG failed to create procfs entry . proc dir not created .. INFO INFO DEBUG Initialzing Product Data modules INFO DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG De initializing by \ kernel UMI module loaded kernel UMI module unloaded INFO INFO INFO DEBUG Loading bridge module INFO DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG Unloading bridge module unsupported command %d, cmd Loading ifDev module INFO INFO INFO DEBUG Unloading ifDev module ERROR#%d in alloc_chrdev_region, result ERROR#%d in cdev_add, result using bcm switch %s, bcmswitch privlegedID %d wanporttNo: %d, privlegedID,wanportNo INFO DEBUG Loading mii INFO DEBUG Unloading mii INFO DEBUG %s: Version 0.1 INFO DEBUG INFO ip_ct_ras: packet dropped DEBUG ERROR registering port %d, DEBUG ERROR registering port %d, DEBUG ipt_connlimit [%d]: src=%u.%u.%u.%u:%d dst=%u.%u.%u.%u:%d %s, ipt_connlimit [%d]: src=%u.%u.%u.%u:%d dst=%u.%u.%u.%u:%d new, ipt_connlimit: Oops: invalid ct state ? ipt_connlimit: Hmm, kmalloc failed :-( ipt_connlimit: src=%u.%u.%u.%u mask=%u.%u.%u.%u _lvl PPPOL2TP: _fmt, ##args %02X, ptr[length] %02X, ((unsigned char *) m->msg_iov[i].iov_ base)[j] %02X, skb->data[i] _lvl PPPOL2TP: _fmt, ##args %02X, ptr[length] %02X, ((unsigned char *) m->msg_iov[i].iov_ base)[j] %02X, skb->data[i] _lvl PPPOL2TP: _fmt, ##args %02X, ptr[length] %02X, ((unsigned char *) m->msg_iov[i].iov_ base)[j] %02X, skb->data[i] DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG KERN_EMERG THE value read is %d,value*/ KERN_EMERG Factory Reset button is pressed DEBUG DEBUG KERN_EMERG Returing error in INTR registration DEBUG KERN_EMERG Initialzing Factory defaults modules Failed to allocate memory for pSipListNode SIPALG: Memeory allocation failed for pSipNodeEntryTbl pkt-err %s, pktInfo.error INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO pkt-err %s, pktInfo.error DEBUG pkt-err %s, pktInfo.error DEBUG %s Len=%d, msg, len DEBUG %02x , ((uint8_t *) ptr)[i] DEBUG End CVM_MOD_EXP_BASE MISMATCH cmd=%x base=%x, cmd, op->sizeofptr = %ld, op->sizeofptr opcode cmd = %x, cmd modexp opcode received Memory Allocation failed modexpcrt opcode received kmalloc failed kmalloc failed DEBUG %s: driver unloaded, dev_info wlan: %s backend registered, be>iab_name wlan: %s backend unregistered, wlan: %s acl policy registered, iac>iac_name wlan: %s acl policy unregistered, iac>iac_name %s, tmpbuf DEBUG VLAN2 INFO DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO kmalloc failed DEBUG kmalloc failed kmalloc Failed DEBUG DEBUG VLAN3 VLAN4 <%d %d>, %s: %s, dev_info, version %s: driver unloaded, dev_info %s, buf %s: %s (, dev_info, ath_hal_version %s: driver unloaded, dev_info %s: %s: mem=0x%lx, irq=%d hw_ base=0x%p, %s: %s, dev_info, version %s: driver unloaded, dev_info D-Link DSR-Series User Manual INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO 283 Appendix D - Log Output Reference kmalloc failed DEBUG %s: %s: mem=0x%lx, irq=%d, INFO unknown cyrpto ioctl cmd received %x, cmd DEBUG %s: %s: mem=0x%lx, irq=%d, INFO register_chrdev returned ZERO DEBUG %s: %s, dev_info, version INFO const char *descr, krb5_keyblock *k) { DEBUG %s: driver unloaded, dev_info INFO F password, &pdata DEBUG %s, buf INFO test key, key DEBUG %s: %s (, dev_info, ath_hal_version INFO pre-hashed key, key DEBUG %s: driver unloaded, dev_info INFO const char *descr, krb5_keyblock *k) { DEBUG %s: driver unloaded, dev_info INFO AES 128-bit key, &key DEBUG %s: Version 2.0.0 INFO const char *descr, krb5_keyblock *k) { DEBUG %s: driver unloaded, dev_info INFO test key, key DEBUG %s: driver unloaded, dev_info INFO pre-hashed key, key DEBUG wlan: %s backend registered, be>iab_name INFO const char *descr, krb5_keyblock *k) { DEBUG wlan: %s backend unregistered, INFO 128-bit AES key,&dk DEBUG wlan: %s acl policy registered, iac>iac_name INFO 256-bit AES key, &dk DEBUG wlan: %s acl policy unregistered, iac>iac_name INFO WARNING: DEBUG %s: %s, dev_info, version INFO bwMonMultipathNxtHopSelect:: checking rates DEBUG %s: driver unloaded, dev_info INFO hop :%d dev:%s usableBwLimit = %d currBwShare = %d lastHopSelected = %d weightedHopPrefer = %d , DEBUG %s: %s (, dev_info, ath_hal_version INFO 1. selecting hop: %d lastHopSelected = %d , selHop, lastHopSelected DEBUG %s: driver unloaded, dev_info INFO 4. hop :%d dev:%s usableBwLimit = %d currBwShare = %d lastHopSelected = %d weightedHopPrefer = %d , DEBUG %s: %s: mem=0x%lx, irq=%d, INFO 2. selecting hop: %d lastHopSelected = %d , selHop, lastHopSelected DEBUG %s: %s, dev_info, version INFO D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 284 Appendix D - Log Output Reference 3. selecting hop: %d lastHopSelected = %d , selHop, lastHopSelected DEBUG %s: driver unloaded, dev_info INFO bwMonitor multipath selection enabled DEBUG ath_pci: switching rfkill capability %s, INFO bwMonitor multipath selection disabled DEBUG Unknown autocreate mode: %s, INFO weightedHopPrefer set to %d ,weightedHopPrefer DEBUG %s: %s: mem=0x%lx, irq=%d, INFO bwMonitor sysctl registration failed DEBUG %s: %s, dev_info, version INFO bwMonitor sysctl registered DEBUG %s: driver unloaded, dev_info INFO bwMonitor sysctl not registered DEBUG %s: %s, dev_info, version INFO Unregistered bwMonitor sysctl DEBUG %s: unloaded, dev_info INFO CONFIG_SYSCTL enabled ... DEBUG %s: %s, dev_info, version INFO Initialized bandwidth monitor ... DEBUG %s: unloaded, dev_info INFO Removed bandwidth monitor ... DEBUG %s: %s, dev_info, version INFO Oops.. AES_GCM_encrypt failed (keylen:%u),key>cvm_keylen DEBUG %s: unloaded, dev_info INFO Oops.. AES_GCM_decrypt failed (keylen:%u),key>cvm_keylen DEBUG failed to create procfs entry . INFO %s, msg DEBUG ICMP: %u.%u.%u.%u: INFO %02x%s, data[i], DEBUG ICMP: %u.%u.%u.%u: Source INFO Failed to set AES encrypt key DEBUG Wrong address mask %u.%u.%u.%u from INFO Failed to set AES encrypt key DEBUG Redirect from %u.%u.%u.%u on %s about INFO AES %s Encrypt Test Duration: %d:%d, hard ? Hard : Soft, DEBUG IP: routing cache hash table of %u buckets, %ldKbytes, INFO Failed to set AES encrypt key DEBUG source route option %u.%u.%u.%u -> %u.%u.%u.%u, INFO Failed to set AES encrypt key DEBUG ICMP: %u.%u.%u.%u: INFO DEBUG ICMP: %u.%u.%u.%u: Source Wrong address mask %u.%u.%u.%u from Redirect from %u.%u.%u.%u on %s about IP: routing cache hash table of %u buckets, %ldKbytes, source route option %u.%u.%u.%u -> %u.%u.%u.%u, INFO AES %s Decrypt Test Duration: %d:%d, hard ? Hard : Soft, Failed to set AES encrypt key DEBUG Failed to set AES encrypt key DEBUG Failed to set AES encrypt key DEBUG Failed to set AES encrypt key DEBUG D-Link DSR-Series User Manual INFO INFO INFO INFO 285 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Wrong address mask %u.%u.%u.%u from Redirect from %u.%u.%u.%u on %s about source route option ICMP: %u.%u.%u.%u: ICMP: %u.%u.%u.%u: Source Wrong address mask %u.%u.%u.%u from Redirect from %u.%u.%u.%u on %s about IP: routing cache hash table of %u buckets, %ldKbytes, source route option %u.%u.%u.%u -> %u.%u.%u.%u, IPsec: device unregistering: %s, dev>name Failed to set DES encrypt key[%d], i DEBUG Failed to set DES decrypt key[%d], i DEBUG Failed to set DES encrypt key[%d], i Failed to set DES decrypt key[%d], i Failed to set DES encrypt key DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG Failed to set DES decrypt key DEBUG Failed to set DES encrypt key DEBUG Failed to set DES decrypt key DEBUG AES Software Test: DEBUG AES Software Test %s, aesSoftTest(0) ? Failed : Passed DEBUG AES Hardware Test: DEBUG IPsec: device down: %s, dev->name INFO AES Hardware Test %s, aesHardTest(0) ? Failed : Passed DEBUG mark: only supports 32bit mark WARNING 3DES Software Test: DEBUG ipt_time: invalid argument WARNING 3DES Software Test %s, des3SoftTest(0) ? Failed : Passed DEBUG ipt_time: IPT_DAY didn’t matched WARNING 3DES Hardware Test: DEBUG ./Logs_kernel.txt:45:KERN_WARNING WARNING 3DES Hardware Test %s, des3HardTest(0) ? Failed : Passed DEBUG ./Logs_kernel.txt:59:KERN_WARNING WARNING DES Software Test: DEBUG DES Software Test %s, desSoftTest(0) ? Failed : Passed DEBUG DES Hardware Test: DEBUG DES Hardware Test %s, desHardTest(0) ? Failed : Passed DEBUG SHA Software Test: DEBUG SHA Software Test %s, shaSoftTest(0) ? Failed : Passed DEBUG SHA Hardware Test: DEBUG SHA Hardware Test %s, shaHardTest(0) ? Failed : Passed DEBUG MD5 Software Test: DEBUG MD5 Software Test %s, md5SoftTest(0) ? Failed : Passed DEBUG MD5 Hardware Test: DEBUG MD5 Hardware Test %s, md5HardTest(0) ? Failed : Passed AES Software Test: %d iterations, iter AES Software Test Duration: %d:%d, AES Hardware Test: %d iterations, iter AES Hardware Test Duration: %d:%d, 3DES Software Test: %d iterations, iter 3DES Software Test Duration: %d:%d, 3DES Hardware Test: %d iterations, iter 3DES Hardware Test Duration: %d:%d, DES Software Test: %d iterations, iter DES Software Test Duration: %d:%d, DES Hardware Test: %d iterations, iter D-Link DSR-Series User Manual DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG ipt_LOG: not logging via system console %s: wrong options length: %u, fname, opt_len %s: options rejected: o[0]=%02x, o[1]=%02x, %s: wrong options length: %u, %s: options rejected: o[0]=%02x, o[1]=%02x, %s: don’t know what to do: o[5]=%02x, %s: wrong options length: %u, fname, opt_len %s: options rejected: o[0]=%02x, o[1]=%02x, %s: wrong options length: %u, %s: options rejected: o[0]=%02x, o[1]=%02x, %s: don’t know what to do: o[5]=%02x, *** New port %d ***, ntohs(expinfo>natport) ** skb len %d, dlen %d,(*pskb)->len, ********** Non linear skb End of sdp %p, nexthdr %s: unknown pairwise cipher %d, %s: unknown group cipher %d, %s: unknown SIOCSIWAUTH flag %d, %s: unknown SIOCGIWAUTH flag %d, %s: unknown algorithm %d, %s: key size %d is too large, try_module_get failed \ %s: request_irq failed, dev->name INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO INFO WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING 286 Appendix D - Log Output Reference DES Hardware Test Duration: %d:%d, SHA Software Test: %d iterations, iter SHA Software Test Duration: %d:%d, SHA Hardware Test: %d iterations, iter SHA Hardware Test Duration: %d:%d, MD5 Software Test: %d iterations, iter MD5 Software Test Duration: %d:%d, MD5 Hardware Test: %d iterations, iter DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING DEBUG try_module_get failed try_module_get failed \ %s: unknown pairwise cipher %d, %s: unknown group cipher %d, %s: unknown SIOCSIWAUTH flag %d, %s: unknown SIOCGIWAUTH flag %d, %s: unknown algorithm %d, %s: key size %d is too large, unable to load %s, scan_ modnames[mode] Failed to mkdir /proc/net/madwifi MD5 Hardware Test Duration: %d:%d, ./pnac/src/pnac/linux/kernel/ xcalibur.c:209:#define DEBUG_PRINTK printk bcmDeviceInit: registration failed DEBUG DEBUG try_module_get failed WARNING bcmDeviceInit: pCdev Add failed DEBUG WARNING WARNING WARNING REG Size == 8 Bit DEBUG Value = %x ::: At Page = %x : Addr = %x DEBUG REG Size == 16 Bit DEBUG Value = %x ::: At Page = %x : Addr = %x DEBUG REG Size == 32 Bit DEBUG Value = %x ::: At Page = %x : Addr = %x DEBUG REG Size == 64 Bit DEBUG %s: request_irq failed, dev->name too many virtual ap’s (already got %d), sc->sc_nvaps %s: request_irq failed, dev->name rix %u (%u) bad ratekbps %u mode %u, cix %u (%u) bad ratekbps %u mode %u, %s: no rates for %s?, no rates yet! mode %u, sc->sc_ curmode %u.%u.%u.%u sent an invalid ICMP REG Size is not in 8/16/32/64 DEBUG dst cache overflow WARNING Written Value = %x ::: At Page = %x : Addr = %x DEBUG Neighbour table overflow. WARNING bcm_ioctl :Unknown Ioctl Case : DEBUG host %u.%u.%u.%u/if%d ignores WARNING =========Register Dump for Port Number # %d=========,port DEBUG martian destination %u.%u.%u.%u from WARNING %s : Read Status=%s data=%#x,regName[j], DEBUG martian source %u.%u.%u.%u from WARNING %s : Read Status=%s data=%#x,regName[j], DEBUG ll header: WARNING powerDeviceInit: device registration failed DEBUG %u.%u.%u.%u sent an invalid ICMP WARNING powerDeviceInit: adding device failed DEBUG dst cache overflow WARNING %s: Error: Big jump in pn number. TID=%d, from %x %x to %x %x. DEBUG Neighbour table overflow. WARNING %s: The MIC is corrupted. Drop this frame., __func__ DEBUG host %u.%u.%u.%u/if%d ignores WARNING %s: The MIC is OK. Still use this frame and update PN., __func__ DEBUG martian destination %u.%u.%u.%u from WARNING ADDBA send failed: recipient is not a 11n node DEBUG martian source %u.%u.%u.%u from WARNING Cannot Set Rate: %x, value DEBUG ll header: WARNING Getting Rate Series: %x,vap->iv_fixed_rate.series DEBUG %u.%u.%u.%u sent an invalid ICMP WARNING Getting Retry Series: %x,vap->iv_fixed_rate. retries DEBUG dst cache overflow WARNING IC Name: %s,ic->ic_dev->name DEBUG Neighbour table overflow. WARNING D-Link DSR-Series User Manual WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING WARNING 287 Appendix D - Log Output Reference usage: rtparams rt_idx <0|1> per <0..100> probe_intval <0..100> DEBUG host %u.%u.%u.%u/if%d ignores WARNING usage: acparams ac <0|3> RTS <0|1> aggr scaling <0..4> min mbps <0..250> DEBUG martian source %u.%u.%u.%u from WARNING usage: hbrparams ac <2> enable <0|1> per_low <0..50> DEBUG ll header: WARNING %s(): ADDBA mode is AUTO, __func__ DEBUG martian destination %u.%u.%u.%u from WARNING %s(): Invalid TID value, __func__ DEBUG %u.%u.%u.%u sent an invalid ICMP WARNING %s(): ADDBA mode is AUTO, __func__ DEBUG dst cache overflow WARNING %s(): Invalid TID value, __func__ DEBUG Neighbour table overflow. WARNING %s(): Invalid TID value, __func__ DEBUG host %u.%u.%u.%u/if%d ignores WARNING Addba status IDLE DEBUG martian destination %u.%u.%u.%u from WARNING %s(): ADDBA mode is AUTO, __func__ DEBUG martian source %u.%u.%u.%u from WARNING %s(): Invalid TID value, __func__ DEBUG ll header: WARNING Error in ADD- no node available DEBUG Unable to create ip_set_list ERROR %s(): Channel capabilities do not match, chan flags 0x%x, DEBUG Unable to create ip_set_hash ERROR %s: cannot map channel to mode; freq %u flags 0x%x, DEBUG ip_conntrack_in: Frag of proto %u (hook=%u), ERROR ic_get_currentCountry not initialized yet DEBUG Unable to register netfilter socket option ERROR Country ie is %c%c%c, DEBUG Unable to create ip_conntrack_hash ERROR %s: wrong state transition from %d to %d, DEBUG Unable to create ip_conntrack slab cache ERROR %s: wrong state transition from %d to %d, DEBUG Unable to create ip_expect slab cache ERROR %s: wrong state transition from %d to %d, DEBUG Unable to create ip_set_iptreeb slab cache ERROR %s: wrong state transition from %d to %d, DEBUG Unable to create ip_set_iptreed slab cache ERROR %s: wrong state transition from %d to %d, DEBUG %s: cannot allocate space for %scompressor, fname, ERROR %s: wrong state transition from %d to %d, DEBUG %s: cannot allocate space for MPPC history, ERROR ieee80211_deliver_l2uf: no buf available DEBUG %s: cannot allocate space for MPPC history, ERROR %s: %s, vap->iv_dev->name, buf /* NB: no */ DEBUG %s: cannot load ARC4 module, fname ERROR %s: [%s] %s, vap->iv_dev->name, DEBUG %s: cannot load SHA1 module, fname ERROR %s: [%s] %s, vap->iv_dev->name, ether_ sprintf(mac), buf DEBUG %s: CryptoAPI SHA1 digest size too small, fname ERROR [%s:%s] discard %s frame, %s, vap->iv_dev>name, DEBUG %s: cannot allocate space for SHA1 digest, fname ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 288 Appendix D - Log Output Reference [%s:%s] discard frame, %s, vap->iv_dev->name, DEBUG %s%d: trying to write outside history ERROR [%s:%s] discard %s information element, %s, DEBUG %s%d: trying to write outside history ERROR [%s:%s] discard information element, %s, DEBUG %s%d: trying to write outside history ERROR [%s:%s] discard %s frame, %s, vap->iv_dev>name, DEBUG [%s:%s] discard frame, %s, vap->iv_dev->name, DEBUG HBR list dumpNode\tAddress\t\t\tState\tTrigger\ tBlock Nodes informationAddress\t\t\tBlock\t\tDroped VI frames %d\t %2.2x:%2.2x:%2.2x:%2.2x:%2.2x:%2.2x\t%s\ t%s\t%s, %2.2x:%2.2x:%2.2x:%2.2x:%2.2x:%2.2x\t%s\t\ t%d, DEBUG DEBUG %s%d: too big uncompressed packet: %d, %s%d: encryption negotiated but not an %s%d: error - not an MPPC or MPPE frame Kernel doesn’t provide ARC4 and/or SHA1 algorithms ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR DEBUG PPP: not interface or channel?? ERROR DEBUG PPP: no memory (VJ compressor) ERROR [%d]\tFunction\t%s, j, ni->node_trace[i].funcp DEBUG failed to register PPP device (%d), err ERROR [%d]\tMacAddr\t%s, j, DEBUG PPP: no memory (VJ comp pkt) ERROR [%d]\tDescp\t\t%s, j, ni->node_trace[i].descp DEBUG PPP: no memory (comp pkt) ERROR [%d]\tValue\t\t%llu(0x%llx), j, ni->node_trace[i]. value, DEBUG ppp: compressor dropped pkt ERROR ifmedia_add: null ifm DEBUG PPP: no memory (fragment) ERROR Adding entry for DEBUG PPP: VJ uncompressed error ERROR ifmedia_set: no match for 0x%x/0x%x, DEBUG ppp_decompress_frame: no memory ERROR ifmedia_set: target DEBUG ppp_mp_reconstruct bad seq %u < %u, ERROR ifmedia_set: setting to DEBUG PPP: couldn’t register device %s (%d), ERROR ifmedia_ioctl: switching %s to , dev->name DEBUG ppp: destroying ppp struct %p but dead=%d ERROR ifmedia_match: multiple match for DEBUG ppp: destroying undead channel %p !, ERROR DEBUG PPP: removing module but units remain! ERROR desc->ifmt_string DEBUG PPP: failed to unregister PPP device ERROR mode %s, desc->ifmt_string DEBUG DEBUG %s, desc->ifmt_string DEBUG %s%s, seen_option++ ? , : , DEBUG %s: cannot load ARC4 module, fname ERROR %s%s, seen_option++ ? , : , DEBUG %s: cannot load SHA1 module, fname ERROR %s, seen_option ? > : DEBUG %s: CryptoAPI SHA1 digest size too small, fname ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual %s: cannot allocate space for %scompressor, fname, %s: cannot allocate space for MPPC history, %s: cannot allocate space for MPPC history, ERROR ERROR ERROR 289 Appendix D - Log Output Reference %s: %s, dev->name, buf DEBUG %s: cannot allocate space for SHA1 digest, fname ERROR %s: no memory for sysctl table!, __func__ DEBUG %s%d: trying to write outside history ERROR %s: failed to register sysctls!, vap->iv_dev->name DEBUG %s%d: trying to write outside history ERROR Atheros HAL assertion failure: %s: line %u: %s, DEBUG %s%d: trying to write outside history ERROR ath_hal: logging to %s %s, ath_hal_logfile, DEBUG %s%d: too big uncompressed packet: %d, ERROR ath_hal: logging disabled DEBUG %s%d: encryption negotiated but not an ERROR %s%s, sep, ath_hal_buildopts[i] DEBUG %s%d: error - not an MPPC or MPPE frame ERROR ath_pci: No devices found, driver not installed. DEBUG Kernel doesn’t provide ARC4 and/or SHA1 algorithms ERROR ---:%d pri:%d qd:%u ad:%u sd:%u tot:%u amp:%d %02x:%02x:%02x, DEBUG PPP: not interface or channel?? ERROR SC Pushbutton Notify on %s::%s,dev->name,vap>iv_dev->name DEBUG PPP: no memory (VJ compressor) ERROR Could not find Board Configuration Data DEBUG failed to register PPP device (%d), err ERROR Could not find Radio Configuration data DEBUG PPP: no memory (comp pkt) ERROR %s: No device, __func__ DEBUG ppp: compressor dropped pkt ERROR ath_ahb: No devices found, driver not installed. DEBUG PPP: no memory (VJ comp pkt) ERROR PKTLOG_TAG %s:proc_dointvec failed, __ FUNCTION__ DEBUG PPP: no memory (comp pkt) ERROR PKTLOG_TAG %s:proc_dointvec failed, __ FUNCTION__ DEBUG PPP: no memory (fragment) ERROR %s: failed to register sysctls!, proc_name DEBUG PPP: VJ uncompressed error ERROR PKTLOG_TAG %s: proc_mkdir failed, __ FUNCTION__ DEBUG ppp_decompress_frame: no memory ERROR PKTLOG_TAG %s: pktlog_attach failed for %s, DEBUG ppp_mp_reconstruct bad seq %u < %u, ERROR PKTLOG_TAG %s:allocation failed for pl_info, __FUNCTION__ DEBUG PPP: couldn’t register device %s (%d), ERROR PKTLOG_TAG %s:allocation failed for pl_info, __FUNCTION__ DEBUG ppp: destroying ppp struct %p but dead=%d ERROR PKTLOG_TAG %s: create_proc_entry failed for %s, DEBUG ppp: destroying undead channel %p !, ERROR PKTLOG_TAG %s: sysctl register failed for %s, DEBUG PPP: removing module but units remain! ERROR PKTLOG_TAG %s: page fault out of range, __ FUNCTION__ DEBUG PPP: failed to unregister PPP device ERROR PKTLOG_TAG %s: page fault out of range, __ FUNCTION__ DEBUG JBD: bad block at offset %u, ERROR PKTLOG_TAG %s: Log buffer unavailable, __ FUNCTION__ DEBUG JBD: corrupted journal superblock ERROR PKTLOG_TAG DEBUG JBD: bad block at offset %u, ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 290 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Logging should be disabled before changing bufer size DEBUG JBD: Failed to read block at offset %u, ERROR %s:allocation failed for pl_info, __func__ DEBUG JBD: error %d scanning journal, err ERROR %s: Unable to allocate buffer, __func__ DEBUG JBD: IO error %d recovering block ERROR %s:allocation failed for pl_info, __func__ DEBUG ./Logs_kernel.txt:303:KERN_ERR ERROR %s: Unable to allocate buffer, __func__ DEBUG ./Logs_kernel.txt:304:KERN_ERR ERROR Atheros HAL assertion failure: %s: line %u: %s, DEBUG JBD: recovery pass %d ended at ERROR ath_hal: logging to %s %s, ath_hal_logfile, DEBUG %s: %s:%d: BAD SESSION MAGIC \ ERROR ath_hal: logging disabled DEBUG %s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC \ ERROR %s%s, sep, ath_hal_buildopts[i] DEBUG msg->msg_namelen wrong, %d, msg>msg_namelen ERROR failed to allocate rx descriptors: %d, error DEBUG addr family wrong: %d, usin->sin_ family ERROR ath_stoprecv: rx queue %p, link %p, DEBUG udp addr=%x/%hu, usin->sin_addr.s_ addr, usin->sin_port ERROR no mpdu (%s), __func__ DEBUG %s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC ERROR Reset rx chain mask. Do internal reset. (%s), __func__ DEBUG %s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC ERROR OS_CANCEL_TIMER failed!! DEBUG socki_lookup: socket file changed! ERROR %s: unable to allocate channel table, __func__ DEBUG %s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC ERROR %s: unable to collect channel list from hal; DEBUG %s: %s:%d: BAD SESSION MAGIC \ ERROR %s: cannot map channel to mode; freq %u flags 0x%x, DEBUG %s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC \ ERROR %s: unable to reset channel %u (%uMhz) DEBUG msg->msg_namelen wrong, %d, msg>msg_namelen ERROR %s: unable to restart recv logic, DEBUG addr family wrong: %d, usin->sin_ family ERROR %s: start DFS WAIT period on channel %d, __ func__,sc->sc_curchan.channel DEBUG udp addr=%x/%hu, usin->sin_addr.s_ addr, usin->sin_port ERROR %s: cancel DFS WAIT period on channel %d, __func__, sc->sc_curchan.channel DEBUG %s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC ERROR Non-DFS channel, cancelling previous DFS wait timer channel %d, sc->sc_curchan.channel DEBUG %s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC ERROR %s: unable to reset hardware; hal status %u DEBUG socki_lookup: socket file changed! ERROR %s: unable to start recv logic, __func__ DEBUG %s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC ERROR %s: unable to start recv logic, __func__ DEBUG %s: %s:%d: BAD SESSION MAGIC \ ERROR %s: unable to reset hardware; hal status %u, DEBUG %s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC \ ERROR hardware error; reseting DEBUG msg->msg_namelen wrong, %d, msg>msg_namelen ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 291 Appendix D - Log Output Reference rx FIFO overrun; reseting DEBUG addr family wrong: %d, usin->sin_ family ERROR %s: During Wow Sleep and got BMISS, __func__ DEBUG udp addr=%x/%hu, usin->sin_addr.s_ addr, usin->sin_port ERROR AC\tRTS \tAggr Scaling\tMin Rate(Kbps)\tHBR \ tPER LOW THRESHOLD DEBUG %s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC ERROR BE\t%s\t\t%d\t%6d\t\t%s\t%d, DEBUG %s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC ERROR BK\t%s\t\t%d\t%6d\t\t%s\t%d, DEBUG socki_lookup: socket file changed! ERROR VI\t%s\t\t%d\t%6d\t\t%s\t%d, DEBUG %s: %s:%d: BAD TUNNEL MAGIC ERROR VO\t%s\t\t%d\t%6d\t\t%s\t%d, DEBUG rebootHook: null function pointer ERROR --%d,%p,%lu:0x%x 0x%x 0x%p 0x%x 0x%x 0x%x 0x%x, DEBUG Bad ioctl command ERROR bb state: 0x%08x 0x%08x, bbstate(sc, 4ul), bbstate(sc, 5ul) DEBUG fResetMod: Failed to configure gpio pin ERROR %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x%08x %08x %08x %08x, DEBUG fResetMod: Failed to register interrupt handler ERROR noise floor: (%d, %d) (%d, %d) (%d, %d), DEBUG registering char device failed ERROR %p: %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x, DEBUG unregistering char device failed ERROR --%d,%p,%lu:0x%x 0x%x 0x%p 0x%x 0x%x 0x%x 0x%x, DEBUG proc entry delete failed ERROR %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x %08x%08x %08x %08x %08x, DEBUG proc entry initialization failed ERROR %s: unable to allocate device object., __func__ DEBUG testCompHandler: received %s from %d, (char *)pInBuf, ERROR %s: unable to attach hardware; HAL status %u, DEBUG UMI proto registration failed %d,ret ERROR %s: HAL ABI msmatch; DEBUG AF_UMI registration failed %d,ret ERROR %s: Warning, using only %u entries in %u key cache, DEBUG umi initialization failed %d,ret ERROR unable to setup a beacon xmit queue! DEBUG kernel UMI registration failed! ERROR unable to setup CAB xmit queue! DEBUG ./Logs_kernel.txt:447:KERN_ERR ERROR unable to setup xmit queue for BE traffic! DEBUG ERROR msm not found properly %d, len %d, msm, ERROR %s DFS attach failed, __func__ DEBUG ModExp returned Error ERROR %s: Invalid interface id = %u, __func__, if_id DEBUG ModExp returned Error ERROR %s:grppoll Buf allocation failed ,__func__ DEBUG %s: 0x%p len %u, tag, p, (unsigned int)len ERROR %s: unable to start recv logic, DEBUG %03d:, i ERROR %s: Invalid interface id = %u, __func__, if_id DEBUG %02x, ((unsigned char *)p)[i] ERROR %s: unable to allocate channel table, __func__ DEBUG mic check failed ERROR %s: Tx Antenna Switch. Do internal reset., __ func__ DEBUG %s: 0x%p len %u, tag, p, (unsigned int)len ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 292 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Radar found on channel %d (%d MHz), DEBUG %03d:, i ERROR End of DFS wait period DEBUG %02x, ((unsigned char *)p)[i] ERROR %s error allocating beacon, __func__ DEBUG mic check failed ERROR failed to allocate UAPSD QoS NULL tx descriptors: %d, error DEBUG [%s] Wrong parameters, __func__ ERROR failed to allocate UAPSD QoS NULL wbuf DEBUG [%s] Wrong Key length, __func__ ERROR %s: unable to allocate channel table, __func__ DEBUG [%s] Wrong parameters, __func__ ERROR %s: unable to update h/w beacon queue parameters, DEBUG [%s] Wrong Key length, __func__ ERROR ALREADY ACTIVATED DEBUG [%s] Wrong parameters, __func__ ERROR %s: missed %u consecutive beacons, DEBUG [%s] Wrong Key length, __func__ ERROR %s: busy times: rx_clear=%d, rx_frame=%d, tx_ frame=%d, __func__, rx_clear, rx_frame, tx_frame DEBUG [%s] Wrong parameters, __func__ ERROR %s: unable to obtain busy times, __func__ DEBUG [%s] Wrong Key length, __func__ ERROR %s: beacon is officially stuck, DEBUG [%s]: Wrong parameters, __func__ ERROR Busy environment detected DEBUG Inteference detected DEBUG rx_clear=%d, rx_frame=%d, tx_frame=%d, DEBUG %s: resume beacon xmit after %u misses, DEBUG [%s] Wrong parameters, __func__ ERROR %s: stuck beacon; resetting (bmiss count %u), DEBUG [%s] Wrong Key Length, __func__ ERROR EMPTY QUEUE DEBUG [%s] Wrong parameters, __func__ ERROR SWRInfo: seqno %d isswRetry %d retryCnt %d,wh ? (*(u_int16_t *)&wh->i_seq[0]) >> 4 : 0, bf->bf_ isswretry,bf->bf_swretries DEBUG [%s] Wrong Key Length, __func__ ERROR Buffer #%08X --> Next#%08X Prev#%08X Last#%08X,bf, TAILQ_NEXT(bf,bf_list), DEBUG [%s] Wrong parameters, __func__ ERROR Stas#%08X flag#%08X Node#%08X, bf->bf_status, bf->bf_flags, bf->bf_node DEBUG [%s] Wrong parameters, __func__ ERROR Descr #%08X --> Next#%08X Data#%08X Ctl0#%08X Ctl1#%08X, bf->bf_daddr, ds->ds_ link, ds->ds_data, ds->ds_ctl0, ds->ds_ctl1 DEBUG [%s] Wrong parameters, __func__ ERROR Ctl2#%08X Ctl3#%08X Sta0#%08X Sta1#%08X,ds->ds_hw[0], ds->ds_hw[1], lastds>ds_hw[2], lastds->ds_hw[3] DEBUG [%s] Wrong parameters, __func__ ERROR Error entering wow mode DEBUG device name=%s not found, pReq>ifName ERROR Wakingup due to wow signal DEBUG unable to register KIFDEV to UMI ERROR %s, wowStatus = 0x%x, __func__, wowStatus DEBUG ERROR: %s: Timeout at page %#0x addr %#0x ERROR D-Link DSR-Series User Manual [%s] Wrong Key Length %d, __func__, des_key_len [%s] Wrong parameters %d, __func__, des_key_len [%s] Wrong Key Length %d, __func__, des_key_len ERROR ERROR ERROR 293 Appendix D - Log Output Reference Pattern added already DEBUG ERROR Error : All the %d pattern are in use. Cannot add a new pattern , MAX_NUM_PATTERN ERROR: %s: Timeout at page %#0x addr %#0x DEBUG Invalid IOCTL %#08x, cmd ERROR Pattern added to entry %d ,i DEBUG Remove wake up pattern DEBUG mask = %p pat = %p ,maskBytes,patternBytes DEBUG mask = %x pat = %x ,(u_int32_t)maskBytes, (u_int32_t)patternBytes DEBUG Pattern Removed from entry %d ,i DEBUG Error : Pattern not found DEBUG PPM STATE ILLEGAL %x %x, forcePpmStateCur, afp->forceState DEBUG ath_dev_probe: no memory for device state ERROR FORCE_PPM %4d %6.6x %8.8x %8.8x %8.8x %3.3x %4.4x, DEBUG %s: no memory for device state, __func__ ERROR failed to allocate tx descriptors: %d, error failed to allocate beacon descripotrs: %d, error failed to allocate UAPSD descripotrs: %d, error DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG hal qnum %u out of range, max %u!, DEBUG HAL AC %u out of range, max %zu!, HAL AC %u out of range, max %zu!, DEBUG DEBUG %s: unable to update hardware queue %u!, DEBUG Multicast Q: DEBUG %p , buf DEBUG buf flags - 0x%08x --------- , buf->bf_flags DEBUG buf status - 0x%08x, buf->bf_status DEBUG # frames in aggr - %d, length of aggregate - %d, length of frame - %d, sequence number - %d, tidno - %d, DEBUG Unable to load needed module: %s; no support for \ ERROR isdata: %d isaggr: %d isampdu: %d ht: %d isretried: %d isxretried: %d shpreamble: %d isbar: %d ispspoll: %d aggrburst: %d calcairtime: %d qosnulleosp: %d, DEBUG Module \%s\ is not known, buf ERROR %p: 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x, DEBUG Error loading module \%s\, buf ERROR 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x, DEBUG Module \%s\ failed to initialize, buf ERROR 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x 0x%08x, DEBUG ath_pci: 32-bit DMA not available ERROR sc_txq[%d] : , i DEBUG tid %p pause %d : , tid, tid->paused DEBUG %d: %p , j, tid->tx_buf[j] DEBUG %p , buf DEBUG axq_q: DEBUG D-Link DSR-Series User Manual %s: unable to register device, dev>name ath_pci: 32-bit DMA not available ath_pci: cannot reserve PCI memory region ath_pci: cannot remap PCI memory region) ; ath_pci: no memory for device state %s: unable to register device, dev>name kernel MIBCTL registration failed! Bad ioctl command WpsMod: Failed to configure gpio pin WpsMod: Failed to register interrupt handler registering char device failed unregistering char device failed %s:%d - ERROR: non-NULL node pointer in %p, %p<%s>! %s:%d - ERROR: non-NULL node pointer in %p, %p<%s>! can’t alloc name %s, name %s: unable to register device, dev>name failed to automatically load module: %s; \ ath_pci: cannot reserve PCI memory region ath_pci: cannot remap PCI memory region) ; ath_pci: no memory for device state %s: unable to attach hardware: ‘%s’ (HAL status %u), %s: HAL ABI mismatch; ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR 294 Appendix D - Log Output Reference %s: unable to reset hardware; hal status %u, __func__, status DEBUG ****ASSERTION HIT**** DEBUG MacAddr=%s, DEBUG TxBufIdx=%d, i DEBUG Tid=%d, tidno DEBUG AthBuf=%p, tid->tx_buf[i] DEBUG %s: unable to reset hardware; hal status %u, DEBUG %s: unable to reset hardware; hal status %u, DEBUG %s: unable to start recv logic, DEBUG _fmt, __VA_ARGS__ \ DEBUG sample_pri=%d is a multiple of refpri=%d, sample_pri, refpri DEBUG ===========ft->ft_ numfilters=%u===========, ft->ft_numfilters DEBUG %s: SKB does not exist., __ FUNCTION__ ERROR filter[%d] filterID = %d rf_numpulses=%u; rf->rf_minpri=%u; rf->rf_maxpri=%u; rf>rf_threshold=%u; rf->rf_filterlen=%u; rf->rf_ mindur=%u; rf->rf_maxdur=%u,j, rf->rf_pulseid, DEBUG %s: recvd invalid skb ERROR DEBUG unable to register KIFDEV to UMI The system is going to factory defaults........!!! %s, msg %02x, *(data + i) Inside crypt_open in driver ###### Inside crypt_release in driver ###### ERROR NOL WARNING!!! 10 minute CAC period as channel is a weather radar channel %s disable detects, __func__ %s enable detects, __func__ %s disable FFT val=0x%x , __func__, val %s enable FFT val=0x%x , __func__, val DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG DEBUG %s: failed to allocate descriptors: %d, %s: unable to setup a beacon xmit queue!, %s: unable to setup CAB xmit queue!, %s: unable to setup xmit queue for %s traffic!, %s: unable to register device, dev>name %s: autocreation of VAP failed: %d, ath_dev_probe: no memory for device state kdot11RogueAPEnable called with NULL argument. kdot11RogueAPEnable: can not add more interfaces kdot11RogueAPGetState called with NULL argument. kdot11RogueAPDisable called with NULL argument. ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR ERROR CRITICAL CRITICAL CRITICAL CRITICAL CRITICAL %s debug level now = 0x%x , __func__, dfs_ debug_level DEBUG Inside crypt_init module in driver @@@@@@@@ CRITICAL RateTable:%d, maxvalidrate:%d, ratemax:%d, pRc->rateTableSize,k,pRc->rateMaxPhy DEBUG Inside crypt_cleanup module in driver @@@@@@@@ CRITICAL %s: txRate value of 0x%x is bad., __FUNCTION__, txRate DEBUG SKB is null : %p ,skb CRITICAL Valid Rate Table:Index:%d, value:%d, code:%x, rate:%d, flag:%x, i, (int)validRateIndex[i], RateTable:%d, maxvalidrate:%d, ratemax:%d, pRc->rateTableSize,k,pRc->rateMaxPhy DEBUG DST is null : %p ,dst CRITICAL DEBUG DEV is null %p %p ,dev,dst CRITICAL DEBUG Packet is Fragmented %d,pBufMgr>len CRITICAL Can’t allocate memory for ath_vap. DEBUG Marked the packet proto:%d sip:%x dip:%x sport:%d dport:%d spi:%d,isr:%p:%p %p CRITICAL Unable to add an interface for ath_dev. DEBUG SAV CHECK FAILED IN DECRYPTION CRITICAL %s: [%02u] %-7s , tag, ix, ciphers[hk->kv_type] %02x, hk->kv_val[i] DEBUG DEBUG CRITICAL CRITICAL mac %02x-%02x-%02x-%02x-%02x-%02x, mac[0], mac[1], mac[2], mac[3], mac[4], mac[5] DEBUG FAST PATH Breaks on BUF CHECK FAST PATH Breaks on DST CHECK FAST PATH Breaks on MTU %d %d %d,bufMgrLen(pBufMgr),mtu,dst_ mtu(pDst->path) D-Link DSR-Series User Manual CRITICAL 295 Appendix D - Log Output Reference mac 00-00-00-00-00-00 DEBUG FAST PATH Breaks on MAX PACKET %d %d,bufMgrLen(pBufMgr),IP_MAX_ PACKET CRITICAL %02x, hk->kv_mic[i] DEBUG SAV CHECK FAILED IN ENCRYPTION CRITICAL txmic DEBUG Match Found proto %d spi %d,pPktInfo->proto,pFlowEntry->pre. spi CRITICAL %02x, hk->kv_txmic[i] DEBUG PRE: proto: %u srcip:%u.%u.%u.%u sport :%u dstip: %u.%u.%u.%u dport: %u, CRITICAL Cannot support setting tx and rx keys individually DEBUG POST: proto: %u srcip:%u.%u.%u.%u sport :%u dstip: %u.%u.%u.%u dport: %u, CRITICAL bogus frame type 0x%x (%s), DEBUG Clearing the ISR %p,p CRITICAL ERROR: ieee80211_encap ret NULL DEBUG PROTO:%d %u.%u.%u.%u-->%u.%u.%u.%u, CRITICAL ERROR: ath_amsdu_attach not called DEBUG ESP-DONE: %p %p,sav,m CRITICAL %s: no memory for cwm attach, __func__ DEBUG ESP-BAD: %p %p,sav,m CRITICAL %s: error - acw NULL. Possible attach failure, __func__ DEBUG Bug in ip_route_input_slow(). CRITICAL %s: unable to abort tx dma, __func__ DEBUG Bug in ip_route_input_slow(). CRITICAL %s: no memory for ff attach, __func__ DEBUG Bug in ip_route_input \ CRITICAL Failed to initiate PBC based enrolle association DEBUG Bug in ip_route_input_slow(). CRITICAL KERN_EMERG Returing error in INTR registration DEBUG AH: Assigning the secure flags for sav :%p,sav CRITICAL KERN_EMERG Initialzing Wps module DEBUG ESP: Assigning the secure flags for sav :%p skb:%p src:%x dst:%x,sav,skb,ip>ip_src.s_addr,ip->ip_dst.s_addr CRITICAL DEBUG %s Buffer %d mtu %d path mtu %d header %d trailer %d,__func__,bufM grLen(pBufMgr),mtu,dst_mtu(pDst>path),pDst->header_len,pDst>trailer_len CRITICAL %s:%d %s, __FILE__, __LINE__, __func__ D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 296 Appendix E - RJ-45 Pin-outs Appendix E - RJ-45 Pin-outs Signal CTS DTR TxD GND GND RxD DSR RTS D-Link DSR-Series User Manual RJ-45 Cable RJ-45 PIN NC NC 6 5 4 3 NC NC Adapter DB-9 PIN NC NC 3 5 5 2 NC NC Signal NC NC RxD GND GND TxD NC NC 297 Appendix F - New Wi Fi Frequency table ( New appendix section ) Appendix F - New Wi Fi Frequency table ( New appendix section ) Channel supported in20 Mhz Country 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9) 10) Australia Russia Iceland Singapore Sweden Taiwan Finland Slovenia Ireland United states D-Link DSR-Series User Manual Channel supported in 40 Mhz Upper side band Lower side band 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 5 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165 40, 48, 153, 161 36, 44, 149, 157 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 5 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165 40, 48, 153, 161 36, 44, 149, 157 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 5 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48 40, 48 36,44 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 5 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48 40, 48 36,44 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 5 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48 40, 48 36,44 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 5 Ghz 56, 60, 64, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165 64, 153, 161 60, 149, 157 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 5 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48 40, 48 36,44 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 5 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48 40, 48 36,44 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 5 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48 40, 48 36,44 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 5 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165 40, 48, 153, 161 36, 44, 149, 157 298 Appendix F - New Wi Fi Frequency table ( New appendix section ) 11) 12) 13) 14) 15) 16) 17) 18) 19) 20) 21) 22) 23) Latin America Denmark Germany Netherlands Norway Poland Luxembourg South Africa United Kingdom Ireland France Israel Korea 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 5 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165 40, 48, 153, 161 36, 44, 149, 157 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 5 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48 40, 48 36,44 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 5 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48 40, 48 36,44 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 5 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48 40, 48 36,44 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 5 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48 40, 48 36, 44 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 5 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48 40, 48 36,44 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 5 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48 40, 48 36,44 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 5 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48 40, 48 36,44 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 5 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48 40, 48 36,44 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 5 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48 40, 48 36,44 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 5 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48 40, 48 36,44 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 5 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48 40, 48 36,44 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 36, 40, 44, 48, 149, 153, 157, 161 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 40, 48, 153, 161 36, 44, 149, 157 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 5 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48 40, 48 36,44 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 5 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56, 60, 64 40, 48, 56, 64 36, 44, 52, 60 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11,12,13 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11,12,13 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7,8,9 2.4Ghz 5 Ghz 24) 25) 26) Japan Egypt Brazil D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 2.4Ghz 299 Appendix F - New Wi Fi Frequency table ( New appendix section ) 27) 28) Canada China D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 5 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165 40, 48, 153, 161 36, 44, 149, 157 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 5 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165 40, 48, 153, 161 36, 44, 149, 157 2.4Ghz 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 5 Ghz 36, 40, 44, 48, 149, 153, 157, 161, 165 40, 48, 153, 161 36, 44, 149, 157 300 Appendix G - Product Statement Appendix G - Product Statement USA All Models Federal Communication Commission Interference Statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one of the following measures: -- Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. -- Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. -- Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. -- Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Non-modifications Statement: Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate this equipment. Caution: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. DSR-500AC/DSR-1000AC RF Frequency Requirements This device is for indoor use only when using all channels in the 5.150 - 5.250 GHz, 5.250 - 5.350 GHz, 5.470 5.725 GHz, and 5.725 - 5.850 GHz frequency ranges. High power radars are allocated as primary users of the 5.150 - 5.250 GHz, 5.250 - 5.350 GHz, 5.470 - 5.725 GHz, and 5.725 - 5.850 GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and/or damage this device. This device will not operate on channels which overlap the 5600 - 5650 MHz band. It is restricted to indoor environments only. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 301 Appendix G - Product Statement DSR-500/DSR-1000/DSR-500AC/DSR-1000AC Safety Warning: CAUTION: Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions. ATTENTION: Risque d’explosion si la batterie est remplacée par un type incorrect. Jetezles piles usagées selon les instructions. DSR-150N/DSR-250N/DSR-500AC/DSR-1000AC This device and its antenna(s) must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter except in accordance with FCC multi-transmitter product procedures. For product available in the USA/Canada market, only channel 1~11 can be operated. Selection of other channels is not possible. Note The country code selection is for non-USA models only and is not available to all USA models. Per FCC regulations, all WiFi product marketed in the USA must be fixed to USA operational channels only. IMPORTANT NOTICE: FCC Radiation Exposure Statement This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance 20 cm between the radiator and your body. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 302 Appendix G - Product Statement Canada All Models Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada (ISED) Statement: This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003. Cet appareil numérique de la classe B est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada. DSR-500AC Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada (ISED) Statement: This device complies with ISED licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d’ISED applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitation est autorisée aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) l’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) l’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même si le brouillage est susceptible d’en compromettre le fonctionnement. (i) the device for operation in the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems; (i) les dispositifs fonctionnant dans la bande 5150-5250 MHz sont réservés uniquement pour une utilisation à l’intérieur afin de réduire les risques de brouillage préjudiciable aux systèmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mêmes canaux; (ii) for devices with detachable antenna(s), the maximum antenna gain permitted for devices in the bands 5250-5350 MHz and 5470-5725 MHz shall be such that the equipment still complies with the e.i.r.p. limit; (ii) pour les dispositifs munis d’antennes amovibles, le gain maximal d’antenne permis pour les dispositifs utilisant les bandes de 5250 à 5350 MHz et de 5470 à 5725 MHz doit être conforme à la limite de la p.i.r.e; (iii) for devices with detachable antenna(s), the maximum antenna gain permitted for devices in the band 5725-5850 MHz shall be such that the equipment still complies with the e.i.r.p. limits specified for point-topoint and non-point-to-point operation as appropriate; (iii) pour les dispositifs munis d’antennes amovibles, le gain maximal d’antenne permis (pour les dispositifs utilisant la bande de 5725 à 5850 MHz) doit être conforme à la limite de la p.i.r.e. spécifiée pour l’exploitation point à point et l’exploitation non point à point, selon le cas; Operations in the 5.25-5.35 GHz band are restricted to indoor usage only. Les opérations dans la bande de 5.25-5.35 GHz sont limités à un usage intérieur seulement. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 303 Appendix G - Product Statement For transmitters equipped with detachable antennas. This radio transmitter (IC: 4216A-SR500ACA1) has been approved by Industry Canada to operate with the antenna types listed below with the maximum permissible gain and required antenna impedance for each antenna type indicated. Antenna types not included in this list, having a gain greater than the maximum gain indicated for that type, are strictly prohibited for use with this device. Le présent émetteur radio (IC: 4216A-SR500ACA1) a été approuvé par Industrie Canada pour fonctionner avec les types d’antenne énumérés ci-dessous et ayant un gain admissible maximal et l’impédance requise pour chaque type d’antenne. Les types d’antenne non inclus dans cette liste, ou dont le gain est supérieur au gain maximal indiqué, sont strictement interdits pour l’exploitation de l’émetteur. Type Manufacture Gain Connector Dipole WHA YU 2dBi R-SMA DSR-1000AC Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada (ISED) Statement: This device complies with ISED licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d’ISED applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitation est autorisée aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) l’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) l’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même si le brouillage est susceptible d’en compromettre le fonctionnement. (i) the device for operation in the band 5150-5250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems; (i) les dispositifs fonctionnant dans la bande 5150-5250 MHz sont réservés uniquement pour une utilisation à l’intérieur afin de réduire les risques de brouillage préjudiciable aux systèmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mêmes canaux; (ii) for devices with detachable antenna(s), the maximum antenna gain permitted for devices in the bands 5250-5350 MHz and 5470-5725 MHz shall be such that the equipment still complies with the e.i.r.p. limit; (ii) pour les dispositifs munis d’antennes amovibles, le gain maximal d’antenne permis pour les dispositifs utilisant les bandes de 5250 à 5350 MHz et de 5470 à 5725 MHz doit être conforme à la limite de la p.i.r.e; (iii) for devices with detachable antenna(s), the maximum antenna gain permitted for devices in the band 5725-5850 MHz shall be such that the equipment still complies with the e.i.r.p. limits specified for point-topoint and non-point-to-point operation as appropriate; (iii) pour les dispositifs munis d’antennes amovibles, le gain maximal d’antenne permis (pour les dispositifs utilisant la bande de 5725 à 5850 MHz) doit être conforme à la limite de la p.i.r.e. spécifiée pour l’exploitation point à point et l’exploitation non point à point, selon le cas; D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 304 Appendix G - Product Statement Operations in the 5.25-5.35 GHz band are restricted to indoor usage only. Les opérations dans la bande de 5.25-5.35 GHz sont limités à un usage intérieur seulement. For transmitters equipped with detachable antennas. This radio transmitter (IC: 4216A-SR1000ACA1) has been approved by Industry Canada to operate with the antenna types listed below with the maximum permissible gain and required antenna impedance for each antenna type indicated. Antenna types not included in this list, having a gain greater than the maximum gain indicated for that type, are strictly prohibited for use with this device. Le présent émetteur radio (IC: 4216A-SR1000ACA1) a été approuvé par Industrie Canada pour fonctionner avec les types d’antenne énumérés ci-dessous et ayant un gain admissible maximal et l’impédance requise pour chaque type d’antenne. Les types d’antenne non inclus dans cette liste, ou dont le gain est supérieur au gain maximal indiqué, sont strictement interdits pour l’exploitation de l’émetteur. Type Manufacture Gain Connector Dipole WHA YU 2dBi R-SMA DSR-250N Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada (ISED) Statement: This device complies with ISED licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d’ISED applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitation est autorisée aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) l’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) l’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même si le brouillage est susceptible d’en compromettre le fonctionnement. Radiation Exposure Statement This equipment complies with ISED radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance 20 cm between the radiator and your body. Déclaration d’exposition aux radiations Cet équipement est conforme aux limites d’exposition aux rayonnements ISED établies pour un environnement non contrôlé. Cet équipement doit être installé et utilisé avec un minimum de 20 cm de distance entre la source de rayonnement et votre corps. This radio transmitter has been approved by Industry Canada to operate with the antenna types listed below with the maximum permissible gain and required antenna impedance for each antenna type indicated. Antenna types not included in this list, having a gain greater than the maximum gain indicated for that type, are strictly prohibited for use with this device. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 305 Appendix G - Product Statement Le présent émetteur radio a été approuvé par Industrie Canada pour fonctionner avec les types d’antenne énumérés ci-dessous et ayant un gain admissible maximal et l’impédance requise pour chaque type d’antenne. Les types d’antenne non inclus dans cette liste, ou dont le gain est supérieur au gain maximal indiqué, sont strictement interdits pour l’exploitation de l’émetteur. Ant. Brand Model Name Antenna Type Connector Gain (dBi) 1 SSR-02521 Dipole R-SMA 2.85 2 SSR-02521 Dipole R-SMA 2.71 This device complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment and it also complies with Part 15 of the FCC RF Rules. This equipment must be installed and operated in accordance with provided instructions and the antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 20 cm from all persons and must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. End-users and installers must be provided with antenna installation instructions and consider removing the no-collocation statement. DSR-150N/DSR-500AC/DSR-1000AC Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada (ISED) Statement: This device complies with ISED licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d’ISED applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitation est autorisée aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) l’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) l’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même si le brouillage est susceptible d’en compromettre le fonctionnement. Radiation Exposure Statement This equipment complies with ISED radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance 20 cm between the radiator and your body. Déclaration d’exposition aux radiations Cet équipement est conforme aux limites d’exposition aux rayonnements ISED établies pour un environnement non contrôlé. Cet équipement doit être installé et utilisé avec un minimum de 20 cm de distance entre la source de rayonnement et votre corps. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 306 Appendix G - Product Statement DSR-500/DSR-1000/DSR-500AC/DSR-1000AC Safety Warning: CAUTION: Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions. ATTENTION: Risque d’explosion si la batterie est remplacée par un type incorrect. Jetezles piles usagées selon les instructions. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 307 Appendix G - Product Statement Japan DSR-500/DSR-1000/DSR-500AC/DSR-1000AC Japan Voluntary Control Council for Interference Statement この装置は、 クラス B情報技術装置です。 この装置は、家庭環境で使用することを目的としていますが、 この 装置がラジオやテレビジョン受信機に近接して使用されると、受信障害を引き起こすことがあります。 取扱説明書に従って正しい取り扱いをして下さい。 VCCI-B Japan Voluntary Control Council for Interference Statement This is a Class B product based on the standard of the VCCI Council. If this is used near a radio or television receiver in a domestic environment, it may cause radio interference. Install and use the equipment according to the instruction manual. DSR-500AC/DSR-1000AC 電波法により5GHz帯は屋内使用に限ります。 D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 308 Appendix G - Product Statement Taiwan 以下警語適用台灣地區 依據 低功率電波輻射性電機管理辦法 DSR-150N 第十二條: 經型式認證合格之低功率射頻電機,非經許可,公司、商號或使用者均不得擅自變更頻率、 加大功率或變更原設計之特性及功能。 第十四條: 低功率射頻電機之使用不得影響飛航安全及干擾合法通信;經發現有干擾現象時,應立即停 用,並改善至無干擾時方得繼續使用。前項合法通信,指依電信法規定作業之無線電通信。低功率射頻 電機須忍受合法通信或工業、科學及醫療用電波輻射性電機設備之干擾。 本模組於取得認證後將依規定於模組本體標示審驗合格標籤系統廠商應於平台上標示「本產品內含射頻 模 組: CCAI12LP168AT1」字樣 電磁波曝露量MPE標準值(MPE) 1 mW/cm2,送測產品實值為 0 mW/cm2 以下警語適用台灣地區 依據 低功率電波輻射性電機管理辦法 DSR-500AC 第十二條: 經型式認證合格之低功率射頻電機,非經許可,公司、商號或使用者均不得擅自變更頻率、 加大功率或變更原設計之特性及功能。 第十四條: 低功率射頻電機之使用不得影響飛航安全及干擾合法通信;經發現有干擾現象時,應立即停 用,並改善至無干擾時方得繼續使用。前項合法通信,指依電信法規定作業之無線電通信。低功率射頻 電機須忍受合法通信或工業、科學及醫療用電波輻射性電機設備之干擾。 本模組於取得認證後將依規定於模組本體標示審驗合格標籤系統廠商應於平台上標示「本產品內含射頻 模 組: CCAF15LP0920T8」字樣 電磁波曝露量MPE標準值(MPE) 1 mW/cm2,送測產品實值為 0.085 mW/cm2 以下警語適用台灣地區 依據 低功率電波輻射性電機管理辦法 DSR-1000AC 第十二條: 經型式認證合格之低功率射頻電機,非經許可,公司、商號或使用者均不得擅自變更頻率、 加大功率或變更原設計之特性及功能。 第十四條: 低功率射頻電機之使用不得影響飛航安全及干擾合法通信;經發現有干擾現象時,應立即停 用,並改善至無干擾時方得繼續使用。前項合法通信,指依電信法規定作業之無線電通信。低功率射頻 電機須忍受合法通信或工業、科學及醫療用電波輻射性電機設備之干擾。 本模組於取得認證後將依規定於模組本體標示審驗合格標籤系統廠商應於平台上標示「本產品內含射頻 模 組: CCAF15LP0930T1」字樣 電磁波曝露量MPE標準值(MPE) 1 mW/cm2,送測產品實值為 0.174 mW/cm2 D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 309 Appendix G - Product Statement 無線傳輸設備 (UNII) DSR-500AC/DSR-1000AC 在 5.25-5.35 秭赫頻帶內操作之無線資訊傳輸設備,限於室內使用。無線資訊傳輸設備忍受合法通信之 干擾且不得干擾合法通信;如造成干擾,應立即停用,俟無干擾之虞,始得繼續使用。無線資訊傳設備 的製造廠商應確保頻率穩定性,如依製造廠商使用手冊上所述正常操作,發射的信號應維持於操作頻帶 中。 電池警語 DSR-500/DSR-1000/DSR-500AC/DSR-1000AC 廢電池請回收。 廢電池請回收 D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 310 Appendix G - Product Statement European Union DSR-150N/DSR-250N/DSR-500AC/DSR-1000AC 5G 2.4 G Frequency Band(s) Max. Output Power (EIRP) Frequenzband Max. Output Power Fréquence bande(s) Consommation d’énergie max. Bandas de Frecuencia Potencia máxima de Salida Frequenza/e Potenza max. Output Frequentie(s) 5.15 – 5.25 GHz 5.25 – 5.35 GHz 5.47 – 5.725 GHz 2.4 – 2.4835 GHz Max. Output Power 200 mW 200 mW 1W 100 mW European Community Declaration of Conformity: Česky [Czech] Tímto D-Link Corporation prohlašuje, že tento produkt, jeho příslušenství a software jsou v souladu se směrnicí 2014/53/EU. Celý text ES prohlášení o shodě vydaného EU a o firmwaru produktu lze stáhnout na stránkách k produktu www.dlink.com. Dansk [Danish] D-Link Corporation erklærer herved, at dette produkt, tilbehør og software er i overensstemmelse med direktiv 2014/53/EU. Den fulde tekst i EUoverensstemmelseserklæringen og produktfirmware kan wnloades fra produktsiden hos www.dlink.com. Deutsch [German] Hiermit erklärt die D-Link Corporation, dass dieses Produkt, das Zubehör und die Software der Richtlinie 2014/53/EU entsprechen. Der vollständige Text der Konformitätserklärung der Europäischen Gemeinschaft sowie die Firmware zum Produkt stehen Ihnen zum Herunterladen von der Produktseite im Internet auf www.dlink.com zur Verfügung. Eesti [Estonian] Käesolevaga kinnitab D-Link Corporation, et see toode, tarvikud ja tarkvara on kooskõlas direktiiviga 2014/53/EL. Euroopa Liidu vastavusdeklaratsiooni täistekst ja toote püsivara on allalaadimiseks saadaval tootelehel www.dlink. com. English Hereby, D-Link Corporation, declares that this product, accessories, and software are in compliance with directive 2014/53/EU. The full text of the EU Declaration of Conformity and product firmware are available for download from the product page at www.dlink.com D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 311 Appendix G - Product Statement Español [Spanish] Por la presente, D-Link Corporation declara que este producto, accesorios y software cumplen con las directivas 2014/53/UE. El texto completo de la declaración de conformidad de la UE y el firmware del producto están disponibles y se pueden descargar desde la página del producto en www. dlink.com. Ελληνική [Greek] Με την παρούσα, η D-Link Corporation δηλώνει ότι αυτό το προϊόν, τα αξεσουάρ και το λογισμικό συμμορφώνονται με την Οδηγία 2014/53/ΕΕ. Το πλήρες κείμενο της δήλωσης συμμόρφωσης της ΕΕ και το υλικολογισμικό του προϊόντος είναι διαθέσιμα για λήψη από τη σελίδα του προϊόντος στην τοποθεσία www.dlink.com. Français [French] Par les présentes, D-Link Corporation déclare que ce produit, ces accessoires et ce logiciel sont conformes aux directives 2014/53/UE.Le texte complet de la déclaration de conformité de l'UE et le icroprogramme du produit sont disponibles au téléchargement sur la page des produits à www.dlink.com. Italiano [Italian] Con la presente, D-Link Corporation dichiara che questo prodotto, i relativi accessori e il software sono conformi alla direttiva 2014/53/UE. Il testo completo della dichiarazione di conformità UE e il firmware del prodotto sono disponibili per il download dalla pagina del prodotto su www.dlink.com. Latviski [Latvian] Ar šo uzņēmums D-Link Corporation apliecina, ka šis produkts, piederumi un programmatūra atbilst direktīvai 2014/53/ES. ES atbilstības deklarācijas pilno tekstu un produkta aparātprogrammatūru var lejupielādēt attiecīgā produkta lapā vietnē www.dlink.com. Lietuvių [Lithuanian] Šiuo dokumentu „D-Link Corporation“ pareiškia, kad šis gaminys, priedai ir programinė įranga atitinka direktyvą 2014/53/ES. Visą ES atitikties deklaracijos tekstą ir gaminio programinę aparatinę įrangą galima atsisiųsti iš gaminio puslapio adresu www.dlink.com. Nederlands [Dutch] Hierbij verklaart D-Link Corporation dat dit product, accessoires en software voldoen aan de richtlijnen 2014/53/EU. De volledige tekst van de EU conformiteitsverklaring en productfirmware is beschikbaar voor download van de productpagina op www.dlink.com. Malti [Maltese] Bil-preżenti, D-Link Corporation tiddikjara li dan il-prodott, l-aċċessorji, u s-software huma konformi mad-Direttiva 2014/53/UE. Tista’ tniżżel it-test sħiħ tad-dikjarazzjoni ta’ konformità tal-UE u l-firmware tal-prodott mill-paġna talprodott fuq www.dlink.com. Magyar [Hungarian] Ezennel a D-Link Corporation kijelenti, hogy a jelen termék, annak tartozékai és szoftvere megfelelnek a 2014/53/EU sz. rendeletek rendelkezéseinek. Az EU Megfelelőségi nyilatkozat teljes szövege és a termék firmware a termék oldaláról tölthető le a www.dlink.com címen. Polski [Polish] D-Link Corporation niniejszym oświadcza, że ten produkt, akcesoria oraz oprogramowanie są zgodne z dyrektywami 2014/53/EU. Pełen tekst deklaracji zgodności UE oraz oprogramowanie sprzętowe do produktu można pobrać na stronie produktu w witrynie www.dlink.com. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 312 Appendix G - Product Statement Português [Portuguese] Desta forma, a D-Link Corporation declara que este produto, os acessórios e o software estão em conformidade com a diretiva 2014/53/UE. O texto completo da declaração de conformidade da UE e do firmware Slovensko[Slovenian] Podjetje D-Link Corporation s tem izjavlja, da so ta izdelek, dodatna oprema in programnska oprema skladni z direktivami 2014/53/EU. Celotno besedilo izjave o skladnosti EU in vdelana programska oprema sta na voljo za prenos na strani izdelka na www.dlink.com. Slovensky [Slovak] Spoločnosť D-Link týmto vyhlasuje, že tento produkt, príslušenstvo a softvér sú v súlade so smernicou 214/53/EÚ. Úplné znenie vyhlásenia EÚ o zhode a firmvéri produktu sú k dispozícii na prevzatie zo stránky produktu www.dlink. com. Suomi [Finnish] D-Link Corporation täten vakuuttaa, että tämä tuote, lisävarusteet ja ohjelmisto ovat direktiivin 2014/53/EU vaatimusten mukaisia. Täydellinen EUvaatimustenmukaisuusvakuutus samoin kuin tuotteen laiteohjelmisto ovat ladattavissa osoitteesta www.dlink.com. Svenska[Swedish] D-Link Corporation försäkrar härmed att denna produkt, tillbehör och programvara överensstämmer med direktiv 2014/53/EU. Hela texten med EU-försäkran om överensstämmelse och produkt-firmware kan hämtas från produktsidan på www.dlink.com. Íslenska [Icelandic] Hér með lýsir D-Link Corporation því yfir að þessi vara, fylgihlutir og hugbúnaður eru í samræmi við tilskipun 2014/53/EB. Sækja má ESBsamræmisyfirlýsinguna í heild sinni og fastbúnað vörunnar af vefsíðu vörunnar á www.dlink.com. Norsk [Norwegian] Herved erklærer D-Link Corporation at dette produktet, tilbehøret og programvaren er i samsvar med direktivet 2014/53/EU. Den fullstendige teksten i EU-erklæring om samsvar og produktets fastvare er tilgjengelig for nedlasting fra produktsiden på www.dlink.com. Warning Statement: The power outlet should be near the device and easily accessible. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 313 Appendix G - Product Statement NOTICE OF WIRELESS RADIO LAN USAGE IN THE EUROPEAN COMMUNITY (FOR WIRELESS PRODUCT ONLY): • • This device is restricted to indoor use when operated in the European Community using channels in the 5.15-5.35 GHz band to reduce the potential for interference. This device is a 2.4 GHz wideband transmission system (transceiver), intended for use in all EU member states and EFTA countries. This equipment may be operated in AL, AD, BE, BG, DK, DE, FI, FR, GR, GW, IS, IT, HR, LI, LU, MT, MK, MD, MC, NL, NO, AT, PL, PT, RO, SM, SE, RS, SK, ES, CI, HU, and CY. Usage Notes: • • • • To remain in conformance with European National spectrum usage regulations, frequency and channel limitations will be applied on the products according to the country where the equipment will be deployed. This device is restricted from functioning in Ad-hoc mode while operating in 5 GHz. Ad-hoc mode is direct peer-to-peer communication between two client devices without an Access Point. Access points will support DFS (Dynamic Frequency Selection) and TPC (Transmit Power Control) functionality as required when operating in 5 GHz band within the EU. Please refer to the product manual or datasheet to check whether your product uses 2.4 GHz and/or 5 GHz wireless. HINWEIS ZUR VERWENDUNG VON DRAHTLOS-NETZWERK (WLAN) IN DER EUROPÄISCHEN GEMEINSCHAFT ( NUR FÜR EIN DRAHTLOSES PRODUKT ) • • Der Betrieb dieses Geräts in der Europäischen Gemeinschaft bei Nutzung von Kanälen im 5,15-5,35 GHz Frequenzband ist ausschließlich auf Innenräume beschränkt, um das Interferenzpotential zu reduzieren. Bei diesem Gerät handelt es sich um ein zum Einsatz in allen EU-Mitgliedsstaaten und in EFTA-Ländern - ausgenommen Frankreich. Der Betrieb dieses Geräts ist in den folgenden Ländern erlaubt: AL, AD, BE, BG, DK, DE, FI, FR, GR, GW, IS, IT, HR, LI, LU, MT, MK, MD, MC, NL, NO, AT, PL, PT, RO, SM, SE, RS, SK, ES, CI, HU, CY Gebrauchshinweise: • • • • Um den in Europa geltenden nationalen Vorschriften zum Nutzen des Funkspektrums weiterhin zu entsprechen, werden Frequenz und Kanalbeschränkungen, dem jeweiligen Land, in dem das Gerät zum Einsatz kommt, entsprechend, auf die Produkte angewandt. Die Funktionalität im Ad-hoc-Modus bei Betrieb auf 5 GHz ist für dieses Gerät eingeschränkt. Bei dem Ad-hoc-Modus handelt es sich um eine Peer-to-Peer-Kommunikation zwischen zwei Client-Geräten ohneeinen Access Point. Access Points unterstützen die Funktionen DFS (Dynamic Frequency Selection) und TPC (Transmit Power Control) wie erforderlich bei Betrieb auf 5 GHz innerhalb der EU. Bitte schlagen Sie im Handbuch oder Datenblatt nach nach, ob Ihr Gerät eine 2,4 GHz und / oder 5 GHz Verbindung nutzt. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 314 Appendix G - Product Statement AVIS CONCERNANT L’UTILISATION DE LA RADIO SANS FIL LAN DANS LA COMMUNAUTÉ EUROPÉENNE (UNIQUEMENT POUR LES PRODUITS SANS FIL) • • Cet appareil est limité à un usage intérieur lorsqu’il est utilisé dans la Communauté européenne sur les canaux de la bande de 5,15 à 5,35 GHz afin de réduire les risques d’interférences. Cet appareil est un système de transmission à large bande (émetteur-récepteur) de 2,4 GHz, destiné à être utilisé dans tous les États-membres de l’UE et les pays de l’AELE. Cet équipement peut être utilisé dans les pays suivants : AL, AD, BE , BG, DK, DE, FI, FR, GR, GW, IS, IT, HR, LI, LU, MT , MK, MD, MC, NL, NO, AT, PL, PT, RO, SM, SE, RS, SK, ES, CI, HU, CY Notes d’utilisation: • • • • Pour rester en conformité avec la réglementation nationale européenne en matière d’utilisation du spectre, des limites de fréquence et de canal seront appliquées aux produits selon le pays où l’équipement sera déployé. Cet appareil ne peut pas utiliser le mode Ad-hoc lorsqu’il fonctionne dans la bande de 5 GHz. Le mode Adhoc fournit une communication directe pair à pair entre deux périphériques clients sans point d’accès. Les points d’accès prendront en charge les fonctionnalités DFS (Dynamic Frequency Selection) et TPC (Transmit Power Control) au besoin lors du fonctionnement dans la bande de 5 GHz au sein de l’UE. Merci de vous référer au guide d’utilisation ou de la fiche technique afin de vérifier si votre produit utilise 2.4 GHz et/ou 5 GHz sans fil. AVISO DE USO DE LA LAN DE RADIO INALÁMBRICA EN LA COMUNIDAD EUROPEA (SOLO PARA EL PRODUCTO INALÁMBRICO) • • El uso de este dispositivo está restringido a interiores cuando funciona en la Comunidad Europea utilizando canales en la banda de 5,15-5,35 GHz, para reducir la posibilidad de interferencias. Este dispositivo es un sistema de transmisión (transceptor) de banda ancha de 2,4 GHz, pensado para su uso en todos los estados miembros de la UE y en los países de la AELC. Este equipo se puede utilizar en AL, AD, BE, BG, DK, DE, FI, FR, GR, GW, IS, IT, HR, LI, LU, MT, MK, MD, MC, NL, NO, AT, PL, PT, RO, SM, SE, RS, SK, ES, CI, HU, CY Notas de uso: • • • • Para seguir cumpliendo las normas europeas de uso del espectro nacional, se aplicarán limitaciones de frecuencia y canal en los productos en función del país en el que se pondrá en funcionamiento el equipo. Este dispositivo tiene restringido el funcionamiento en modo Ad-hoc mientras funcione a 5 Ghz. El modo Ad-hoc es la comunicación directa de igual a igual entre dos dispositivos cliente sin un punto de acceso. Los puntos de acceso admitirán la funcionalidad DFS (Selección de frecuencia dinámica) y TPC (Control de la potencia de transmisión) si es necesario cuando funcionan a 5 Ghz dentro de la UE. Por favor compruebe el manual o la ficha de producto para comprobar si el producto utiliza las bandas inalámbricas de 2.4 GHz y/o la de 5 GHz. AVVISO PER L’USO DI LAN RADIO WIRELESS NELLA COMUNITÀ EUROPEA (SOLO PER PRODOTTI WIRELESS) • • Nella Comunità europea, l’uso di questo dispositivo è limitato esclusivamente agli ambienti interni sui canali compresi nella banda da 5,15 a 5,35 GHz al fine di ridurre potenziali interferenze. Questo dispositivo è un sistema di trasmissione a banda larga a 2,4 GHz (ricetrasmittente), destinato all’uso in tutti gli stati membri dell’Unione europea e nei paesi EFTA. Questo dispositivo può essere utilizzato in AL, AD, BE, BG, DK, DE, FI, FR, GR, GW, IS, IT, HR, LI, LU, MT, MK, MD, MC, NL, NO, AT, PL, PT, RO, SM, SE, RS, SK, ES, CI, HU, CY D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 315 Appendix G - Product Statement Note per l’uso • • • • Al fine di mantenere la conformità alle normative nazionali europee per l’uso dello spettro di frequenze, saranno applicate limitazioni sulle frequenze e sui canali per il prodotto in conformità alle normative del paese in cui il dispositivo viene utilizzato. Questo dispositivo non può essere attivato in modalità Ad-hoc durante il funzionamento a 5 Ghz. La modalità Ad-hoc è una comunicazione diretta peer-to-peer fra due dispositivi client senza un punto di accesso. I punti di accesso supportano le funzionalità DFS (Dynamic Frequency Selection) e TPC (Transmit Power Control) richieste per operare a 5 Ghz nell’Unione europea. Ti invitiamo a fare riferimento al manuale del prodotto o alla scheda tecnica per verificare se il tuo prodotto utilizza le frequenze 2,4 GHz e/o 5 GHz. KENNISGEVING VAN DRAADLOOS RADIO LAN-GEBRUIK IN DE EUROPESE GEMEENSCHAP (ALLEEN VOOR DRAADLOOS PRODUCT) • • Dit toestel is beperkt tot gebruik binnenshuis wanneer het wordt gebruikt in de Europese Gemeenschap gebruik makend van kanalen in de 5.15-5.35 GHz band om de kans op interferentie te beperken. Dit toestel is een 2.4 GHz breedband transmissiesysteem (transceiver) dat bedoeld is voor gebruik in alle EU lidstaten en EFTA landen. Deze uitrusting mag gebruikt worden in AL, AD, BE, BG, DK, DE, FI, FR, GR, GW, IS, IT, HR, LI, LU, MT, MK, MD, MC, NL, NO, AT, PL, PT, RO, SM, SE, RS, SK, ES, CI, HU, CY Gebruiksaanwijzingen: • • • • Om de gebruiksvoorschriften van het Europese Nationale spectrum na te leven, zullen frequentie- en kanaalbeperkingen worden toegepast op de producten volgens het land waar de uitrusting gebruikt zal worden. Dit toestel kan niet functioneren in Ad-hoc mode wanneer het gebruikt wordt in 5 GHz. Ad-hoc mode is directe peer-to-peer communicatie tussen twee klantenapparaten zonder een toegangspunt. Toegangspunten ondersteunen DFS (Dynamic Frequency Selection) en TPC (Transmit Power Control) functionaliteit zoals vereist bij gebruik in 5 GHz binnen de EU. Raadpleeg de handleiding of de datasheet om te controleren of uw product gebruik maakt van 2.4 GHz en/of 5 GHz. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 316 Appendix G - Product Statement All Models SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS The following general safety guidelines are provided to help ensure your own personal safety and protect your product from potential damage. Remember to consult the product user instructions for more details. • Static electricity can be harmful to electronic components. Discharge static electricity from your body (i.e. touching grounded bare metal) before touching the product. • Do not attempt to service the product and never disassemble the product. For some products with a user replaceable battery, please read and follow the instructions in the user manual. • Do not spill food or liquid on your product and never push any objects into the openings of your product. • Do not use this product near water, areas with high humidity, or condensation unless the product is specifically rated for outdoor application. • Keep the product away from radiators and other heat sources. • Always unplug the product from mains power before cleaning and use a dry lint free cloth only. SICHERHEITSVORSCHRIFTEN Die folgenden allgemeinen Sicherheitsvorschriften dienen als Hilfe zur Gewährleistung Ihrer eigenen Sicherheit und zum Schutz Ihres Produkts. Weitere Details finden Sie in den Benutzeranleitungen zum Produkt. • Statische Elektrizität kann elektronischen Komponenten schaden. Um Schäden durch statische Aufladung zu vermeiden, leiten Sie elektrostatische Ladungen von Ihrem Körper ab, (z. B. durch Berühren eines geerdeten blanken Metallteils), bevor Sie das Produkt berühren. • Unterlassen Sie jeden Versuch, das Produkt zu warten, und versuchen Sie nicht, es in seine Bestandteile zu zerlegen. Für einige Produkte mit austauschbaren Akkus lesen Sie bitte das Benutzerhandbuch und befolgen Sie die dort beschriebenen Anleitungen. • Vermeiden Sie, dass Speisen oder Flüssigkeiten auf Ihr Produkt gelangen, und stecken Sie keine Gegenstände in die Gehäuseschlitze oder -öffnungen Ihres Produkts. • Verwenden Sie dieses Produkt nicht in unmittelbarer Nähe von Wasser und nicht in Bereichen mit hoher Luftfeuchtigkeit oder Kondensation, es sei denn, es ist speziell zur Nutzung in Außenbereichen vorgesehen und eingestuft. • Halten Sie das Produkt von Heizkörpern und anderen Quellen fern, die Wärme erzeugen. • Trennen Sie das Produkt immer von der Stromzufuhr, bevor Sie es reinigen und verwenden Sie dazu ausschließlich ein trockenes fusselfreies Tuch. CONSIGNES DE SÉCURITÉ Les consignes générales de sécurité ci-après sont fournies afin d’assurer votre sécurité personnelle et de protéger le produit d’éventuels dommages. Veuillez consulter les consignes d’utilisation du produit pour plus de détails. • L’électricité statique peut endommager les composants électroniques. Déchargez l’électricité statique de votre corps (en touchant un objet en métal relié à la terre par exemple) avant de toucher le produit. • N’essayez pas d’intervenir sur le produit et ne le démontez jamais. Pour certains produits contenant une batterie remplaçable par l’utilisateur, veuillez lire et suivre les consignes contenues dans le manuel d’utilisation. • Ne renversez pas d’aliments ou de liquide sur le produit et n’insérez jamais d’objets dans les orifices. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 317 Appendix G - Product Statement • • • N’utilisez pas ce produit à proximité d’un point d’eau, de zones très humides ou de condensation sauf si le produit a été spécifiquement conçu pour une application extérieure. Éloignez le produit des radiateurs et autres sources de chaleur. Débranchez toujours le produit de l’alimentation avant de le nettoyer et utilisez uniquement un chiffon sec non pelucheux. INSTRUCCIONES DE SEGURIDAD Las siguientes directrices de seguridad general se facilitan para ayudarle a garantizar su propia seguridad personal y para proteger el producto frente a posibles daños. No olvide consultar las instrucciones del usuario del producto para obtener más información. • La electricidad estática puede resultar nociva para los componentes electrónicos. Descargue la electricidad estática de su cuerpo (p. ej., tocando algún metal sin revestimiento conectado a tierra) antes de tocar el producto. • No intente realizar el mantenimiento del producto ni lo desmonte nunca. Para algunos productos con batería reemplazable por el usuario, lea y siga las instrucciones del manual de usuario. • No derrame comida o líquidos sobre el producto y nunca deje que caigan objetos en las aberturas del mismo. • No utilice este producto cerca del agua, en zonas con humedad o condensación elevadas a menos que el producto esté clasificado específicamente para aplicación en exteriores. • Mantenga el producto alejado de los radiadores y de otras fuentes de calor. • Desenchufe siempre el producto de la alimentación de red antes de limpiarlo y utilice solo un paño seco sin pelusa. ISTRUZIONI PER LA SICUREZZA Le seguenti linee guida sulla sicurezza sono fornite per contribuire a garantire la sicurezza personale degli utenti e a proteggere il prodotto da potenziali danni. Per maggiori dettagli, consultare le istruzioni per l’utente del prodotto. • L’elettricità statica può essere pericolosa per i componenti elettronici. Scaricare l’elettricità statica dal corpo (ad esempio toccando una parte metallica collegata a terra) prima di toccare il prodotto. • Non cercare di riparare il prodotto e non smontarlo mai. Per alcuni prodotti dotati di batteria sostituibile dall’utente, leggere e seguire le istruzioni riportate nel manuale dell’utente. • Non versare cibi o liquidi sul prodotto e non spingere mai alcun oggetto nelle aperture del prodotto. • Non usare questo prodotto vicino all’acqua, in aree con elevato grado di umidità o soggette a condensa a meno che il prodotto non sia specificatamente approvato per uso in ambienti esterni. • Tenere il prodotto lontano da caloriferi e altre fonti di calore. • Scollegare sempre il prodotto dalla presa elettrica prima di pulirlo e usare solo un panno asciutto che non lasci filacce. VEILIGHEIDSINFORMATIE De volgende algemene veiligheidsinformatie werd verstrekt om uw eigen persoonlijke veiligheid te waarborgen en uw product te beschermen tegen mogelijke schade. Denk eraan om de gebruikersinstructies van het product te raadplegen voor meer informatie. • Statische elektriciteit kan schadelijk zijn voor elektronische componenten. Ontlaad de statische elektriciteit van uw lichaam (d.w.z. het aanraken van geaard bloot metaal) voordat uhet product aanraakt. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 318 Appendix G - Product Statement • • • • • U mag nooit proberen het product te onderhouden en u mag het product nooit demonteren. Voor sommige producten met door de gebruiker te vervangen batterij, dient u de instructies in de gebruikershandleiding te lezen en te volgen. Mors geen voedsel of vloeistof op uw product en u mag nooit voorwerpen in de openingen van uw product duwen. Gebruik dit product niet in de buurt van water, gebieden met hoge vochtigheid of condensatie, tenzij het product specifiek geclassificeerd is voor gebruik buitenshuis. Houd het product uit de buurt van radiators en andere warmtebronnen. U dient het product steeds los te koppelen van de stroom voordat u het reinigt en gebruik uitsluitend een droge pluisvrije doek. Disposing of and Recycling Your Product ENGLISH EN This symbol on the product or packaging means that according to local laws and regulations this product should be not be disposed of in household waste but sent for recycling. Please take it to a collection point designated by your local authorities once it has reached the end of its life, some will accept products for free. By recycling the product and its packaging in this manner you help to conserve the environment and protect human health. D-Link and the Environment At D-Link, we understand and are committed to reducing any impact our operations and products may have on the environment. To minimise this impact D-Link designs and builds its products to be as environmentally friendly as possible, by using recyclable, low toxic materials in both products and packaging. D-Link recommends that you always switch off or unplug your D-Link products when they are not in use. By doing so you will help to save energy and reduce CO2 emissions. To learn more about our environmentally responsible products and packaging please visit www.dlinkgreen. com. DEUTSCH DE Dieses Symbol auf dem Produkt oder der Verpackung weist darauf hin, dass dieses Produkt gemäß bestehender örtlicher Gesetze und Vorschriften nicht über den normalen Hausmüll entsorgt werden sollte, sondern einer Wiederverwertung zuzuführen ist. Bringen Sie es bitte zu einer von Ihrer Kommunalbehörde entsprechend amtlich ausgewiesenen Sammelstelle, sobald das Produkt das Ende seiner Nutzungsdauer erreicht hat. Für die Annahme solcher Produkte erheben einige dieser Stellen keine Gebühren. Durch ein auf diese Weise durchgeführtes Recycling des Produkts und seiner Verpackung helfen Sie, die Umwelt zu schonen und die menschliche Gesundheit zu schützen. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 319 Appendix G - Product Statement D-Link und die Umwelt D-Link ist sich den möglichen Auswirkungen seiner Geschäftstätigkeiten und seiner Produkte auf die Umwelt bewusst und fühlt sich verpflichtet, diese entsprechend zu mindern. Zu diesem Zweck entwickelt und stellt D-Link seine Produkte mit dem Ziel größtmöglicher Umweltfreundlichkeit her und verwendet wiederverwertbare, schadstoffarme Materialien bei Produktherstellung und Verpackung. D-Link empfiehlt, Ihre Produkte von D-Link, wenn nicht in Gebrauch, immer auszuschalten oder vom Netz zu nehmen. Auf diese Weise helfen Sie, Energie zu sparen und CO2-Emissionen zu reduzieren. Wenn Sie mehr über unsere umweltgerechten Produkte und Verpackungen wissen möchten, finden Sie entsprechende Informationen im Internet unter www.dlinkgreen.com. FRANÇAIS FR Ce symbole apposé sur le produit ou son emballage signifie que, conformément aux lois et règlementations locales, ce produit ne doit pas être éliminé avec les déchets domestiques mais recyclé. Veuillez le rapporter à un point de collecte prévu à cet effet par les autorités locales; certains accepteront vos produits gratuitement. En recyclant le produit et son emballage de cette manière, vous aidez à préserver l’environnement et à protéger la santé de l’homme. D-Link et l’environnement Chez D-Link, nous sommes conscients de l'impact de nos opérations et produits sur l'environnement et nous engageons à le réduire. Pour limiter cet impact, D-Link conçoit et fabrique ses produits de manière aussi écologique que possible, en utilisant des matériaux recyclables et faiblement toxiques, tant dans ses produits que ses emballages. D-Link recommande de toujours éteindre ou débrancher vos produits D-Link lorsque vous ne les utilisez pas. Vous réaliserez ainsi des économies d’énergie et réduirez vos émissions de CO2. Pour en savoir plus sur les produits et emballages respectueux de l’environnement, veuillez consulter le www.dlinkgreen.com. ESPAÑOL ES Este símbolo en el producto o el embalaje significa que, de acuerdo con la legislación y la normativa local, este producto no se debe desechar en la basura doméstica sino que se debe reciclar. Llévelo a un punto de recogida designado por las autoridades locales una vez que ha llegado al fin de su vida útil; algunos de ellos aceptan recogerlos de forma gratuita. Al reciclar el producto y su embalaje de esta forma, contribuye a preservar el medio ambiente y a proteger la salud de los seres humanos. D-Link y el medio ambiente En D-Link, comprendemos y estamos comprometidos con la reducción del impacto que puedan tener nuestras actividades y nuestros productos en el medio ambiente. Para reducir este impacto, D-Link diseña y fabrica sus productos para que sean lo más ecológicos posible, utilizando materiales reciclables y de baja toxicidad tanto en los productos como en el embalaje. D-Link recomienda apagar o desenchufar los productos D-Link cuando no se estén utilizando. Al hacerlo, contribuirá a ahorrar energía y a reducir las emisiones de CO2. Para obtener más información acerca de nuestros productos y embalajes ecológicos, visite el sitio www. dlinkgreen.com. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 320 Appendix G - Product Statement ITALIANO IT La presenza di questo simbolo sul prodotto o sulla confezione del prodotto indica che, in conformità alle leggi e alle normative locali, questo prodotto non deve essere smaltito nei rifiuti domestici, ma avviato al riciclo. Una volta terminato il ciclo di vita utile, portare il prodotto presso un punto di raccolta indicato dalle autorità locali. Alcuni questi punti di raccolta accettano gratuitamente i prodotti da riciclare. Scegliendo di riciclare il prodotto e il relativo imballaggio, si contribuirà a preservare l'ambiente e a salvaguardare la salute umana. D-Link e l'ambiente D-Link cerca da sempre di ridurre l'impatto ambientale dei propri stabilimenti e dei propri prodotti. Allo scopo di ridurre al minimo tale impatto, D-Link progetta e realizza i propri prodotti in modo che rispettino il più possibile l'ambiente, utilizzando materiali riciclabili a basso tasso di tossicità sia per i prodotti che per gli imballaggi. D-Link raccomanda di spegnere sempre i prodotti D-Link o di scollegarne la spina quando non vengono utilizzati. In questo modo si contribuirà a risparmiare energia e a ridurre le emissioni di anidride carbonica. Per ulteriori informazioni sui prodotti e sugli imballaggi D-Link a ridotto impatto ambientale, visitate il sito all'indirizzo www.dlinkgreen.com. NEDERLANDS NL Dit symbool op het product of de verpakking betekent dat dit product volgens de plaatselijke wetgeving niet mag worden weggegooid met het huishoudelijk afval, maar voor recyclage moeten worden ingeleverd. Zodra het product het einde van de levensduur heeft bereikt, dient u het naar een inzamelpunt te brengen dat hiertoe werd aangeduid door uw plaatselijke autoriteiten, sommige autoriteiten accepteren producten zonder dat u hiervoor dient te betalen. Door het product en de verpakking op deze manier te recyclen helpt u het milieu en de gezondheid van de mens te beschermen. D-Link en het milieu Bij D-Link spannen we ons in om de impact van onze handelingen en producten op het milieu te beperken. Om deze impact te beperken, ontwerpt en bouwt D-Link zijn producten zo milieuvriendelijk mogelijk, door het gebruik van recycleerbare producten met lage toxiciteit in product en verpakking. D-Link raadt aan om steeds uw D-Link producten uit te schakelen of uit de stekker te halen wanneer u ze niet gebruikt. Door dit te doen bespaart u energie en beperkt u de CO2-emissies. Breng een bezoek aan www.dlinkgreen.com voor meer informatie over onze milieuverantwoorde producten en verpakkingen. POLSKI PL Ten symbol umieszczony na produkcie lub opakowaniu oznacza, że zgodnie z miejscowym prawem i lokalnymi przepisami niniejszego produktu nie wolno wyrzucać jak odpady czy śmieci z gospodarstwa domowego, lecz należy go poddać procesowi recyklingu. Po zakończeniu użytkowania produktu, niektóre odpowiednie do tego celu podmioty przyjmą takie produkty nieodpłatnie, dlatego prosimy dostarczyć go do punktu zbiórki wskazanego przez lokalne władze. Poprzez proces recyklingu i dzięki takiemu postępowaniu z produktem oraz jego opakowaniem, pomogą Państwo chronić środowisko naturalne i dbać o ludzkie zdrowie. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 321 Appendix G - Product Statement D-Link i środowisko D-Link podchodzimy w sposób świadomy do ochrony otoczenia oraz jesteśmy zaangażowani w zmniejszanie wpływu naszych działań i produktów na środowisko naturalne. W celu zminimalizowania takiego wpływu firma D-Link konstruuje i wytwarza swoje produkty w taki sposób, aby były one jak najbardziej przyjazne środowisku, stosując do tych celów materiały nadające się do powtórnego wykorzystania, charakteryzujące się małą toksycznością zarówno w przypadku samych produktów jak i opakowań. Firma D-Link zaleca, aby Państwo zawsze prawidłowo wyłączali z użytku swoje produkty D-Link, gdy nie są one wykorzystywane. Postępując w ten sposób pozwalają Państwo oszczędzać energię i zmniejszać emisje CO2. Aby dowiedzieć się więcej na temat produktów i opakowań mających wpływ na środowisko prosimy zapoznać się ze stroną Internetową www.dlinkgreen.com. ČESKY CZ Tento symbol na výrobku nebo jeho obalu znamená, že podle místně platných předpisů se výrobek nesmí vyhazovat do komunálního odpadu, ale odeslat k recyklaci. Až výrobek doslouží, odneste jej prosím na sběrné místo určené místními úřady k tomuto účelu. Některá sběrná místa přijímají výrobky zdarma. Recyklací výrobku i obalu pomáháte chránit životní prostředí i lidské zdraví. D-Link a životní prostředí Ve společnosti D-Link jsme si vědomi vlivu našich provozů a výrobků na životní prostředí a snažíme se o minimalizaci těchto vlivů. Proto své výrobky navrhujeme a vyrábíme tak, aby byly co nejekologičtější, a ve výrobcích i obalech používáme recyklovatelné a nízkotoxické materiály. Společnost D-Link doporučuje, abyste své výrobky značky D-Link vypnuli nebo vytáhli ze zásuvky vždy, když je nepoužíváte. Pomůžete tak šetřit energii a snížit emise CO2. Více informací o našich ekologických výrobcích a obalech najdete na adrese www.dlinkgreen.com. MAGYAR HU Ez a szimbólum a terméken vagy a csomagoláson azt jelenti, hogy a helyi törvényeknek és szabályoknak megfelelően ez a termék nem semmisíthető meg a háztartási hulladékkal együtt, hanem újrahasznosításra kell küldeni. Kérjük, hogy a termék élettartamának elteltét követően vigye azt a helyi hatóság által kijelölt gyűjtőhelyre. A termékek egyes helyeken ingyen elhelyezhetők. A termék és a csomagolás újrahasznosításával segíti védeni a környezetet és az emberek egészségét. A D-Link és a környezet A D-Linknél megértjük és elkötelezettek vagyunk a műveleteink és termékeink környezetre gyakorolt hatásainak csökkentésére. Az ezen hatás csökkentése érdekében a D-Link a lehető leginkább környezetbarát termékeket tervez és gyárt azáltal, hogy újrahasznosítható, alacsony károsanyag-tartalmú termékeket gyárt és csomagolásokat alkalmaz. A D-Link azt javasolja, hogy mindig kapcsolja ki vagy húzza ki a D-Link termékeket a tápforrásból, ha nem használja azokat. Ezzel segít az energia megtakarításában és a széndioxid kibocsátásának csökkentésében. Környezetbarát termékeinkről és csomagolásainkról további információkat a www.dlinkgreen.com weboldalon tudhat meg. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 322 Appendix G - Product Statement NORSK NO Dette symbolet på produktet eller forpakningen betyr at dette produktet ifølge lokale lover og forskrifter ikke skal kastes sammen med husholdningsavfall, men leveres inn til gjenvinning. Vennligst ta det til et innsamlingssted anvist av lokale myndigheter når det er kommet til slutten av levetiden. Noen steder aksepteres produkter uten avgift. Ved på denne måten å gjenvinne produktet og forpakningen hjelper du å verne miljøet og beskytte folks helse. D-Link og miljøet Hos D-Link forstår vi oss på og er forpliktet til å minske innvirkningen som vår drift og våre produkter kan ha på miljøet. For å minimalisere denne innvirkningen designer og lager D-Link produkter som er så miljøvennlig som mulig, ved å bruke resirkulerbare, lav-toksiske materialer både i produktene og forpakningen. D-Link anbefaler at du alltid slår av eller frakobler D-Link-produkter når de ikke er i bruk. Ved å gjøre dette hjelper du å spare energi og å redusere CO2-utslipp. For mer informasjon angående våre miljøansvarlige produkter og forpakninger kan du gå til www.dlinkgreen. com. DANSK DK Dette symbol på produktet eller emballagen betyder, at dette produkt i henhold til lokale love og regler ikke må bortskaffes som husholdningsaffald, mens skal sendes til genbrug. Indlever produktet til et indsamlingssted som angivet af de lokale myndigheder, når det er nået til slutningen af dets levetid. I nogle tilfælde vil produktet blive modtaget gratis. Ved at indlevere produktet og dets emballage til genbrug på denne måde bidrager du til at beskytte miljøet og den menneskelige sundhed. D-Link og miljøet Hos D-Link forstår vi og bestræber os på at reducere enhver indvirkning, som vores aktiviteter og produkter kan have på miljøet. For at minimere denne indvirkning designer og producerer D-Link sine produkter, så de er så miljøvenlige som muligt, ved at bruge genanvendelige materialer med lavt giftighedsniveau i både produkter og emballage. D-Link anbefaler, at du altid slukker eller frakobler dine D-Link-produkter, når de ikke er i brug. Ved at gøre det bidrager du til at spare energi og reducere CO2-udledningerne. Du kan finde flere oplysninger om vores miljømæssigt ansvarlige produkter og emballage på www.dlinkgreen. com. SUOMI FI Tämä symboli tuotteen pakkauksessa tarkoittaa, että paikallisten lakien ja säännösten mukaisesti tätä tuotetta ei pidä hävittää yleisen kotitalousjätteen seassa vaan se tulee toimittaa kierrätettäväksi. Kun tuote on elinkaarensa päässä, toimita se lähimpään viranomaisten hyväksymään kierrätyspisteeseen. Kierrättämällä käytetyn tuotteen ja sen pakkauksen autat tukemaan sekä ympäristön että ihmisten terveyttä ja hyvinvointia. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 323 Appendix G - Product Statement D-Link ja ympäristö D-Link ymmärtää ympäristönsuojelun tärkeyden ja on sitoutunut vähentämään tuotteistaan ja niiden valmistuksesta ympäristölle mahdollisesti aiheutuvia haittavaikutuksia. Nämä negatiiviset vaikutukset minimoidakseen D-Link suunnittelee ja valmistaa tuotteensa mahdollisimman ympäristöystävällisiksi käyttämällä kierrätettäviä, alhaisia pitoisuuksia haitallisia aineita sisältäviä materiaaleja sekä tuotteissaan että niiden pakkauksissa. Suosittelemme, että irrotat D-Link-tuotteesi virtalähteestä tai sammutat ne aina, kun ne eivät ole käytössä. Toimimalla näin autat säästämään energiaa ja vähentämään hiilidioksiidipäästöjä. Lue lisää ympäristöystävällisistä D-Link-tuotteista ja pakkauksistamme osoitteesta www.dlinkgreen.com. SVENSKA SE Den här symbolen på produkten eller förpackningen betyder att produkten enligt lokala lagar och föreskrifter inte skall kastas i hushållssoporna utan i stället återvinnas. Ta den vid slutet av dess livslängd till en av din lokala myndighet utsedd uppsamlingsplats, vissa accepterar produkter utan kostnad. Genom att på detta sätt återvinna produkten och förpackningen hjälper du till att bevara miljön och skydda människors hälsa. D-Link och miljön På D-Link förstår vi och är fast beslutna att minska den påverkan våra verksamheter och produkter kan ha på miljön. För att minska denna påverkan utformar och bygger D-Link sina produkter för att de ska vara så miljövänliga som möjligt, genom att använda återvinningsbara material med låg gifthalt i både produkter och förpackningar. D-Link rekommenderar att du alltid stänger av eller kopplar ur dina D-Link produkter när du inte använder dem. Genom att göra detta hjälper du till att spara energi och minska utsläpp av koldioxid. För mer information om våra miljöansvariga produkter och förpackningar www.dlinkgreen.com. PORTUGUÊS PT Este símbolo no produto ou embalagem significa que, de acordo com as leis e regulamentações locais, este produto não deverá ser eliminado juntamente com o lixo doméstico mas enviado para a reciclagem. Transporte-o para um ponto de recolha designado pelas suas autoridades locais quando este tiver atingido o fim da sua vida útil, alguns destes pontos aceitam produtos gratuitamente. Ao reciclar o produto e respectiva embalagem desta forma, ajuda a preservar o ambiente e protege a saúde humana. A D-Link e o ambiente Na D-Link compreendemos e comprometemo-nos com a redução do impacto que as nossas operações e produtos possam ter no ambiente. Para minimizar este impacto a D-Link concebe e constrói os seus produtos para que estes sejam o mais inofensivos para o ambiente possível, utilizando meteriais recicláveis e não tóxicos tanto nos produtos como nas embalagens. A D-Link recomenda que desligue os seus produtos D-Link quando estes não se encontrarem em utilização. Com esta acção ajudará a poupar energia e reduzir as emissões de CO2. Para saber mais sobre os nossos produtos e embalagens responsáveis a nível ambiental visite www. dlinkgreen.com. D-Link DSR-Series User Manual 324
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.4 Linearized : Yes XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 5.6-c111 79.158366, 2015/09/25-01:12:00 Create Date : 2016:06:03 13:53:03+08:00 Metadata Date : 2016:06:03 13:53:34+08:00 Modify Date : 2016:06:03 13:53:34+08:00 Creator Tool : Adobe InDesign CC 2015 (Windows) Instance ID : uuid:949a4a7f-0c44-400e-b12e-faedcd204505 Original Document ID : xmp.did:92F8AABC4322E611A6E79AEE31B2B196 Document ID : xmp.id:ed066845-29de-f44b-bf0e-3a9b9aaf17d2 Rendition Class : proof:pdf Derived From Instance ID : xmp.iid:736f3a4a-9582-0e4f-9413-800b769df8df Derived From Document ID : xmp.did:A640CC9DA028E6119EA8E30073A4FA4A Derived From Original Document ID: xmp.did:92F8AABC4322E611A6E79AEE31B2B196 Derived From Rendition Class : default History Action : converted History Parameters : from application/x-indesign to application/pdf History Software Agent : Adobe InDesign CC 2015 (Windows) History Changed : / History When : 2016:06:03 13:53:03+08:00 Format : application/pdf Producer : Adobe PDF Library 15.0 Trapped : False Page Count : 337 Creator : Adobe InDesign CC 2015 (Windows)EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools